ITRO 2012

Transcription

ITRO 2012

ITRO
A JOURNAL FOR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, EDUCATION DEVELOPMENT AND
TEACHING METHODS OF TECHNICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCES
Issue frequency
Once a year – electronic and paper issue
Volume 2, Number 1, December 2012.
Publisher:
University of Novi Sad
Technical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin” Zrenjanin
Department of Teaching Methods of Science and Education Technology
Chief and responsible editor:
Professor Dragana Glusac, Ph.D.
Program editor:
Docent Dijana Karuovic, Ph.D.
Editorial board
Professor Dragica Radosav, Ph.D.
Docent Branislav Egic, Ph.D.
Docent Ivan Tasic, Ph.D.
Docent Vesna Jevtic, Ph.D.
Docent Marjana Pardanjac, Ph.D
External associates
Professor Milka Oljaca, Ph.D. Faculty of Philosophy, Novi Sad,
Professor Dragoslav Herceg, Ph.D. Faulty of Natural Sciences, Novi Sad
Professor Zorana Luzanin, Ph.D. Faculty of Natural Sciences, Novi Sad
Professor Marta Takac, Teacher’s Training Faculty, Sombor
Technical preparing of the Journal
Snezana Jokic, Ph.D.
Еrika Eleven, М.A.
Printed by:
Printing office DIGINET ProStudio
Djure Jaksica 14, Zrenjanin
ISSN 2217-7949
Circulation: 100
Translator
Erika Tobolka, Ph.D.
Topic areas of the Journal
The Journal issues scientific, review and professional papers encompassing the following areas:
-
teaching methods of subjects and educational technology in technical and natural
sciences fields in pre-school education and training, elementary and high school, as well
as colleges and faculties, and adults’ training and education,
-
pedagogy, didactics, psychology of learning, organizing of school work, methodology of
pedagogical researches,
-
papers of home sciences of single educational fields that is teaching subjects directed to
bringing up to date the educational contents.
Fields – sections in the Journal
-
Information technologies in education development
-
General topics important to any teaching methods
-
Sections of any teaching methods where papers from natural and technical sciences
teaching methods will be published
-
Foreign experiences important for teaching methods development
-
New issues – professional events of current interests
-
Students’ papers – special methodic topics
CIP – Каталогизација у публикацији
Библиотека Матице српске, Нови Сад
004:371.3
ITRO [Elektronski izvor]: a journal for information
technology, education development and teaching methods of
technical and natural sciences / chief and responsible
editor Dragana Glušac. – [Online izd.]. – Elektronski
časopis. - Vol. 2, no. 1 (dec. 2012)
. – Zrenjanin :
Technical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, Department of Teaching
Methods of Science and Educational Technology, 2012 Dostupno i na http://www.tfzr.uns.ac.rs/itro/journal.html
ISSN 2217-7949
COBISS.SR – ID 268534279
CORRECTION OF THE JOURNAL ITRO 2011
Two technical mistakes have been made in the journal ITRO 2011 Vol. 1 No. 1
•
The following paper written by the authors Dejan Savicevic, Zdravko Ivankovic, Branko
Markoski, Zoran Milosevic was included in the contents of papers - CONTEXTUAL
CONDITIONS OF LEARNING AND TEACHING IN EARLY CHILDHOOD – on
the page 59. Unfortunately, by mistake, instead of this paper it was printed the paper
PEDAGOGIC DIAGNOSTICS AS DETERMINANT OF DIFFERENTIATION OF
PROGRAMME MODELS IN KINDERGARTENS written by the authors Dejan
Savicevic, Zdravko Ivankovic, Maja Cvijetic, Predrag Pecev and Petar Vasiljevic.
•
In the paper THE STRATEGY FOR IMPROVING CULTURAL VALUES OF THE
YOUNG BY MEANS OF EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE by the authors Dragana
Glusac, Dijana Karuovic, Radovan Sljapic, Marina Vidovic, Marijana Meng, Mladen
Kosovac, by mistake were cited the sources [4] and [5] on the pages 93-97 without any
references in the paper, so they are rejected as citation.
Conclusion
Both papers will be published again in this number of the Journal.
Editors
A JOURNAL FOR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY,
EDUCATION DEVELOPMENT AND TEACHING METHODS OF TECHNICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCE
CONTENTS
N. Chotaliya, Lj. Kazi, M. Bhatt
ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE INDEX IN HIGHER EDUCATION - A MODEL IN INDIA ............ 1
A. Maksic
RELATION BETWEEN CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY AND PEDAGOGY ............................. 7
T. Marusic, I. Viskovic
ICT COMPETENCIES OF STUDENTS .............................................................................................. 13
E. Desnica, D. Letic, Lj. Radovanovic, J. Pekez
HIGHER EDUCATION OF TECHNICAL ENGINEERS IN LINE WITH THE BOLOGNA
PROCESS ............................................................................................................................................... 19
J. Adamov, S. Olic and M. Segedinac
INFORMATION OVERLOAD IN POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS ........................................... 25
D. Grahovac, D. Karuovic, B. Egic
INFORMATION LITERACY AND INFORMAL CONTEXT LEARNING ...................................... 32
I. Tasic, J. Tasic, T. Mitic, D. Tubic
THE IMPORTANCE AND ROLE OF EDUCATION IN SOCIETY .................................................. 39
Z. Ivankovic, D. Radosav, B. Markoski, D. Savicevic, P. Pecev
UML MODEL OF AUXILIARY APPLICATION IN MACHINE LEARNING ............................... 45
J. Pavlovic, V. Brtka, V. Ognjenovic, I. Berkovic
COMPLEX COMPUTATION ALTERNATIVES IN FORM OF ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE .................................................................................................................................. 51
V. Ognjenovic, N. Djuric, I. Berkovic, V. Brtka
VISUALIZING GRAPH SEARCH ALGORITHMS - POSITION IN TEACHING ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE .................................................................................................................................. 54
J. Stojanov, Z. Stojanov
CONTENT KNOWLEDGE AND MATURITY IN MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER
SCIENCE EDUCATION ...................................................................................................................... 60
D. Dobrilovic, V. Jevtic, B. Odadzic
VIRTUALIZATION TECHNOLOGY IN HIGHER EDUCATION IT COURSES ............................. 66
S. Vojnovic, M. Marinkovic, M. Vidovic, D. Karuovic
EIGHT GRADE STUDENT`S MOTIVATION TO PARTICIPATE IN COMPETITION
TEACHING OF TECHNICAL AND IT EDUCATION ...................................................................... 72
D. Tolmac, D. Dimitrijevic, S. Prvulovic
THEORY AND MODEL OF FUNDS FOR MODELING AND SIMULATION IN TEACHING
TECHNICAL EDUCATION ................................................................................................................ 76
S. Maravic Cisar, D. Radosav R. Pinter, P. Cisar
VISUAL PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENTS FOR TEACHING OBJECT-ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING .................................................................................................................................. 80
D. Glusac, K. Vanco, S. Lukic, G. Terzin, E. Eleven
MOODLE AS PEDAGOGICAL ENVIRONOMENT ......................................................................... 88
Lj.Kazi, B. Radulovic, Z. Kazi
DEVELOPMENT OF WEB APPLICATION FOR STUDENTS' ADMINISTRATION
INFORMATION SYSTEM IMPROVEMENT .................................................................................... 92
M. Tomasek, M. Cajkovsky, M. Ennert, B. Mados
MULTIMEDIAL FOREIGN LANGUAGE ACQUISITION PROCESS BASED ON HINTS
LEVERAGING SIDE-EFFECT ............................................................................................................ 99
M. Ceke, V. Grbic, S. Milenkovic, M. Pardanjac, S. Jokic
FACEBOOK AS A FUNCTION OF TEACHING ............................................................................. 105
G. Sucic, Z. Pozega, B. Crnkovic
EDUCATION IN THE FUNCTION OF ACQUIRING APPLICABLE KNOWLEDGE
AS A RESPONSE TO THE GLOBAL CRISIS ................................................................................... 111
I. Hamulic, N. Bijedic, D. Radosav, E. Junuz
MODELING SNA RESULTS WITH A BAYESIAN NETWORK ................................................... 117
Dj. Novakovic, M. Duvnjak, E. Brtka
PREVENTING A BAD INFLUENCE ON CHILDREN FROM THE INTERNET BY
PARENTS ........................................................................................................................................... 123
D. Savicevic, Z. Ivankovic, B. Markoski, Z. Milosevic
CONTEXTUAL CONDITIONS OF LEARNING AND TEACHING IN EARLY CHILDHOOD . 128
D. Glusac, D. Karuovic, R. Sljapic, M. Vidovic, M. Meng, M. Kosovac
THE STRATEGY FOR IMPROVING CULTURAL VALUES OF THE YOUNG BY MEANS
OF EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE .................................................................................................... 133
ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE INDEX IN
HIGHER EDUCATION - A MODEL IN
INDIA
N. Chotaliya*, Lj. Kazi**, M. Bhatt***
*H. & H.B. Kotak Institute of Science, Rajkot, Gujarat, India
**University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty “Mihajlo Pupin” Zrenjanin, Serbia
***University of Mumbai, R.D. National College, Mumbai, India
[email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
Abstract – In this paper academic performance index in
higher education applied in India is presented. Academic
performance index is quantitative approach to
measurement quality of teaching staff, i.e. their
competence level. According to academic performance
index that is applied at whole India level, at Gujarat
Indian state for each teaching staff member there is selfappraisal form to be used for reporting.
Financing of higher education institutions in India is
organized within three modalities:
Funded by University Grants Commission
(UGC) and maintained by the State
Governments
•
Co-financed by University Grants Commission
and partly self-financed
•
Completely self-financed (privately held)
University
Grants
Commission
established
regulations regarding qualifications for appointment of
teachers and other academic staff in universities and
colleges since year 1956 from Ministry of Finance and
later in year 2000 and revised in year 2008. Current
version is applied since year 2010 [1]. These regulations
explain qualifications for candidates' eligibility to
promotion to teaching positions in employment and
under
Career
Advancement
Scheme.
These
qualifications are related to teaching staff (university
and college teachers) as well as principals (directors of
educational institutions) and librarians.
For teachers in the Faculties of Agriculture and
Veterinary Science, the norms /Regulations of
Indian Council of Agricultural Research;
•
For Faculty of Medicine, Dentistry, Nursing and
AYUSH, the norms/Regulations of Ministry of
Health and Family Welfare, Government of
India;
•
For Engineering and Technology, Pharmacy and
Management/Business Administration, the
norms/Regulations formulated in consultations
with All India Council for Technical Education
II RECRUITMENT AND QUALIFICATIONS
"The minimum qualifications required for the post of
Assistant Professors, Associate Professors, Professors,
Principals, Assistant Directors of Physical Education
and Sports, Deputy Directors of Physical Education and
Sports, Directors of Physical Education and Sports,
Assistant Librarians, Deputy Librarians, Librarians will
be those as prescribed by the UGC in these Regulations.
These regulations have special concern regarding
specific scientific and professional disciplines within
UGC regulations [1] and within separate regulations:
•
For
Faculty
of
Education,
the
norms/Regulations formulated in consultations
with National Council of Teacher Education;
Within regulations regarding qualifications for
appointment of higher education institutions' employees,
a quantitative approach is established for competence
level measurement - Academic performance Index
(API). Academic performance index is measurement
scheme for presenting academic qualifications and work
results in aim to measure quality of teaching staff. There
are several areas of work that is measured and presented
by this index. This way each member of teaching staff's
work is evaluated and therefore it is considered during
academic career with employment and promotion to
higher academic positions [1]. According to academic
performance index that is applied at whole India level, at
Gujarat Indian state there is special self-appraisal form
[2] that each teaching staff member should use for
reporting to education authorities and could use for selfevaluation of academic work quality.
I INTRODUCTION
•
•
The direct recruitment to the posts of Assistant
Professors, Associate Professors and Professors in the
Universities and Colleges shall be on the basis of merit
through all India advertisement and selections by the
duly constituted Selection Committees as per the
provisions made under these Regulations to be
incorporated under the Statutes/Ordinances of the
concerned university. The composition of such
committees should be as prescribed by the UGC in these
Regulations.
1
Subject to the availability of vacant positions and
fitness, teachers such as Assistant Professor, Associate
Professor and Professor only, may be re-employed on
contract appointment beyond the age of superannuation,
as applicable to the concerned University, college and
Institution, up to the age of seventy years." [1]
B. Associate professor
Requirements for promotion to position of associate
professor are: "Good academic record with a Ph.D.
Degree in the concerned /allied/ relevant disciplines. A
Master’s Degree with at least 55% marks (or an
equivalent grade in a point scale wherever grading
system is followed). A minimum of eight years of
experience of teaching and/or research in an
academic/research position equivalent to that of
Assistant Professor in a University, College or
Accredited Research Institution/industry excluding the
period of Ph.D. Research with evidence of published
work and a minimum of 5 publications as books and/or
research/policy papers. Contribution to educational
innovation, design of new curricula and courses, and
technology – mediated teaching learning process with
evidence of having guided doctoral candidates and
research students. A minimum score as stipulated in the
Academic Performance Indicator (API) based
Performance Based Appraisal System (PBAS)."
A. Assistant professor
"The minimum requirements of a good academic
record, 55% marks (or an equivalent grade in a point
scale wherever grading system is followed) at the
master’s level and qualifying in the National Eligibility
Test (NET), or an accredited test (State Level Eligibility
Test - SLET/SET), shall remain for the appointment of
Assistant Professors. NET/SLET/SET shall remain the
minimum eligibility condition for recruitment and
appointment of Assistant Professors in Universities /
Colleges / Institutions. Provided however, that
candidates, who are or have been awarded a Ph. D.
Degree in accordance with the University Grants
Commission (Minimum Standards and Procedure for
Award of Ph.D. Degree) Regulations, 2009, shall be
exempted from the requirement of the minimum
eligibility condition of NET/SLET/SET for recruitment
and appointment of Assistant Professor or equivalent
positions in Universities / Colleges / Institutions.
NET/SLET/SET shall not be required for such Masters
Degree Programmes in disciplines for which
NET/SLET/SET accredited test is not conducted. A
minimum of 55% marks (or an equivalent grade in a
point scale wherever grading system is followed) will be
required at the Master’s level for those recruited as
teachers at any level from industries and research
institutions and at the entry level of Assistant Professors,
Assistant Librarians, Assistant Directors of Physical
Education and Sports. A relaxation of 5% may be
provided at the graduate and master’s level for the
Scheduled Caste/Scheduled Tribe/Differently-abled
(Physically and visually differently-abled) categories for
the purpose of eligibility and for assessing good
academic record during direct recruitment to teaching
positions. The eligibility marks of 55% marks (or an
equivalent grade in a point scale wherever grading
system is followed) and the relaxation of 5% to the
categories mentioned above are permissible, based on
only the qualifying marks without including any grace
mark procedures. A relaxation of 5% may be provided,
from 55% to 50% of the marks to the Ph.D. Degree
holders, who have obtained their Master’s Degree prior
to 19 September, 1991. Relevant grade which is
regarded as equivalent of 55% wherever the grading
system is followed by a recognized university shall also
be considered eligible. The Ph.D. Degree shall be a
mandatory qualification for the appointment of
Professors and for promotion as Professors. The Ph.D.
Degree shall be a mandatory qualification for all
candidates to be appointed as Associate Professor
through direct recruitment. The period of time taken by
candidates to acquire M.Phil. and/or Ph.D. Degree shall
not be considered as teaching/ research experience to be
claimed for appointment to the teaching positions." [1]
C. Professor
Requirements for promotion to position of professor
are:
"An eminent scholar with Ph.D. qualification(s) in
the concerned/allied/relevant discipline and published
work of high quality, actively engaged in research with
evidence of published work with a minimum of 10
publications as books and/or research/policy papers. A
minimum of ten years of teaching experience in
university/college, and/or experience in research at the
University/National
level
institutions/industries,
including experience of guiding candidates for research
at doctoral level. Contribution to educational innovation,
design of new curricula and courses, and technology –
mediated teaching learning process. A minimum score
as stipulated in the Academic Performance Indicator
(API) based Performance Based Appraisal System
(PBAS)." [1]
Or:
An outstanding professional, with established
reputation in the relevant field, who has made significant
contributions
to
the
knowledge
in
the
concerned/allied/relevant discipline, to be substantiated
by credentials.
D. Principal
Requirements for promotion to position of principal
(director of educational institution) are "A Master’s
Degree with at least 55% marks (or an equivalent grade
in a point scale wherever grading system is followed) by
a recognized University. A Ph.D. Degree in
concerned/allied/relevant discipline(s) in the institution
concerned with evidence of published work and research
guidance. Associate Professor/Professor with a total
experience
of
fifteen
years
of
teaching/research/administration
in
Universities,
Colleges and other institutions of higher education. A
minimum score as stipulated in the Academic
Performance Indicator (API) based Performance Based
Appraisal System (PBAS)." [1]
2
G. Teachers and colleagues
"Teachers should: (i) Treat other members of the
profession in the same manner as they themselves wish
to be treated; (ii) Speak respectfully of other teachers
and render assistance for professional betterment; (iii)
Refrain from lodging unsubstantiated allegations against
colleagues to higher authorities; and (iv) Refrain from
allowing considerations of caste, creed, religion, race or
sex in their professional endeavour." [1]
III CODE OF PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
E. Teachers and their responsibilities
"Whoever adopts teaching as a profession assumes
the obligation to conduct himself / herself in accordance
with the ideal of the profession. A teacher is constantly
under the scrutiny of his students and the society at
large. Therefore, every teacher should see that there is
no incompatibility between his precepts and practice.
The national ideals of education which have already
been set forth and which he/she should seek to inculcate
among students must be his/her own ideals. The
profession further requires that the teachers should be
calm, patient and communicative by temperament and
amiable in disposition.
H. Teachers and authorities
"Teachers should: (i) Discharge their professional
responsibilities according to the existing rules and
adhere to procedures and methods consistent with their
profession in initiating steps through their own
institutional bodies and/or professional organizations for
change of any such rule detrimental to the professional
interest; (ii) Refrain from undertaking any other
employment and commitment including private tuitions
and coaching classes which are likely to interfere with
their professional responsibilities; (iii) Co-operate in the
formulation of policies of the institution by accepting
various offices and discharge responsibilities which such
offices may demand; (iv) Co-operate through their
organizations in the formulation of policies of the other
institutions and accept offices; (v) Co-operate with the
authorities for the betterment of the institutions keeping
in view the interest and in conformity with dignity of the
profession; (vi) Should adhere to the conditions of
contract; (vii) Give and expect due notice before a
change of position is made; and (viii) Refrain from
availing themselves of leave except on unavoidable
grounds and as far as practicable with prior intimation,
keeping in view their particular responsibility for
completion of academic schedule." [1]
Teachers should: (i) Adhere to a responsible pattern
of conduct and demeanour expected of them by the
community; (ii) Manage their private affairs in a manner
consistent with the dignity of the profession; (iii) Seek to
make professional growth continuous through study and
research; (iv) Express free and frank opinion by
participation at professional meetings, seminars,
conferences etc. towards the contribution of knowledge;
(v) Maintain active membership of professional
organizations and strive to improve education and
profession through them; (vi) Perform their duties in the
form of teaching, tutorial, practical, seminar and
research work conscientiously and with dedication; (vii)
Co-operate and assist in carrying out functions relating
to the educational responsibilities of the college and the
university such as: assisting in appraising applications
for admission, advising and counseling students as well
as assisting the conduct of university and college
examinations, including supervision, invigilation and
evaluation; and (viii) Participate in extension, cocurricular and extra-curricular activities including
community service." [1]
I.
Teachers and non-teaching staff
"Teachers should: (i) treat the non-teaching staff as
colleagues and equal partners in a cooperative
undertaking, within every educational institution; and
(ii) help in the function of joint staff-councils covering
both teachers and the non-teaching staff." [1]
F. Teachers and the students
"Teachers should: (i) Respect the right and dignity of
the student in expressing his/her opinion; (ii) Deal justly
and impartially with students regardless of their religion,
caste, political, economic, social and physical
characteristics; (ii) Recognize the difference in aptitude
and capabilities among students and strive to meet their
individual needs; (iv) Encourage students to improve
their attainments, develop their personalities and at the
same time contribute to community welfare; (v)
Inculcate among students scientific outlook and respect
for physical labour and ideals of democracy, patriotism
and peace; (vi) Be affectionate to the students and not
behave in a vindictive manner towards any of them for
any reason; (vii) Pay attention to only the attainment of
the student in the assessment of merit; (viii) Make
themselves available to the students even beyond their
class hours and help and guide students without any
remuneration or reward; (ix) Aid students to develop an
understanding of our national heritage and national
goals; and (x) Refrain from inciting students against
other students, colleagues or administration." [1]
J.
Teachers and guardians
"Teachers should:(i) Try to see through teachers'
bodies and organizations, that institutions maintain
contact with the guardians, their students, send reports of
their performance to the guardians whenever necessary
and meet the guardians in meetings convened for the
purpose for mutual exchange of ideas and for the benefit
of the institution." [1]
K. Teachers and society
" Teachers should:(i) Recognize that education is a
public service and strive to keep the public informed of
the educational programmes which are being provided;
(ii) Work to improve education in the community and
strengthen the community's moral and intellectual life;
(iii) Be aware of social problems and take part in such
activities as would be conducive to the progress of
society and hence the country as a whole; (iv) Perform
the duties of citizenship, participate in community
3
activities and shoulder responsibilities of public offices;
(v) Refrain from taking part in or subscribing to or
assisting in any way activities which tend to promote
feeling of hatred or enmity among different
communities, religions or linguistic groups but actively
work for National Integration." [1]
A relaxation of two hours in the workload may,
however, be given to Professors who are actively
involved in extension activities and administration. A
minimum of 6 hours per week may have to be allocated
for research activities of a teacher." [1]
V ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE INDEX
IV TEACHING DAYS AND WORKLOAD
Based on the teacher’s self-assessment, academic
performance indicators (APIs) are proposed in
recruitments and career advancement scheme (CAS)
promotions of university / college teachers and is
organized in three categories:
• Category I - teaching, learning and evaluation
related activities
• Category II - co-curricular, extension and
professional development related activities.
• Category III - research and academic
contributions.
Within University Grants Commission regulations
[1] there is prescribed many other aspects of teaching
work and activities, as well as regulations regarding
payment and leave (off-duty times) causes (like
attendance to symposium, child care etc.) and allowed
number of days.
L. Teaching days
"The Universities/Colleges must adopt at least 180
working days, i.e. there should be a minimum of 30
weeks of actual teaching in a 6-day week. Of the
remaining period, 12 weeks may be devoted to
admission and examination activities, and noninstructional days for co-curricular, sports, college day,
etc., 8 weeks for vacations and 2 weeks may be
attributed to various public holidays. If the University
adopts a 5 day week pattern, then the number of weeks
should be increased correspondingly to ensure
equivalent of 30 weeks of actual teaching with a 6 day
week." [1]
The minimum API score required by teachers is
different depending on categories, levels of promotion
and between university and college. The self-assessment
score is based on verifiable criteria and is finalized by
the screening/selection committee.
TABLE II. CATEGORY I ACTIVITIES AND API SCORES
TABLE I. TEACHING DAYS IN INDIA, ACCORDING TO UGC
[1]
TABLE III. CATEGORY II ACTIVITIES AND API SCORES
M. Workload
"The workload of the teachers in full employment
should not be less than 40 hours a week for 30 working
weeks (180 teaching days) in an academic year. It
should be necessary for the teacher to be available for at
least 5 hours daily in the University/College for which
necessary space and infrastructure should be provided
by the University/College. Direct teaching-learning
process hours should be as follows:
•
Assistant Professor 16 hours
•
Associate Professor and Professor 14 hours
4
TABLE VI. CATEGORY III - COURSES AND CONFERENCE
PAPERS [1]
Category III - research and academic contributions
have several subcategories:
•
•
•
•
Research publications
Research projects
Research guidance
Training courses / Conference papers
TABLE IV. CATEGORY III -RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS [1]
It is important to mention few rules:
•
"The API for joint publications will have to be
calculated in the following manner: Of the total
score for the relevant category of publication by
the concerned teacher, the first/Principal author
and the corresponding author/supervisor/mentor
of the teacher would share equally 60% of the
total points and the remaining 40% would be
shared equally by all other authors." [1]
• For university and college teachers, they "may
score 10 points from either Category I or
Category II to achieve the minimum score
required under Category I + II". [1]
TABLE V. CATEGORY III - RESEARCH PROJECTS AND
GUIDANCE [1]
VI REQUIRED API SCORE POINTS FOR
UNIVERSITY AND COLLEGE TEACHERS PROMOTION
Table VII presents minimum points per year or
appointment period for university teachers, while Table
VIII presents minimum points per year or appointment
period for college teachers.
TABLE VII. API MINIMUM SCORE FOR UNIVERSITY
TEACHERS [1]
5
TABLE VIII. API MINIMUM SCORE FOR COLLEGE
TEACHERS [1]
API points for each of three categories (teaching,
professional work and research) for university and
college teachers in India. Some rules are presented
regarding minimum scores for category I and II and joint
work score calculation in category III.
It has been shown that API score is calculated for
each year and for each assessment period. For university
and college teachers first and second category are not
mandatory, i.e. score for category I and II are calculated
together and minimum of 10 points is needed for this
sum. This shows that teacher could be engaged in
teaching, but also in professional and administrative
work which also is appropriately counted. Still, majority
of points is related to teaching activities. Regarding
research activities, they are mandatory and minimum of
10/20/30 points is needed is for assistant teacher for
each year.
Final conclusion is that great majority of API points
is related to teaching engagement. Additional
administrative and professional work is not mandatory,
but is considered for API points. It is also possible for
teaching staff member not to be engaged in teaching
process, but in professional and administrative work.
Still, research work is mandatory for any type of work
engagements.
VII CONCLUSION
In this paper we presented regulations from
University Grant Commision of India regarding
qualifications requirements for recruitment and career
advancement of higher education institution staff
(teachers, principals, librarians etc.). We presented other
important aspects of quality of teaching staff work, such
as code of professional ethics. Important factor that
influence quality of teaching staff work is teaching days
organization and workload.
REFERENCES
[1]
Quality of employees at higher education in India is
measured by API (Academic Performance Index) score.
We presented the model of API score points calculation.
We also described minimum requirements regarding
[2]
6
University Grants Commission in India: "Regulations on
minimum qualifications for appointment of teachers and other
academic staff in universities and colleges and measures for the
maintenance of standards in higher education", Gazzete of India,
Part III, Sector 4, 2010.
Gujarat state self-appraisal form for API (academic performance
index), http://gujarat-education.gov.in/ higher/ Portal/News/
38_1_SELF%20APPRAISAL%20FORM.pdf
RELATION BETWEEN CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY AND PEDAGOGY
A. Maksic
Martin Buber University, Faculty of Philosophy, Rolduc, Kerkade, Netherlands
[email protected]
Abstract: In a world of rapid changes and increasing
diversity, the need for an active, informed and responsible
education is greater than ever. The role of philosophy, as
the cradle of all sciences, in creating such an education is
almost universally acknowledged. Philosophy of education
is a field of both philosophy and education. It is based in
the history of philosophy in the famous concepts of
Socrates, Plato’s, Aristotle’s, Kant’s, Hegel’s philosophy.
The aim of this work is to introduce the concept of critical
pedagogy which is a teaching approach that is based in the
discourse of understanding the way power operates in
educational institutions and the constant cultivation of the
intellect.
and its inner destiny and material and spiritual
progress. Education is not possible without this
normative concept of ideal of what people should
be, Greek ideal is “kalokagatia”, synthesis of
esthetics and ethics, senses and reason. Since
democracy was important to the Greeks, paideia,
combined with ethos, habits, made a man good
and made him capable for entering the society.
This step was not about learning mechanical tasks,
but was about training for liberty of individual
possibilities, freedom of thinking and nobility of
the beautiful. Education for political life is an
obligation of every free citizen in old Greece,
politics and ethics are unique form of “fronesis” as
rational intellectual skill.
I PAIDEIA AS CULTURAL HERITAGE FROM
PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy is the cradle of all sciences
especially for pedagogy, psychology and
sociology, because they are new, young social
sciences and their history is the history of
philosophy. In XIX century, razing of positivism
and scientism pushed away philosophy and its
historical and cultural role for the civilization and
the human knowledge. It was metaphysical
knowledge that was not useful, not pragmatic
enough
for
technological
world
of
industrialization. The history of philosophy is a
place where researchers of education can always
look for ideas, normative concepts and where
questions about real purpose and the essence of
education can be raised. The beginning about
thinking of what education can be is in the V
c.b.Ch. in anthropological period when Socrates
gave the base of ethics in the famous identification
of virtue and knowledge. Unlike sophists, Socrates
was trying to reach the base principle of true, as
“aletheia”, not just the victory in the dialogue. The
aim of education is to find out how to be more
perfect in intellectual and ethical sense.
Knowledge is Good, a virtue, and evil is
ignorance, and the teacher have to show student
how to get better. Education is a part of practical
Greek life in which ethics, economic and politics,
“bios praktikos”, have form of a unity with
theoretical and poetic ways of living. Education is
not individual matter, but the very important task
for community, it is changed with its developing
Learning and teaching is the first practice of
philosophy in a form of giving the knowledge not
just as the facts that should be remembered, but as
truth that has to be discovered. The being of
philosophy, its very essence is a dialogue and it
has to be told to the others. Philosophy is an
attempt to reach indefinite universe through the
limited medium of language and that’s why
teaching about it is not possible without two
directions, without thinking, reflecting and
conceiving the truth.
Philosophy of education is the area of “paideia”
[1], παιδεία as way for performing education by
finding and learning about virtue, “arete” άρετε.
This task couldn’t be fulfilled without ethics in
two different senses; as a branch of philosophy,
theoretical knowledge which describes practical
behavior and gives normative concept of virtue
and good and evil. It was possible only in the
synthesis of ethical, economic and political life in
the concept of practical science in Aristotle’s
classification of sciences. Also as a kind of
experience that can be reached only by practical
role-model example. The teacher is teaching by
theoretical presumptions, initiating the critical
thinking in pupil’s intellect, but also showing him
how to express rhetorical skills, how to
communicate with the others, how to make
difference between good and bad choices. Greek
7
paideia is the idea of perfection, of excellence.
Paideia was very close to religion, and teaching
about the way to achieve ethical consequences
from it. This ideal was guided by the concept of
Greek Gods; they were so close to humans, they
fall in love with humans, fight, they envy, and they
are so imperfect, and in the same time they are
Gods. People can even see the mountain of their
existence, and the message is clear, you can be
more perfect, as you look at the ideal form of
mankind, the God’s form as an ideal. Religion is a
powerful force for a young being to receive values
of one society together with the moral norms.
Religion, culture and politics are the natural forms
of Greek “habitus”, and if we analyze the reasons
why Socrates was accused for spoiling the youth,
we can see that the main allegation is disrespect of
the Greek official Gods. Paideia is the cultural
heritage that is continued through the generations,
and Greek foundation of civilization is the base for
complete European culture in a way that we feel
like we are at homeland of our origin. It does not
mean that we should consider European culture as
the only valid culture, but rather to see all the
cultures of the world as connected, influenced, and
authentic. The culture is the history of borrow, the
history of intercultural communication as a “map
of mutual relationships between real and
productive traffic of nations, states, groups and
identities”,[2]. As culture is a kind of highest
values of one civilization, and education is a form
of culture as cultivation of young souls, it is very
important to see the differences in goals in various
philosophical concepts. Good examples for this
cultural need of systematic knowledge and
teaching about it in Greek philosophy are
Academy and Lyceum,[3]. They are considered as
first universities because of organized exploration
of different areas of natural and social life, and the
foundation of the first great library of ancient
world. The foundation of Plato’s and Aristotle’s
theory of education is possible only if we consider
the meaning of Socratic principles for pedagogy.
Socrates had an ideal pedagogical method, “you
already know and my aim is to help you to give
birth to your knowledge”. This procedure is
“majeutic”, as a form of “dialektike techne”.
Socratic ideal pedagogical assumption is that
student always knows, the teacher needs to help in
giving and releasing understanding of complex
world. The aim of dialectics in Socrates
philosophy of education is to make the inner
change, to improve in ethical and intellectual
sense. Teacher should take a part of Socratic spirit
in every place where teaching takes its forms.
Believing in student’s knowledge, asking right
questions, giving support for critical thinking, and
leading pupil in the self-confidence introducing of
virtue. All of these, and more, are the proper focus
of the Socratic questioner. As a tactic and
approach, Socratic questioning is a highly
disciplined process. Virtue is knowledge, and you
can find out how to be more perfect in intellectual
and ethical sense. Evil is ignorance, you just don’t
know how to get better. The aim of teaching is to
develop the inner space of good choices by
listening to conscience, Socratic ‘daiamonin”.
Teacher is a leader in discovering inner self, “gnoti
se auton”, highest wisdom, and maybe, the most
difficult one. The teacher has the obligation to
awake the need for discovering the truth not as
finished and closed fact, but as a dialogical process
of dialectics.
Plato is the role model of philosophical
teacher-student relationship in which love for
wisdom is the passion for knowledge as truth, and
the teacher is the indefinite filed of inspiration.
Eros, as spiritual love is a passion which gives a
soul the wings to fly in the immortal, eternal world
of ideas. He developed dialectical skills as a”
rainbow that connects people and Gods” this false
and true world, as a “Prometheus fire” that can
help to reach the other world of real ideas in the
sky, in objective idealism, is dialogic in which
trough conversation “dialegesthai” discussion
comes to the essence of every thing in every
particular case trough the search for general in
thinking, universal ideas. Words are just the tools,
not the essence, and language is just an approach
to the knowledge of unchangeable objective truth.
Socrates gave the tools for fighting the sophists,
irony and majeutic, giving birth to ideas, as a
spiritual nurse. Plato constructed ideal Republic
which should be governed by those who are the
most educated because they have wisdom and
intellectual and ethical characteristics. Plato saw
education as the key to creating and sustaining his
“Republic”. The power of knowledge makes the
differences between people and social classes.
Reaching the perfection is a cardinal Greek
ideal; it is possible by knowledge of the virtue.
The purpose of teaching is to let the student to be
more perfect then the teacher, true teacher is
teaching with the hope that student will be better
and that will have more creativity. If student
challenges teacher’s stand point, it is the sign that
own reflection, and freedom of ideas, and the
courage to see the truth is more important then the
respect of the authority. It can be seen as first form
8
of critical pedagogy as an attempt to question
domination and the beliefs and practices that
dominate. It is a root for all teaching approaches
for theory and practice of helping students achieve
critical consciousness.
conscious, to produce inside its own existence and
reflection. The aim is to find out what knowledge
really is as an absolute knowledge in subjective
spirit. This means that he sees the same
educational development outlined above in the
unfolding of human history. It would seem that the
rationality of the west marks the highest
expression of human development that the world
has seen. Late twentieth century western
philosophizing has largely rejected such a view,
rejecting in particular its racist and imperialist
overtones that ‘west is best’ as Europocentic. The
culture is written by those who are ‘white, dead
masculine’, and that all other worldviews are
underdeveloped, without spirit and knowledge.
II TRANSCENDENTAL EDUCATION
Kant was interested in the whole education as a
concept of general culture, a true education should
supply a human being with the discipline, culture,
prudence and moral training. The main aim in
treating other people is our principal moral duty to
respect others as our aims, not means. We
wouldn’t do to somebody something that we
wouldn’t like to be done with us. Knowledge has
its limits, human mind is restricted to experience,
but as practical moral beings, with our free will,
we can be our own masters. That is the meaning of
human freedom, as a postulate of our doings and
moral behavior. Kant holds that self-consciousness
differentiates human beings from animals and is
hence the source of human dignity. Human beings
have a free will and are not determinate by
sensuously inclinations. His pedagogy would
require that one address the consciousness of the
human being. Education has to answer the famous
forth question:” What humans are?” and the
answer is:” Humans are amphibolic beings; from
one side they are in the area of sensitivity,
“aistheton”, natural causes, humans as biological
beings, and from the other side, they are the part of
intelligible world of eternity, ideas, freedom.
Pedagogy should keep both sides of human nature
in the process of education for metaphysical and
physical a priori transcendental knowledge.
III NEW TEACHING APPROACH IN CRITICAL
PEDAGOGY
Critical pedagogy, as a part of philosophy of
education, is a teaching approach that removes
dominant myths in education, challenge
domination presented in the role that teacher have.
It is a theory and practice of helping students to
break traditional clichés and achieve critical
consciousness. Who are the architects of critical
pedagogy today? Paulo Freire [5], the most
celebrated critical educator [6] Ira Shor [7], with
his “student centered” [8] pedagogy, Joe L.
Kincheloe [9] with the concept of multicultural
education, Peter Mc Laren [10] as the agent of
radical hope etc. Those authors are connected with
the idea that praxis of education involves engaging
in a cycle of theory, social context, and the
politics. Education is never a neutral process; it is
an instrument for forming obedience, oppression
and apology for the present system. There is a lot
of Marx ideas in this critical views in a way that
critic of global capitalism is getting modern again
as the result of the crises. The need for
transformation of the world, formulated in “11.
Thesis of Feurbach” is asking philosophers not just
to interpret the world, but to change it [11]. In his
“White Terror and Oppositional Agency” Peter
Mc Larren implies that educators need to examine
critically the development of pedagogical
discourses that demonize Others who are different
(through transforming them into absence or
deviance). Critical multiculturalism calls serious
attention to the dominant meaning systems readily
available to students and teachers, most of which
are ideologically stitched into the fabric of
Western imperialism and patriarchy. It challenges
meaning systems that impose attributes on the
Other under the direction of sovereign signifiers
and tropes. White groups need to examine their
As a teacher Hegel combined an interesting
mixture of what we would call traditional and
progressive ideas. “For those attend our school we
expect quiet behavior, the habit of continuous
attention, respect and obedience to the teachers
and a proper and seemly conduct both towards
these and their fellow pupils.”[4]. Hegel didn’t
demand iron discipline, but he thought that the
philosopher at least has the right to ask of the
reader to keep his own thoughts quiet until he has
gone through the whole. Silence is necessary part
of thinking as a preparation for thinking, listening
is a key for dialectical movement as an effort of
independent reflection. Philosophy of education is
a science or philosophy that is education and it is
understandable only by the development of
particular parts of Hegel’s system. Education is a
process in which, from the view of general spirit
as a substance, substance is giving itself self-
9
own ethnic histories so that they are less likely to
judge their own cultural norms as neutral and
universal. Critical pedagogy needs to hold a
nonreductionist view of the social order that is
society needs to be seen as an irreducible
indeterminacy. The social field is always open and
we must explore its fissures, fault-lines, gaps and
sciences. Power relations may not always have a
conscious design, but they have unintended
consequences which define deep structural aspects
of oppression even though every ideological
totalization of the social designed to fail.
Resistance
to
such
domination
means
deconstructing the social by means of a reflexive
intersubjective consciousness – what Freire terms
“conscientization”[15]. It is a beginning of a
revolutionary praxis. We also need to create new
narratives, new border narratives, in order to
reauthor the discourses of oppression in politically
subversive ways as well as create sites of
possibility and enablement. Critical social theory
as a form of multicultural resistance must be wary
of locating libratory praxis in the realm of a
diachronic as something to be resolved in
transforming the educators to agents of radical
hope [13].
competing ethical claims. While they have to
make individual determinations of what to do in
these particular circumstances, they must
concurrently deal with what John Goodlad calls
the surrounding institutional morality. A central
tenet of critical pedagogy maintains that the
classroom, curricular, school structures teachers
enter are not neutral sites waiting to be shaped by
educational
professionals.
While
such
professionals do possess agency, this prerogative
is not completely free and independent of
decisions made previously by people operating
with different values and shaped by the ideologies
and cultural assumptions of their historical
contexts. These contexts are shaped in the same
ways language and knowledge is constructed, as
historical power makes particular practices seem
natural—as if they could have been constructed in
no other way.", [14].
Kincheloe lists the basic concerns of critical
pedagogy; all education is inherently political and
all pedagogy must be aware of this condition. A
social and educational vision of justice and
equality should ground all education. Issues of
race, class, gender, sexuality, religion, and
physical ability are all important domains of
oppression and critical anti-hegemonic action. The
alleviation of oppression and human suffering is a
key dimension of educational purpose, and that’s
why schools must not humiliate students and
blame them for their failures. School should be the
place where student can question all positions,
including
critical
pedagogy
itself.
The
professionalism of teachers must be respected and
part of the role of any educator involves becoming
a scholar and a researcher. The politics of
knowledge and issues of epistemology are central
to understanding the way power operates in
educational institutions to perpetuate privilege and
to subjugate the marginalized. Scientific
knowledge can often be used as a basis of
oppression as it is produced without an
appreciation of how dominant power and culture
shape it. Education often reflects the interests and
needs of new modes of colonialism and empire.
Such dynamics must be exposed, understood, and
acted upon as part of critical transformative praxis.
Curriculum reform requires teachers to
interrogate the discursive presuppositions which
points at their curriculum practices with respect to
race, gender, class and sexual orientation.
Curriculum reform means recognizing that groups
are differentially situated in the production of the
Western high-status knowledge. Educators would
do well to follow hooks in dehegemonizing racist
discourses, affirming the voices of oppressed.
Students must be encouraged to produce their own
oppositional readings of curriculum content.
Lastly, curriculum reform must recognize the
importance of encouraging spaces for the
multiplicity voices in classrooms and creating a
dialogical pedagogy in which subjects see others
as subjects and not objects. Inherent superiority of
the West and whiteness is something that needs to
be displaced. The main aim of this strategy in
critical philosophical pedagogy is to provide the
possibility for students to construct border
identities. They are intersubjective spaces of
cultural transition – linguistically multivalanced
spaces of intercultural dialogue. Joe L. Kincheloe
helps us understand the central dynamics of
critical pedagogy: “Advocates of critical pedagogy
are aware that every minute of every hour that
teacher teaches, they are faced with complex
decisions concerning justice, democracy, and
IV CONCLUSION
In a world of rapid changes and increasing
diversity, the need for an active, informed and
responsible education is greater than ever. In
recent years, events experienced and changes
taking place across the world has challenged both,
10
educational theory and philosophy of education.
What is required are new forms of education that
prepare learners for actual involvement in society.
Forms of education have to be practical and
theoretical, rooted in real life issues, affecting
learners and their communities, and taught through
participation in community life as well as trough
the formal curriculum. The need to provide such
teaching presents important challenges for the
teaching profession. It means learning new forms
of knowledge, developing new teaching methods,
finding new ways of working and creating new
forms of professional relationship – both with
colleagues and with learners. It emphasizes
teaching based on current affairs over the
understanding of historical systems, critical
thinking and skills teaching as well as knowledge
transmission, cooperative and collaborative
working rather than isolated preparation,
professional autonomy instead of dependence on
central diktat. It requires a change in how we
perceive learning, from an ideal of learning as
teacher-centered to learning through experience,
participation, research and sharing. A didactic,
teacher-led, textbook-dominated, knowledgebased orientation has to be replaced by one
emphasizing learner involvement, a broader range
of teaching methods and a more skills-based
approach. Critical pedagogy requires a list of
skills, knowledge and values both for teachers and
students. The list of those competences is already
built in the tradition of human and social sciences,
especially in the history of philosophy. Skills as
critical thinking, problem solving, decisionmaking, intercultural sensitivity are the tools for a
new critical pedagogy. It is important that student
learn how to make judgments and form arguments,
see the problem, articulate it and solve it, not leave
it, to negotiate collective decisions, to see issues
from other people’s point of view with empathy.
Teachers, together with students in a Socratic
dialogue, should research facts not as taken for
granted, but always developed in different points
of views, with evaluation in self-critical reflection.
Knowledge becomes the process, not the power, as
Bacon referred. Information always has to be
opened for questioning in order to avoid dogmatic
concepts. Critical pedagogy is a philosophical
movement that assumes knowledge as a
development in which students see the history of
ideas as a whole system of constant changes and
the impacts of those to social and political life. All
those values, openness, respect for cultural and
social differences, trust and honesty, commitment
to truth, respect for self and others, tolerance,
assertiveness, teamwork and co-operation,
equality, freedom, justice, are the foundation of
philosophical ideas and virtues.
These normative ideas of critical pedagogy
have also some challenges in the factual world of
today. We have to face up to the greatest tensions
and, still better, overcome them. While these
tensions are not new, they will be of core
importance for the problems of the future. The
tensions concern the following issues; between
global and local, general and individual, long and
short term thinking, the traditional and the modern,
the spiritual and the material etc. It’s important
that people become world citizens without losing
their local roots. Besides economic globalization,
there are some good points of cultural
globalization as an opportunity to answer the
question of the validity of the dominant
Europocentric myth. Culture is becoming
increasingly globalized, it is important to keep full
potential of tradition and to affirm local,
marginalized voices. We are living in a world that
is overflowing with short-lived news and emotions
which serve in providing a permanent illustration
of the current problems. Public pressure is for fast
answers and ready-made solutions. This is not
good circumstance for education of young people,
they begin to think superficially, they don’t have
time to read anymore, they have no patience to
listen, reflect and think. Challenges of new
technologies makes young people more different
then the young’s of the last century. Teachers
should adapt to those changes cultivating
autonomy of thinking, and at the same time,
development of deep, reflected thoughts.
Incredible expansion of knowledge and the
capacity of people to learn, new areas of
knowledge are permanent challenges for selfknowledge, for physical and mental well-being
and for developing better understanding of the
natural environment. Main objective of education
today is to encourage everyone to take action in
accordance with their traditions and convictions, to
respect pluralism. People today are in a state of
confusion and feel torn between globalization, the
effects of which they can see and sometimes are
forced to bear, and the search for their roots.
Critical pedagogy must rise to this challenge more
then ever before. Education is at the core of
personal development and the community. Its task
is to make it possible for each and everyone of us
to develop our talents to the full and to reach our
creative potential. These examples of educational
ideas from the field of history of philosophy make
11
[5]
the possibility for a philosophy of education as a
new branch of philosophy grounded in our own
past, in the history of our civilization. This
research tried to present the possibilities and
challenges for philosophy of education today with
the look back to history of philosophy and famous
theories of education and in some aspects of
critical pedagogy today. Philosophers of education
have the purpose of fostering dialogue and to
support exchange of ideas, information and
experience which will expose the use of critical
and reflective intelligence in the search for
solutions to crucial problems in education and
culture. Philosophy is always open for free
exchange of ideas, not just as a closed system of
finished knowledge with unchangeable borders
with beginning and with the end, but as an attempt
to reach indefinite diversity of human
understanding.
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[12]
The term paideia is well-known through its use in the word
encyclopedia which is a combination of the Greek terms
enkyklios, or "complete system/circle", and paideiaas the
knowledge. The main aim with this etymology is to reach
complete knowledge, as it was possible in those times.
Said E. ”Culture and Imperialism”, 13, Belgrade circle 2002.
The similar aim is in paideia to teach about theoretical, practical
and poetical human experiences as unique and total.
Mackenzie, “Hegel’s Educational Theory and Practice” p. 163
[13]
[14]
12
Paulo Reglus Neves Freire (Recife, Brazil, September 19, 1921May 2 1970.)
UNESCO 1986 Prize for Education for Peace
Ira Shor (1945.) is a professor at the city University of New
York, where he teaches composition and rhetoric. In
collaboration with Paulo Friere, he is one of the leading
exponents of critical pedagogy
Kierkegaard discovered this orientation insisting that teacher
should always understand the student’s way of reception. To be
a teacher means to see in the way that student thinks, feels and
understands.
Joe lyons Kincheloe (December 14, 1959 – December 19, 2008)
was a professor and Canada Reasercher Chair at the Faculty of
Education, Mc Gill University in montreal, Quebec, Canada. He
founded The Paulo and Nita Freire International Project for
Critical Pedagogy. Under his leadership this project is creating a
global community of reaserchers and cultural workers in critical
pedagogy
Peter Mc Laren (1948) is internationally recognized as one of
the leading architects of critical pedagogy and known for his
writings on critical literacy and Marxist theory. He is currently
Professor of Education, Graduate School of Education and
Information Studies, University of California, Los Angeles
One of the consequences of multicultural education in critical
pedagogy is activism which is defined as emancipator change
with the synergistic cultivation of theory and intellect
One of the consequences of multicultural education in critical
pedagogy is activism which is defined as emancipator change
with the synergistic cultivation of theory and intellect
The concept of radical hope is based in E. Bloch’s “Principle of
Hope” which calls an utopian to be a true guideline. Without
that spirit of utopian the dream about tomorrow wouldn’t be
universal. It is for the future as the thought which represents the
very essence of being. It is the component of the structure of
human being which transcendence the presence. To be, means to
be by the determination of the future which is open
Kincheloe J. L.:”Critical pedagogy”, p.23, second edtition, NY
Petar Lang
ICT COMPETENCIES OF STUDENTS
T. Marusic, I. Viskovic
Faculty of Mathematics and Science Education, University of Mostar, BIH
[email protected], [email protected]
Abstract - This paper is a review of testing the experiences
and attitudes of students of educational science of their
ICT competencies and their achievements in the field of
ICT in formal academic education. In this paper are
compared students' ICT competence of the study group of
pedagogy and study group of pre-school education studies
at the Faculty of Natural Science and Education at
University of Mostar. It is percived that students are well
informed and that they frequent use computers and the
Internet. The lack of ICT competencies of students in the
use of certain computer programs and Internet search are
evident. The research results are useful to us as curricular
guidelines.
Technology (ICT) in professional work, free time
and everyday, and communication in general. At
the most basic level involves the use of
multimedia technology to locate, access, storage,
production, presentation and exchange of
information and communication and participation
in the Internet network. It is associated with
critical thinking and application skills in the use
of information communication.
The concept of lifelong learning implies
different forms of learning using ICT. ICT is being
introduced in educational institutions in various
forms, and simultaneously allows the networking
of educational institutions at all levels - both
vertically and horizontally - to exchange
information, continuous monitoring, bought
students and staff, co-teaching personnel, and
employees in these institutions , is included in
national
and
international
exchange
of
experiences, research results, etc. Therefore,
learning in the learning society, in the context of
ICT requires a holistic interdisciplinary approach.
I INTRODUCTION
The European Council at Lisbon conference in
2000, has set a strategic goal for the European
Union: to become the most competent and most
dynamic economy in the world based on
knowledge and capable of sustainable economic
growth. The report "The concrete future objectives
of education and training" (Stockholm, 2001.)
indicates the three strategic objectives: quality,
accessibility and openness of the education
system. Work Programme "Education and
Training 2010." (Barcelona, 2002.) included the
information and communication competence in a
list of basic competencies. At the EU level is
expected to implement such generic competencies
outlined in the national curricula.
In the context of globalization, ICT
competencies have a special place. Complex and
controversial process of building the world as a
whole by creating a global institutional structure
and global cultural forms, makes the ICT
competencies necessary. Globalization as a
process of democratic unification requires the
written
communication
to
the
citizen
(responsibility) decides according to available
information which he knows how to (de) code.
Modern educational curricula[1], which are
developmental, humanistic and open, as expected
learning outcomes introduces core competencies,
including informatical and communication
competence, ie, digital literacy as a generic
competence as a prerequisite for lifelong learning.
Digital competence implies having the
affirmative attitude, professional knowledge and
skills to use ICT and to understanding and
(de)coding the information. ICT competencies are
necessary in a daily networked world and
indispensable in a lifelong professional education.
To developed ICT competencies, on individulanoj
and social level, it is necessary to create a
"learning space" (Learning Spaces) as a supportive
environment that enables interactive content and
relationships of participants. Learning spaces
represent a kind of interactive mosaic that respects
the uniqueness of the individual in the digital
The concept of competence based on an
integrative approach, the individual features seen
as a dynamic combination of knowledge,
understanding, attitudes, and affirmative action.
The process of teaching and learning that the
expected outcome of a competency must be
accompanied by appropriate evaluation criteria.
Information literacy is a prerequisite for
informatical literacy, which involves the confident
and critical use of Informatical Communication
13
networked world, respects their needs and
provides an opportunity for continuous learning by
using computers.
of students of pedagogy and Preschool Education,
Faculty of Natural Sci ence and Education,
University of Mostar.
In a society that learns (and the academic
community is applied to that instance) anything
can be the source and content of learning, all have
the opportunity to learn and apply their knowledge
and learning is not confined to formal education.
E. Jensen states that "... for employees who deal
with knowledge, education refer constantly to
improve their knowledge, develop skills and
abilities, finding a place for themselves in the
global market that is changing, and commitment to
lifelong learning. Their ability to learn will be their
biggest advantage." [11]
III RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A. H1: Students pre-school pedagogy and use
the Internet significantly more than the average
population
Asked how much they use the computer and
the internet, students have responded in the class
"regular" (daily), "sometimes" (per week) and
"never" / Table 1. If you group the classes
"regular" and "sometimes" in a class of "use", as
the number of those students of pedagogy that use
computer and Internet, it follows that 87.69%
students of pedagogy use the computer and the
Internet, while 12.31% of students of pedagogy
does not use a computer and the Internet. In the
group of students of preschool 100% of them
claim they use computers and the Internet. At the
level of all questioned students, 279 of them, of a
total of 303, use computer and Internet, or 92.21%.
Universities, as a place of formal academic
education in making the curriculum as a starting
point take the actual situation: past experiences
and achievements of students, and as expected
outcomes, require quality of students competence.
This paper explores the initial state and guidelines
for future action.
II RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The objective of this study is to determine the
experiences, attitudes and achievements of
students of pedagogy and preschool education in
the field of ICT, Faculty of Mathematics and
Science Education - University of Mostar.
TABLE I.
Regulary
This study included 303 randomly selected
students: 195 students of pedagogy and 108
preschool students, undergraduate study. Taking
into account the likelihood that patients enter the
study sample, it has the features: a convenient,
deliberate and stratified. Questionnaires were
completed anonymously with the assistant who is
not ICT courses teacher so students in the
statements had a greater sense of personal
freedom.
Sometimes
Never
Pedagogy
115
56
24
Pre-school
97
11
0
At FMSE, Mostar, depending on study year and
study group, 34% to 60% of students are from
Croatia. In comparison with the available data on
Internet use in the population in Bosnia and
Herzegovina (54%) and Croatia (66%, N = 1000
people older than 15 years) we see that our faculty,
students use computers significantly more than the
average population of states in which they reside
and study and this has proved the hypothesis that
the student use the Internet significantly more than
the average population and it can be interpreted as
formal education and the inclusion of courses in
ICT program of study and the thesis about "digital
natives" (Prensky). Specifically, in evaluating of
young people competence there is the term "digital
natives"
which is commonly used for the
generation born in the post industrial developed
technology society.They grow up with digital
technology available, although their primary
interest is often focused on computer games and
communication. Repeated use induces logical
thinking and develop digital literacy. At the same
time encourages the development of divergent
thinking, specific social skills and ways of
Survey method was used to examine the
attitudes and opinions of students on the
application of ICT in the study of pedagogy and
the importance of ICT competencies for their
study commitments and later professional
activities. As an instrument a questionnaire of
open and closed-type answers was used, and a
five-point Likert scale.
Statistical analysis was performed in R (version
R-2.10.1 for Windows). All tests (
) were
conducted at significance level 0.05 (5%).
In this work we look only at data that clearly
depict the experiences, attitudes and achievements
14
competencies for (future) professional work
among students and pre-school pedagogy and
found that there are significant differences, and we
rejected the initial hypothesis. The reasons for
such significant differences in the attitudes of
students are not explored, but it could be a result
of differently focused study obligations.
evaluation. Involvement in the process of formal
education 'digital natives' are developing ICT
competence is sometimes quicker than the formal
system provides. Complete information about the
use of ICT and youth in our areas are not avilable.
TABLE II. ATTITUDES OF STUDENTS - THE IMPORTANCE
OF ICT COMPETENCIES FOR A PROFESSIONAL WORK
Figure 1. Showing students using the Internet both Croatian
citizens and citizens of Bosnia and Herzegovina
Very
important
Important
Unimportant
Total
Pedagogy
138
45
12
195
Pre-school
41
67
0
108
Total
179
112
12
303
International Studies (Pisa, 2009.) indicate that
the educational result are affected by many factors,
particulary environments in which students (and
students) live and it is undeniable that economic
status affects the availability of ICTA and
therefore the results of these studies.
Figure 3. Differences in the attitudes of students of pedagogy
and preschool education in the importance of ICT competence
judgments
C. Purpose of Internet use of students of pedagogy
and preschool education (ranked responses)
Students are offered the rank the order of using
the Internet.
TABLE III. PURPOSE OF THE USE OF INTERNET
PG PS
Figure 2. Using computers and the Internet
Differences in frequency of use of computers
and the Internet between students of different
departments can be, probably, clarified according
to the place they live (for students who does not
live in Mostar). It is worrying that 12% of
pedagogy students claimed that they do not use
any computer or internet.
1. Information related studies
(information)
163 106 83,59% 98,15%
2. Personal communication
122 106 62,56% 98,15%
3. Search the Internet to personal
insterests
117
74 60,00% 68,52%
4. Internet search related study
obligations
105
90 53,85% 83,33%
5. Communication with teaching staff
39 106 20,00% 98,15%
195 108
B. H2: There is no statistically significant
difference among the students of the pedagogy and
preschool education in the evaluation of the
importance of ICT competencies for (future)
professional work
we tested for a statistically
significant difference in the evaluation of ICT
15
Google and Yahoo as a synonym for (scientific)
and search, the testimony of Professor, uncritically
accept information available.
At the same time this information was used as a
guideline in developing curricula. Using
specialized search engines for information and
access to scientific resources is becoming so
interdisciplinary themes, and an example of how
ICT competencies are reflected in education.
Figure 4. The purpose of the usage of ICTA
E. H3: There is no statistically significant
difference between the pedagogy and preschool
education students in the frequency of use of
computer programs.
Comparing the purposes of using the Internet, it
is clear that more students of preschool education,
as many as 98% use the Internet to communicate
with staff. We did not investigate the reasons so
we can not say whether the teachers physically
(not) available at the faculty or the Internet.
Comparing data of a personal communication via
the Internet, we can conclude that preschool
education are more disposed to this form of
communication. At the same time pre-school
students are more inclined to search the Internet to
do the academic obligations, but students of
pedagogy. Unfortunately, the flies showed that the
standard search engines are synonym for scientific
resources for students.
TABLE V. COMPUTER PROGRAMS USAGE FOR TUDING
Answers of
preschool
students
(N=108)
Word
Power Point
Excel
Answers of
pedagogy
students
(N=195)
Word
Power Point
Excel
D. Using the Internet Services / Browser
students of pedagogy and preschool
Regulary
Sometimes
Never
87
12
3
21
72
18
0
24
87
Regulary
Sometimes
Never
124
12
1
54
63
17
17
120
177
Word
TABLE IV. THE MOST COMMONLY USED INTERNET
SERVICES / SEARCH ENGINE
1.
2.
3.
Students answers
PG
PO
Standard searching engine
(Google,yahoo)
Specialized serching engine
(Scholar)
Information (librarist)
171
108
2
0
2
9
Power Point
Excel
Figure 5. The most commonly used Internet services / search
engine
As might be expected, students are usually used
to conventional search engines (98.97%) while
only 1.53% of the respondents used a specialized
search engines and search technical information,
mainly on higher study years. The problem which
was noticed on most courses is that students use
Graph 6. Showing the use of computer programs for
study groups
16
TABLE VI EVALUATION AND SELF-EVALUATION OF ICT
COMPETENCE OF STUDENTS
For each of these computer programs are
individually
tested for a statistically
significant difference in frequency of use of a
computer program observed among students of
pedagogy and preschool education. In all three
cases there was a statistically significant
difference, and we must reject the initial
hypothesis.
When it comes to the use of computer
programs, students, participants of the study using
mainly Word and Power Point, and at least Excel,
and it is possible coused by requirements of
studies and ICT competencies of students.
Pedagogy
5
4
3
2
1
Total
Students
14
51
109
21
0
195
Teachers
2
29
112
52
0
195
Total
16
80
221
73
0
390
PS
5
4
3
2
1
Total
Students
7
42
47
12
0
108
Teachers
8
21
52
27
0
108
Total
15
63
99
39
0
216
We also tested a statistically significant difference
in the opinion of students of pedagogy and
students of preschool education. We can not reject
the hypothesis that there was no statistically
significant difference between their opinions (they
are equally valued). The results show however that
the actual achievements differ. Testing is not a
statistically significant difference of the results of
students of pedagogy and students of preschool
education, there are statistics differences and reject
the initial hypothesis that there is no difference.
F. H4: There are significant differences in the
evaluation of the ICT competencies of students in
pedagogy and
preschool studentsin self
evaluating and evaluating teachers
H5: There is no statistically significant
differences ICT competencies of pedagogy
students and pre-school students
Students of pedagogy and preschool education
are encouraged to self evaluation of their ICT
competence and the statements compared with the
evaluation of the teaching staff of the ICT
competencies of students and their achievements
(grades) in the exams. Experience of teaching staff
indicates that students often very subjectively
assess their competence and we were testing
(formal exams) actual knowledge and skills and
we got worse results. This information for further
used for constructing of curriculum and programs
development. In testing students' opinions (self
evaluation) test in the fall at grade "excellent".
Average self-evaluation of students of
pedagogy is 3:30 and the actual average score was
2.90. Average self-evaluation of pre-school
students' is 3:41 and the actual average was 3.09.
The important differences in grades "very good"
and "sufficient". Comparing the evaluation it is
obvious that students evaluate their performance
more positively than teachers.
Neither student of any study group did not
evaluate their competence as "inadequate" and
even those students who do not use the internet.
The survey data were processed according to
results of their the exams.
Graph 7. Showing self-evaluation and evaluation of ICT
competencies of students
For both study groups, we conducted a test at a
significance level 0.05 (5%) and established the
existence of differences. In both cases there was a
statistically significant difference in the opinion of
students on personal ICT competencies and the
actual evaluation of their competence (exams).
Graph 8. Self-evaluation of students' personal ICT
competencies
17
servants should have passed a basic office
package)
The university curriculum development it is
necessary to consider the specific cultural
community, material environment and socioeconomic student status and ICT competence of
teachers. The curriculum changes are already
reflected in the syllabus of the course as well as
particular forms of learning and communication
methods of all factors of the educational process.
Research conducted at the Faculty of Natural
Sciences, Mathematics and Science Education at
the University of Mostar (Mostar, 2009/10. And
2010/11:) indicates the awareness of students of
Educational Sciences of the possible applications
of ICT. We think it is necessary to increase the
representation of ICT on study programs and to
provide conditions that will enable students to
develop ICT skills.
Graph 9. Evaluation of teachers ICT competencies of
students (test results)
IV CONCLUSION
ICT competencies are an important part of the
educational process as well as the expected
outcome of the formal, non-formal and informal
education. Through the ongoing process of (self)
evaluation and interaction of students and teachers
ICT competencies are developed and students, as
subjects of the processes involved in subconstructing program. We can conclude:
•
•
•
•
•
•
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
ICT competencies as core competencies
must be integrated as an interdisciplinary
competencies field
ICT competencies should be expected
learning outcomes
Students are active subjects of their own
knowledge, and learning becomes aligned
with its capabilities
aims, objectives and strategies for ICT in
higher
education
should
be
complementary
with
the
general
guidelines and trends of the educational
curriculum of each country individually
taking into account the guidelines of the
EU
The process of introducing ICT in the
(higher) education to evaluate and revise a
year, and strategy and associated
implementation programs to revise and
modify the authentic level of individual
institutions (respecting specificity)
teaching staff in the process of education
must
necessarily
develop
ICT
competencies (entry into the EU, all civil
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
18
Presidency Conclusions, European Council. Lisbon 2000.
Council document 5980/01, the work program of education and
training 2010th
http://europa.eu.int/comm/education/policies/2010/et
Report of the Working Group B on basic skills, foreign
language teaching and entrepreneurship, 2003
http://www.europa.eu.int/comm/education/policies/2010/objecti
ves
Council Resolution 9286/04. on strengthening policies, systems
and practices in the area calls for the promotion of learning
techniques and autonomous learning, 2004.
The National Curriculum Framework, RH 2010th
Marušić, Pavlović, Visković : ICT in education, International
scientific conference Digital tehnologies and new form of
learning, Split 2010.
Prensky M.: Make it interesting or I'll die of boredom
http://www.carnet.hr/casopis/34/clanci/4
Calder, J.: Diversity and Disaffection (Overcoming Barriers for
Adult Learners), Falmer Press, London, 1993.
Dryden, G.; Voss, J.: Learning Revolution, Educa, Zagreb,
2001.
Gudjons, H.: Pedagogy – basic knowledge, Educa, Zagreb,
1994.
Jensen, E.: Great education, Educa, Zagreb, 2003., pg. 215
Key Data On Education In Europe 2005/2006, ECSC-ECEAEC, Brussels, Luxembourg, 2006.
According to the learning society, Educa, Zagreb, 1996.
The Future of ICT and Learning in the Knowledge Society,
Report on a Joint DG JRC-DG EAC Workshop in Seville 2005,
European Commission, Bruxelles, 2006.
Tuomi, I.: The Future of Learning in Knowledge Society,
Disruptive Changes for Europe by 2020, European Commission,
Bruxelles, 2006.
Delors, J.: Learning –treasure within us, Educa, Zagreb, 1998.
HIGHER EDUCATION OF TECHNICAL
ENGINEERS IN LINE WITH THE
BOLOGNA PROCESS
E. Desnica, D. Letic, Lj. Radovanovic, J. Pekez
University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, Zrenjanin, Serbia
[email protected]
Abstract - The Bologna Declaration is a document that the
European countries use to accord higher education
programs of study in order to successfully compete and
compare with other regions and to prevent lagging behind
in research and development. The paper presents a review
of contemporary European experience in high education
area as guidelines for redesigning innovations in programs
of study of future technical engineers regarding Bologna
Process and High Education Law in Serbia.
The process is steered by bi-annual Bologna
ministerial conferences, which take stock of the
progress done since 1999 and set priorities for the
following years. [1,2,3]
II THE EUROPEAN HIGHER EDUCATION AREA
(EHEA) – BOLOGNA DECLARATION
A. Joint declaration of the European Ministers of
I INTRODUCTION
Education (The Bologna Declaration of 19
June 1999) [4,5]
A Europe of Knowledge is now widely
recognized as an irreplaceable factor for social and
human growth and as an indispensable component
to consolidate and enrich the European citizenship,
capable of giving its citizens the necessary
competences to face the challenges of the new
millennium, together with an awareness of shared
values and belonging to a common social and
cultural space.
On 25 May 1998, the Ministers in charge of
higher education in France, Germany, Italy and the
UK signed the Sorbonne declaration on
harmonization of the architecture of the European
higher education system, a document preceding
the Bologna declaration.
The Bologna process was launched after 29
Education Ministers signed a Declaration in
Bologna in June 1999 to reform the structures of
their higher education systems. Each signatory
country committed itself to reform its own higher
education system in order to create overall
convergence at European level.
The Sorbonne declaration of 25th of May 1998,
which was underpinned by these considerations,
stressed the Universities' central role in developing
European cultural dimensions. It emphasized the
creation of the European area of higher education
as a key way to promote citizens' mobility and
employability and the European Higher Education
Area Continent's overall development.
The process originates from the recognition
that in spite of their valuable differences,
European higher education systems are facing
common internal and external challenges related to
the growth and diversification of higher education,
the employability of graduates, the shortage of
skills in key areas or the expansion of private and
transnational education.
Several European countries have accepted the
invitation to commit themselves to achieving the
objectives set out in the declaration, by signing it
or expressing their agreement in principle. The
direction taken by several higher education
reforms launched in the meantime in Europe has
proved many Governments' determination to act.
The Bologna process has grown from 29
countries in 1999 to over 50 countries today.
Current members include all EU member states
(Belgium
includes
Flanders
&
French
Community), Albania, Andorra, Armenia,
Azerbaijan, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Croatia,
Georgia, Holy See, Iceland, Liechtenstein,
Moldova, Montenegro, Norway, FYROM, Russia,
Serbia, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine.
European higher education institutions, for
their part, have accepted the challenge and taken
up a main role in constructing the European area
of higher education, also in the wake of the
fundamental principles laid down in the Bologna
19
developing comparable
methodologies;
Magna Charta Universitatum of 1988. This is of
the highest importance, given that Universities'
independence and autonomy ensure that higher
education and research systems continuously adapt
to changing needs, society's demands and
advances in scientific knowledge.
•
While affirming our support to the general
principles laid down in the Sorbonne declaration,
we engage in co-ordinating our policies to reach in
the short term, and in any case within the first
decade of the third millennium, the following
objectives, which we consider to be of primary
relevance in order to establish the European area
of higher education and to promote the European
system of higher education world-wide:
•
Adoption of a system of easily readable
and comparable degrees, also through the
implementation
of
the
Diploma
Supplement, in order to promote European
citizens employability and the international
competitiveness of the European higher
education system;
•
Adoption of a system essentially based on
two main cycles, undergraduate and
graduate. Access to the second cycle shall
require successful completion of first cycle
studies, lasting a minimum of three years.
The degree awarded after the first cycle
shall also be relevant to the European
labour market as an appropriate level of
qualification. The second cycle should lead
to the master and/or doctorate degree as in
many European countries;
•
Establishment of a system of credits - such
as in the ECTS system – as a proper means
of promoting the most widespread student
mobility. Credits could also be acquired in
non-higher education contexts, including
lifelong learning, provided they are
recognized by receiving Universities
concerned;
•
Promotion of mobility by overcoming
obstacles to the effective exercise of free
movement with particular attention to: for
students, access to study and training
opportunities and to related services; for
teachers, researchers and administrative
staff, recognition and valorization of
periods spent in a European context
researching, teaching and training, without
prejudicing their statutory rights;
•
Promotion of European co-operation in
quality assurance with a view to
criteria
and
Promotion of the necessary European
dimensions
in
higher
education,
particularly with regards to curricular
development,
inter-institutional
cooperation, mobility schemes and integrated
programmes of study, training and research.
We hereby undertake to attain these objectives
- within the framework of our institutional
competences and taking full respect of the
diversity of cultures, languages, national education
systems and of University autonomy – to
consolidate the European area of higher education.
To that end, we will pursue the ways of
intergovernmental co-operation, together with
those
of
non-governmental
European
organizations with competence on higher
education. We expect Universities again to
respond promptly and positively and to contribute
actively to the success of our endeavor.
III HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM IN SERBIA
From the year 2000 higher education
institutions in Serbia became involved in the
European trends of reforms and harmonization in
the field of higher education known as Bologna
process. Considerable reformatory activities have
been launched since Serbia signed Bologna
declaration in September 2003. The Law on
Higher Education (LHE, 2005) provides a legal
basis for full implementation of the Bologna
Declaration and the Lisbon Convention. [6]
B. The three-cycle structure
The implementation of the Bologna Process
was actually put formally in place from the
academic year 2006/2007 on. The three-cycle
structure prescribed by LHE is established in all
university higher education institutions. The
percentage of the total number of all students
below doctoral level enrolled in two cycle degree
system in academic year 2008/2009 is 89%. The
second cycle of academic qualifications gives a
direct access to the third cycle. The third-cycle
programmes (PhD) started in 2006/2007 in many
university institutions. In order to gain entry to the
doctoral level programmes, students must have
accumulated at least 300 ECTS (European Credit
Transfer System ) credits for most study
programmes and at least 360 credits for medical
sciences. Within the doctoral programmes,
students must earn a minimum of 180 credits to
obtain the degree. Doctoral programmes include
20
obligatory course work and individual research.
The doctoral dissertation is the final part of the
study program at the doctoral studies, except
doctors of arts, which is an artistic program.
Accomplished scientific contributions are graded
according to the number of the scientific
publications, patents or technical innovations.
carries out quality assurance processes in forms of
accreditation and external quality assurance of all
higher educational institutions and study
programmes according to LHE. During the
development of the QA system, the ESG
document was utilized as the main source of
information. Therefore, the existing accreditation
standards, which do include QA topics, fully
comply with the ESG.
C. The ECTS system
The Law on Higher Education introduces
ECTS as the mandatory credit system to be used
by all higher education institutions in all degree
programmes, for both credit transfer and
accumulation. The ECTS system is fully
implemented in all HEIs. The study program
contains the elements specified in the LHE. Every
study program covers precise description of the
courses and the number of ECTS. ECTS credits
are based on the workload students need in order
to achieve expected learning outcomes. 60 ECTS
credits are attached to the workload of a full-time
year of formal learning (academic year) and the
associated learning outcomes. A proper
implementation of ECTS based on student
workload and learning outcomes still remains a
priority. Developing, describing and implementing
learning outcomes is one of the main task. Within
the TEMPUS framework there have been several
projects involving many HE institutions, where the
application of ECTS was widely discussed. The
Commission for Accreditation and Quality
Assessment (CAQA) also provides continuously
actions to assist HE staff in applying ECTS
system.
The HEIs have the legal obligation to develop
internal quality assurance systems. The
implementation of the standards for internal
quality assurance is in the first place the
responsibility of the institutions. Internal quality
assurance is one of the themes in the accreditation
frameworks. Important elements on which
programmes will be assessed for accreditation are
whether there is a coherent system of internal
quality assurance with clear goals and regular
monitoring
which
leads
to
continuous
improvement. The self-assessment report is an
obligatory document in the accreditation file of
any HEI. Students are involved in the preparation
of self-assessment reports and in the follow-up
procedures.
The external quality assurance system operates
at the national level; only accredited higher
education institutions and study programmes are
entitled to award bachelor, master and doctoral PhD degrees.
E. Recognition of degrees and study periods
The Diploma Supplement
The Law on Higher Education also introduces
the Diploma Supplement as a mandatory
document to be issued by all higher education
institutions, for all programmes. The DS is issued
automatically and free of charge in Serbian and
English and the language in which the study
programme was carried out (if different from
Serbian and English). NCHE approved the form of
the Diploma Supplement proposed by a special
commission nominated within MoE, which is in
agreement with the EU/CoE/UNESCO format.
Traditionally, the communication tool towards the
labor market has been the title of the qualification
itself.
D. National implementation of the standards and
guidelines for quality assurance
Serbia operates an integrated national quality
assurance system complying with the Standards
and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the
European Higher Education Area (ESG). At
national level a fully functioning quality assurance
system is in operation. The QA system which
includes internal, external quality assurance and
accreditation is required by the LHE. The
Commission for Accreditation and Quality
Assessment (CAQA) is legally responsible for
organizing and monitoring the quality assurance
scheme for all HEIs in Serbia. CAQA is formed
(June 2006) as an independent expert body of the
National Council for Higher Education (NCHE).
CAQA designs standards, protocols and guidelines
for the NCHE's approval and publication as
bylaws and helps institutions in creating their
respective quality management systems. CAQA
Joint degrees
The Law on Higher Education allows for joint
study programmes organized by more than one
licensed higher education institutions. A joint
degree can be issued upon approval from all
higher education institutions involved. Some
21
higher education institutions in Serbia currently
carry out joint degree programmes with local and
foreign partners. The percentage of the HEIs
which are involved in joint degree programmes is
less than 20%. Future challenges should include
increasing number of joint degree programmes,
especially PhD programmes.
(EURASHE), European Students’ Union (ESU),
Council of Europe, UNESCO European Centre for
Higher Education (UNESCO-CEPES), European
Association for Quality Assurance in Higher
Education (ENQA).
IV CHANGES IN THE EDUCATION OF
TECHNICAL ENGINEERS
Mobility
The need for a fruitful collaboration between
university and industry is a necessity. Universities
are currently facing a deep restructuring process,
as a result of the European integration, with the
goal of creating the European Higher Education
Area. On the other hand, enterprises need
knowledge for immediate use in practice, for the
purpose of meeting the market needs, increasing
the competitiveness and generating the profit.
Higher education is expected to serve the
st
knowledge economy of the 21 century and should
consider corresponding technical environment,
tools and functionalities.
In order to increase student and staff mobility,
several actions have been undertaken at both the
national and the institutional levels, so that all
major universities participate in mobility
programmes. A great number of mobilities has
been realized through research projects supported
by the Ministry of Science and Technological
Development. There are also some bilateral
agreements on student and staff mobility. Part of
the mobilities is also carried out through various
international students' associations (of medicine,
economy, pharmacy students, students of technical
sciences). Since Serbia participates in Erasmus
Mundus External Cooperation Window, Erasmus
Mundus and Tempus programmes, students and
staff have better opportunities for mobilities.
Financial support to mobilities is provided by
these programmes. Also, there are some system
mechanisms for colleagues from other countries to
come to HE institutions in Serbia. Still there are
some obstacles related to financial support and
visa issues.
Universities need to cooperate with the industry
and build relationships to develop joint actions.
Universities need to demonstrate their willingness
to play the key role, together with industrialists
and local authorities. In numerous contacts with
representatives from industry and small local
enterprises we have concluded that increased
interest to involve information technologies in the
production systems and to introduce the economic
based approach in the engineering decisions do
exist.
National structures which oversee the
implementation of Bologna Process in Serbia are
in line of major Bologna trends. All the
institutions: The National Council for Higher
Education (NCHE), The Conference of Serbian
Research Universities, The Conference of Serbian
Universities of Professional Studies, The National
Team of Higher Education Reform Experts –
HERE continuously supervise the implementation
of the Bologna Process, and the Ministry of
Education is going to re-establish the national
BFUG in the near future.
The cooperation between the Universities and
the enterprises should bring mutual benefits and
better outcomes for all partners, in terms of
improving the quality of graduated students, in
terms of their preparation for today's and
tomorrow's market. The cooperation should enable
development of high quality training materials in
advanced technologies areas, adapting to the
changing needs of the society/economy and
ensuring a more effective link between the
fundamental and applied research and its transfer
into enterprises. [7]
The progress has been made towards the
development of national quality assurance system,
the implementation of three-cycle structure and of
ECTS, but much more effort is required for the
development of qualifications frameworks and the
recognition of qualifications.
CA technologies are one of the greatest
engineering achievements in the 20th century.
Development of information technologies,
especially computers and corresponding software
systems that made an important support to a
engineer-designer during designing process,
conditioned a new way of thinking in designing
process. Today engineers-designers have a
powerful tool that assures selection of the best
Serbia plans measures to improve the active
participation in BFUG and cooperation with
consultative
BFUG
members:
European
University
Association
(EUA)
European
Association of Institutions in Higher Education
22
solution in all steps of designing process at a
particular time and in the particular conditions. [8]
2006 to 2009 he continued to carry out the system
of 3 +2 (3 years undergraduate and 2 years of
master). Since 2010, teaching is done by utilizing
4 (240 ECST) +1 (60 ECST) - 4 years of
undergraduate and master 1 year.
Computer methods and technologies of the
CAD/CAE type have contributed to an essentially
new approach to the process of designing and
engineering designing in recent years. The use of
computers shortens this process in many ways
enabling a considerably shorter development of
products along with an immediate saving of time.
Computers can be used for all kinds of
calculations in constructing, for graphic
representation of the results of work and
indirectly, for managing mechanical systems, e.g.
CNC(computer numerically control), DNC (direct
numerically control), including robotics and FTM
(flexible manufacturing system). [9]
Innovated curricula in the field of engineering
at the Technical Faculty "Mihajlo Pupin, a step
forward towards the idea of education of industrial
engineers who will work in an environment
changed under the influence of structural and
technological changes, which speaks in favor of a
large number of new cases that follow the new
trends of the concept.
The objects that make up this study can be
divided into the following groups:
•
group objects from basic engineering
disciplines
(mathematics,
electrical
engineering, fundamentals of mechanical
engineering, basics of mechanical materials,
technical drawing with computer graphics,
computer aided design, automatic control),
•
group objects from mechanical engineering
(engineering and innovation, thermal
techniques with energy, mechanics,
hydraulics and pneumatics, principles of
machine design, production technologies,
engineering
materials,
assembly
technology, reliability of machinery,
technology maintenance, design and
technological systems),
Standards of accreditation can be used for
development and evaluation of programs in all
fields of engineering and the different profiles.
They are reported as program results (outcomes of
the program) that describe the skills that should
have graduates of accredited programs first and
second cycles, as required by the European
Qualifications Framework. [10]
•
group of objects that give access to the
system (systems theory, operations
research),
•
group management of cases (maintenance
management,
electronic
business,
management methods and decision,
management of technology development,
project management),
The concept of engineering education at the
Department of Industrial Engineering at the
Technical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, Zrenjanin,
University of Novi Sad, the basic idea is treated
exactly usable knowledge.
•
group objects to which education in
industrial engineering embodies (tribology
and lubrication, chemical engineering
principles to protect the environment,
instrumentation, cadastre and monitoring,
machinery and appliances, gas stoves and
process systems, solid and hazardous waste,
process plant, technical diagnostics, air
conditioning
heating
cooling,
environmental projects, protection and
decontamination of the land).
The complexity of many of current mechanical
systems has been growing exponentially.
Unfortunately, it can be said that, generally, the
Serbian higher education system has not kept pace
with these needs. Existing undergraduate and
graduate science and engineering programs need
to incorporate more material on engineering
educational software.
The issue of quality assurance and control of
education is one of the key issues of modern
educational process. In Western Europe there is a
long tradition of evaluation of educational
institutions, caused primarily market forces
operating.
Knowledge and competencies acquired in this
study program are: basic techniques and
technologies in the areas of production, process
engineering, energy engineering, maintenance of
technical systems, environmental engineering,
basic economic discipline required to manage
business enterprises; mastering information and
communication technologies required for modern
business and Management. In the period from
All items one semester and carry the
appropriate number of credits. A large number of
these cases has the status of the election, which is
23
another example of harmonization with the
Bologna Declaration. This allows the students
according to their interests during the process of
education specialize in certain aspects, which
represents a major shift since the current
curriculum did not contain subjects and students
have their own narrow interests could express it
only after five years of study and passed all
examination, the selection of topics for graduate
work. This approach will certainly more clearly
define the degree of industrial engineering at the
Technical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, which is
formally protected through the issuance of the
Diploma Supplement after graduation.
Improvement of quality of teaching is an
important task of any teacher in an educational
institution. The aim of the Bologna Process is to
assure the qualitative studies everywhere in
Europe.
The actual programs of study in universities in
Serbia can prepare engineers for challenges they
will face in an economy in transition, while
companies have confidence in engineers who are
educated in our higher education institutions.
Implementation of the Bologna concept study
confirms the readiness of our University of
continually working to improve the quality of
higher education, assess the results achieved and
that basis create the following activities. The more
understanding
the
relationship
between
educational needs and opportunities should be a
continuos process of monitoring, interpreting and
understanding various aspects of the theory and
practice of education and teaching.
Considering the above, the main advantage of
the innovated teaching process for the education of
industrial engineer at the Technical Faculty
«Mihajlo Pupin» are:
•
•
•
•
clearly define the outputs of the program of
study,
harmonization with European levels of
education (elementary studies - BSc, 4
years, graduate studies - MSc, 1 year) and
the introduction of ECTS,
education in accordance with the interests
of - a number of electives subjects,
mobility of students and teachers,
international cooperation - the Diploma
Supplement.
REFERENCES
[1]
www.euractiv.com/education/bologna-process/article-117448.
Accessed on: 2011.
[2] Cosic I, Kovacevic I, Katic V et al., »Bologna 2010: State,
dilemmas and perspectives«, XVI Conference of the
Development Trends, Kopaonik, 2010., Serbia, pp.13-16.
[3] The Bologna Process 2020 – The European Higher Education
Area in the new decade, Conference of Europien Ministers
Responsible for Higher Education, Leuven, April 2009.
[4] www.bologna-bergen2005.no/Docs/00Main_doc/990719BOLOGNA_DECLARATION.PDF.
Accessed on: 2011.
[5] The Bologna declaration, Ministry of education and science,
Republic of Serbia, www.mpn.gov.rs, Accessed on: 2011.
[6] www.tempus.ac.rs. Accessed on: 2011.
[7] Gecevska, V., Lombardi, F. and Čuš, F, “E-learning opportunity
in high education for engineers”, Annals of the Faculty of
Engineering Hunedoara – Journal of Engineering, VII – 2,
2009., pp. 193-198, ISSN 1584 – 2665.
[8] Desnica, E., Letić, D., Gligorić, R., and Navalušić, S., “The
importance of improving education for successful performance
of engineering tasks”, The 7th International Symposium KOD
2012 - Machine and industrial design in mechanical
engineering, Hungary, May 2012.
[9] Letić, D. And Desnica, E., Inženjrska grafika I i II – scenario u
AutoCAD-u, Tehnički fakultet »Mihajlo Pupin«, Zrenjanin,
2011.
[10] Tarle, P., S. and Davidović, M., “Obrazovanje u funkciji
strukturnih i tehnoloških promena u poštanskom i
telekomunikacionom saobraćaju”, XXIV Simpozijum PosTel
2006, Beograd, str. 29-38.
V CONCLUSION
The
Bologna
Declaration
insists
on
development of education and advances in
scientific knowledge, acceptance of European
standards while at the same time we need to
reform and adjust our education system. The
reformed education is expected to increase
professional and creational efficiency of studies, to
decrease the duration of studying, increase
mobility of students towards higher levels and
forms of education and advancement, to assure
that the students keep up with development of
science and master the skills and thus provide
accordance of qualifications with work demands
imposed by a particular profession.
24
INFORMATION OVERLOAD IN
POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS
J. Adamov, S. Olic and M. Segedinac
Faculty of Sciences, Department of Chemistry, Biochemistry and Environmental Protection, University of
Novi Sad, Novi Sad, Serbia
Abstract - There are many articles today which stress the
benefits of using PowerPoint and slide presentations in the
classroom. Many authors believe that PowerPoint slide
show presentation programs provide an effective
approach to both student work and classroom instruction.
However, there is little consistent evidence to show that
teaching with PowerPoint leads to significantly better
learning and significantly better grades than teaching by
more conventional methods. The explanation may lie in
the fact that authors of presentations build too much
information into the slides. In such cases students face the
challenge of information overload: meaningful learning
requires that the learner engage in substantial cognitive
processing during learning, but the learner’s capacity for
cognitive processing is severely limited. Instructional
designers have come to recognize the need for multimedia
instruction that is sensitive to information load. In
designing a PowerPoint presentation teachers should
apply principles for information off-loading, listed in this
paper.
or spoken text and a visual system responsible for
spatial information and images.
3) Limited capacity: The overall information
processing capacity is very strictly constrained by
the limitations of short-term memory load within
each system [9, 10].
There is strong empirical evidence that learning
outcomes are improved by presenting the learner
with verbal and pictorial information in a
coordinated way (the so-called ‘‘multimedia
principle’’[3,4].
Schnotz and Bannert (2003) [11] proposed a
cognitive model of multimedia learning, which
integrates a considerable amount of empirical
findings from the text and picture comprehension
literature.
I INTRODUCTION
Even though the research on learning with
pictures has been conducted from different
theoretical perspectives [1,2], recent cognitive
theories like Mayer’s ‘‘Cognitive Theory of
Multimedia Learning’’ [3,4] or Schnotz’s
‘‘Integrative Model of Text and Picture
Comprehension’’ [5] can be used to describe and
explain the results of a large number of studies.
Mayer’s theory, for example, regards the learner as
a constructor of his or her own knowledge,
actively selecting, organizing, and integrating
relevant visual and verbal information. It is based
on three basic assumptions:
1) Active processing: According to Wittrock’s
generative theory of meaningful learning [6,7],
learning occurs when learners actively process
information through the following series of
activities: select - organize - integrate).
2) Dual channel processing and dual coding:
From Paivio’s dual coding theory [8] and
Baddeley’s working-memory model [9], the notion
of two different cognitive systems for information
processing is taken: a verbal system transmitting
and processing sequential information like written
Figure 1. A cognitive model of multimedia learning [11]
25
Designing multimedia learning environments,
however, is aimed not only at enhancing learning
results but also at optimizing learning efficiency
[12, 13]. Optimizing efficiency requires data about
learning results and the cognitive resources that
have to be invested to achieve these results.
Especially the amount of working memory
resources required for achieving a learning task is
critical because working memory resources are
assumed to be strictly limited [12, 14, 15]. Schnotz
and Bannert’s model is especially suitable to
derive hypotheses on working memory demands
required for learning based on verbal and pictorial
materials.
II ROLE OF POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS IN
CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION
PowerPoint should be recognized as a new
communication medium that is fundamentally
changing the nature and dynamic of how we teach.
In 2002, it was estimated that more than 400
million copies of PowerPoint were in circulation
and that “somewhere between 20 and 30 million
PowerPoint-based presentations are given around
the globe each day” [22]. Those numbers seem
likely to have grown exponentially since then.
Indeed, Parker [23] alleged that to “appear at a
meeting without PowerPoint would be unwelcome
and vaguely pretentious, like wearing no shoes”.
In the past three decades there has been a decisive
shift in the media that have been used to
communicate messages in educational settings.
We have gone from the era of “chalk-and-talk”
and
occasional
flip-charts
to
overhead
transparencies and to PowerPoint slides.
Schnotz and Bannert [11] assume that
comprehension is a continuous process in which
mental structures are constructed step by step in
the learning process and are updated by currently
processed information (verbal or pictorial). This
integration process requires old and new
information to be simultaneously available, which
taxes working memory resources.
III ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF
POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS
Availability of the integrated mental model
requires not only retrieval of a particular
proposition or pictorial element, but also retrieving
its (inferred) relation(s) to other elements.
Although this argument clearly corresponds to
Schnotz and Bannert’s model it also fits several
other mental model theories of comprehension [16,
17, 18, 19, 20, 21].
Using PowerPoint and slide shows to teach
offers benefits to both students and teachers.
Technology surrounds students. To reach them,
teachers must use the language they understand:
technology. Using PowerPoint and slide shows,
you can integrate multiple sources in your
classroom presentations. PowerPoint and slide
presentations hold student attention through the
use of video, graphics and music. Because students
today are so technologically advanced, tools that
involve technology such as slide shows increase
student involvement and interaction.
Mayer and Moreno assume that processing in
both channels results in two mental models, a
‘‘verbal mental model’’ and a ‘‘visual mental
model’’.
In both channels, information is processed
independently until the two mental models are
established. Referential connections between the
models are constructed only at this level of
processing.
The usual advantages of PowerPoint
presentations are listed as follows [24]:
1. PowerPoint is fun to watch and fun to
make.
2. Used
correctly,
PowerPoint
can
accommodate all learners' needs.
3. It motivates students when used in
moderation.
4. PowerPoint allows you to reflect on your
lesson and correct any needed changes.
5. You are able to print out what you did in
class for students that were absent. Better yet, turn
the accountability on to students and post your
presentations on-line.
6. PowerPoint is not hard to learn. It is rated
"B+" for ease of use. It should take about one hour
to learn the basics
Figure 2. A cognitive theory of multimedia learning [12]
26
7. You can easily input images, media and
recordings.
8. Templates are built in for different
appearances.
9. You can add notes pages.
10. They are more exciting than a simple word
document or hand written presentation.
11. Master
slides
make
presentations
consistent.
PPT have a greta potential to help teachers in
delivering educational content; however, if used
inappropriately, they present a barrier between
teachers and students. Many times, students leave
lectures taking only a small percentage of
information that teachers have presented in a class.
This is because some presentations contain too
much information presented in a short time – too
many pictures, large blocks of text, multicoloured
backgrounds, animation effects... In fact, many
characteristics of PPT presentations are in
collision with the way the human brain works.
Design of a PowerPoint presentation should be
harmonized with the learning habits of human
brain.
However, Powerpoint presentations also have
a number of disadvantages [24]:
1. File size can become quite large on
medium to large presentations
2. Some of the features can be quite
complicated to use and even the simple features
require some getting used to
3. When at work, you can’t rely on someone
else's computer or laptop to run your presentation,
there are too many software conflicts and disk
space barriers.
4. It takes quite a bit of time to create a
complete presentation
5. Some features such as animations and
backgrounds can distract the audience from the
actual information in the presentation
V HOW HUMAN BRAIN WORKS
The human brain is a complicated, creative
information-processing
system.
Information
processing starts with input from the sensory
organs, which transform physical stimuli such as
touch, heat, sound waves, or photons of light into
electrochemical signals. Once information is
processed, an attention filter decides how
important the signal is and which cognitive
processes it should be made available to. For
example, although your brain processes every
blade of grass when you look down at your shoes,
a healthy attention filter prevents you from
noticing them individually. In contrast, you might
pick out your name, even when spoken in a noisy
room. There are many stages of processing, and
the results of processing are modulated by
attention repeatedly.
IV EFFECTIVENESS OF POWERPOINT
PRESENTATIONS
Most users of PowerPoint appear to conceive
their goals as educators to involve merely a oneway transmission of knowledge, rather than to
promote the construction of knowledge and the
analysis and synthesis of knowledge [25].
Given the widespread adoption of PowerPoint,
the small number of studies of its effectiveness is
surprising [26, 27]. Journal articles indicate that
students like to be taught using PowerPoint and
think that PowerPoint presentations are
entertaining, that they enhance clarity, and aid
recall of subject matter [28, 29, 30, 31]. Several
studies point to the idea that graphics improve
student recall [27, 32, 33, 34]. There is little
consistent evidence, however, to show that
teaching with PowerPoint leads to significantly
better learning and significantly better grades than
teaching by more conventional methods. A
majority of studies shows that use of PowerPoint
is not associated with a significant improvement in
student grades [27, 30, 31, 35]. In fact, one study
demonstrated a decrease in student performance
when the instructor switched from transparencies
to PowerPoint [36].
Figure 3. How human brain stores information
In order for the brain to process information, it
must first be stored. There are multiple types of
27
memory, including sensory, working, and longterm (Figure 3).
Performance is nearly perfect up to 5 or 6
different stimuli but declines as the number of
different stimuli is increased. In order to store
sensory information into long-term memory of our
listeners, it is necessary to „squeeze“ it through a
narrow channel - working memory (Figure 4).
First, information is encoded. There are types
of encoding specific to each type of sensory
stimuli. For example, verbal input can be encoded
structurally, referring to what the printed word
looks like, phonemically, referring to what the
word sounds like, or semantically, referring to
what the word means. Once information is stored,
it must be maintained. Some animal studies
suggest that working memory, which stores
information for roughly 20 seconds, is maintained
by an electrical signal looping through a particular
series of neurons for a short period of time.
Information in long-term memory is hypothesized
to be maintained in the structure of certain types of
proteins.
In design of a PowerPoint presentation it is
necessary to take into account the limited capacity
of a brain’s working memory, thus minimizing the
possibility of overload of a cognitive system [38].
Cognitive
theory
offers
theory-based
assumptions about how people learn from words
and pictures. Dual channels is the concept that the
human cognitive system consists of two distinct
channels for representing and manipulating
knowledge: a visual-pictorial channel and an
auditory-verbal channel. The visual channel
handles information presented to the eyes (such as
illustrations, animation, video, or on-screen text).
The verbal channel handles information presented
to the ears (such as narration or nonverbal sounds).
Learning is defined as a permanent change of a
human long-term memory. Our capability to
process information is a multi-step process which
comprises: perception, attention, selection,
organization and integration of information.
Students are able to understand and memorize the
presented material only when they organize
information into a coherent mental structure and
integrate them with previous knowledge.
VII INFORMATION OVERLOAD
Typically you choose to use PowerPoint in
your presentation for several reasons:
1. To help your audience to understand.
2. To help your audience to learn.
3. To help you to get your message across.
VI WORKING MEMORY CAPACITY
Sensory and long-term memory have infinite
capacity. However, capacity of working memory
is very limited. Human brain is capable of
processing only a few terms simultaneously - a
few words or a few images or sounds. In his
article, Miller [37] discussed a coincidence
between the limits of one-dimensional absolute
judgment and the limits of short-term memory.
But have you ever thought about what happens
when you build too much information into your
slides?
When members of your audience become
confused they switch off. Their working memories
have become overloaded and they have become
frustrated. As a presenter, it's not the reaction you
want.
A growing body of research explains the
science behind PowerPoint overload, and lays out
recommendations to reduce the load. In light of the
science, it is up to us to make a fundamental shift
in our thinking. We have to change our
PowerPoint habits to align with the way people
learn
In designing a PowerPoint presentation, one
should have in mind the following rules:
1. PPT slide shows should contain both
visual and verbal forms of presentation,
2. too many objects on a slide cause the
overload of a human cognitive system,
Figure 4. Working memory has a very limited capacity
28
3. presentation should be made in a such way
to provide students with an opportunity to select,
organize and integrate the presented information.
through your presentation by referring frequently
to the Slide Sorter view (Figure 6). From this
perspective, you can read the headlines you’ve
written and see how your story flows.
Mayer et al [39] have been conducting dozens
of research studies on multimedia learning – the
potential of using words and pictures together to
promote human understanding. The studies have
resulted in a substantial body of research with
clear recommendations for multimedia design
principles.
Five specific PowerPoint techniques lay out a
pathway for reducing PowerPoint overload, each
of which applies a research-based principle [39]:
1. The Signaling Principle,
2. The Segmenting Principle,
3. The Modality Principle,
4. The Multimedia Principle,
5. The Coherence Principle.
Figure 6. Illustration of the segmenting principle
The modality principle
Visual overload can be removed by moving
text off-screen, and shifting the processing to the
auditory channel by narrating the content instead.
Mayer et al have established that listening only to
words and simultaneously watching the graphics
on slides leads to 28% higher retention of
information than reading the text along with
watching graphic. The elegant way to accomplish
this in PowerPoint is to use the Notes Page view
(Figure 7).
The signaling principle
The usual way of creating a PPT slide is to start
with a title in the upper part of a slide. However,
the title itself does not explain the main idea of a
slide. Instead of writing a title, write a headline
that explains the main idea of every slide (Figure
5). Write your headlines in active voice, with a
subject and verb. This process of writing a
headline will help you distill and clarify your own
thinking about your topic.
Figure 7. Illustration of the modality principle
Figure 5. Illustration of the signaling principle
The multimedia principle
The segmenting principle
People learn better from words and pictures
than from words alone [40]. In a presentation, it is
common to see a series of PowerPoint slides filled
with bullet points and no visuals besides a logo
and a colored background. There are a number of
reasons we put bullets alone on a slide: they are
easier to produce than graphics and they remind us
The “Normal” view of the PPT slide is the
place where you design individual slides. But
when you focus on a single slide, it’s easy to pile
on the information which only serves to shut down
understanding. You should break up information
29
of what we want to say when we speak. But for
whatever reasons we use bullets, text alone on a
screen is simply not effective [39]. Instead of text,
use graphics, which have a far larger capacity of
describing phenomena than bulleted text.
information from two different sources at the same
time. Thus, minimizing of information overload in
a PowerPoint presentation should be a central
consideration in the design of multimedia
instruction.
The coherence principle
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
When we put everything we know on a topic to
a slide in a PPT presentation with an aim to
impress our listeners, we are actually doing the
opposite. Too much redundant information stops
their cognitive ability to process information. One
of the hardest things to do is to keep things simple.
When making a slide, cut out everything that does
not support your main idea – text that you will
narrate, logos, fancy animations and complex,
multicoloured backgrounds that have no
connection with the slide context (Figure 8).
Research is financed by the Ministry of Education
and Science of the Republic of Serbia (project No.
III47003 - Infrastructure for electronically
supported learning in Serbia).
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
Figure 8. Illustration of the coherence principle
[16]
[17]
VIII CONCLUSION
[18]
Nowadays, PowerPoint presentations (which
should enrich the educational message) are
becoming THE message, resulting in reduction of
an audience’s attention applied to a teacher’s
discussion of relevant content. Audience has a
problem when it tries to assimilate the same
[19]
[20]
30
Levie, W. H., & Lentz, R. (1982). Effects of text illustrations: a
review of research. Educational Communication and
Technology Journal, 30, 195-232.
Lewalter, D. (1997). Learning with pictures and animations: a
study on the effects of student attributes on the effectiveness of
illustrations. In L. J. Issing, & P. Klimsa (Eds.), Information und
Lernen mit Multimedia und Internet (pp. 83e96). Weinheim:
Beltz-PVU.
Mayer, R. E. (2001). Multimedia learning. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Mayer, R. E. (2005). Cognitive theory of multimedia learning.
In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of multimedia
learning (pp. 31-48). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Schnotz, W. (2005). An integrated model of text and picture
comprehension. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook
of multimedia learning (pp. 49-69). Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Wittrock, M. C. (1974). Learning as a generative process.
Educational Psychologist, 11, 87-95.
Wittrock, M. C. (1989). Generative processes of
comprehension. Educational Psychologist, 24, 345-376.
Clark, J. M., & Paivio, A. (1991). Dual coding theory and
education. Educational Psychology Review, 3, 149-210.
Baddeley, A. (1992). Working memory. Science, 255, 556-559.
Chandler, P., & Sweller, J. (1991). Cognitive load theory and
the format of instruction. Cognition and Instruction, 8, 293-332.
Schnotz, W., & Bannert, M. (2003). Construction and
interference in learning from multiple representation. Learning
and Instruction, 13, 141-156.
Mayer, R. E., & Moreno, R. (2003). Nine ways to reduce
cognitive load in multimedia learning. Educational
Psychologist, 38, 43-52.
Paas, F., Renkl, A., & Sweller, J. (2003). Cognitive load theory
and instructional design: recent developments. Educational
Psychologist, 38, 1-4.
Baddeley, A. D. (1986). Working memory. Oxford, UK:
Clarendon Press.
Engle, R. W., Cantor, J., & Carullo, J. (1992). Individual
differences in working memory and comprehension: a test of
four hypotheses. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning,
Memory and Cognition, 18, 972-992.
van Dijk, T. A., & Kintsch, W. (1983). Strategies of discourse
comprehension. New York: Academic Press.
Gernsbacher, M. A. (1990). Language comprehension as
structure building. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Graesser, A. C., Singer, M., & Trabasso, T. (1994).
Constructing inferences during narrative text comprehension.
Psychological Review, 101, 371-395.
Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1983). Mental models. Cambridge, Great
Britain: Cambridge University Press.
Kintsch, W. (1998). Comprehension. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
[21] Zwaan, R. A., Langston, M. C., & Graesser, A. C. (1995). The
construction of situation models in narrative comprehension: an
event-indexing model. Psychological Science, 6, 292-297.
[22] Simons, T. (2005). Does PowerPoint make you stupid?
Presentations, 18 (3). Retrieved on November 21, 2012 from
http://global.factiva.com/.
[23] Parker, I. (2001, May 28). Absolute PowerPoint. The New
Yorker, 77 (13), 76–87. Retrieved on January 10, 2012 from
http://polyglot.lss.wisc.edu/lss/intime/AbsolutePPT.pdf, 1–6.
[24] What are the benefits of using powerpoint and slide
presentations in the classroom? Retrieved on April 21, 2012,
from
http://www.ehow.com/info_7826177_advantagesclassroom-powerpoint-education.html
[25] Ramsden, P. (1992). Learning to teach in higher education.
London, England: Routledge.
[26] Bartsch, R. A., & Cobern, K. M. (2003). Effectiveness of
PowerPoint presentations in lectures. Computers and Education,
41, 77–86.
[27] Szabo, A., & Hastings, N. (2000). Using IT in the undergraduate
classroom. Should we replace the blackboard with PowerPoint?
Computers and Education, 35, 175–187.
[28] Cassady, J. C. (1998). Student and instructor perceptions of the
efficacy of computer-aided lectures in undergraduate university
courses. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 19, 175–
189.
[29] Perry, T., & Perry, L. A. (1998). University students’ attitudes
towards multimedia presentations. British Journal of
Educational Technology, 29, 375–377.
[30] Susskind, J., & Gurien, R. A. (1999). Do computer-generated
presentations influence psychology students’ learning and
motivation to succeed? Poster session, annual convention of the
American Psychological Society, Denver.
[31] West, R. L. (1997). Multimedia presentations in large classes: A
field experiment. Annual Convention of the American
Psychological Society, Washington, DC.
[32] ChanLin, L.-J. (1998). Animation to teach students of different
knowledge levels. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 25,
166–175.
[33] ChanLin, L.-J. (2000). Attributes of animation for learning
scientific knowledge. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 27,
228–238.
[34] Lowry, R. B. (1999). Electronic presentation of lectures—Effect
upon student performance. University Chemistry Education, 3,
18–21.
[35] Stoloff, M. (1995). Teaching physiological psychology in a
multimedia classroom. Teaching of Psychology, 22, 138–141.
[36] Bartlett, R. M., Cheng, S., & Strough, J. (2000). Multimedia
versus traditional course instruction in undergraduate
introductory psychology. Annual Conference of the American
Psychological Association, Washington, DC.
[37] Miller, G. A. (1956). "The magical number seven, plus or minus
two: Some limits on our capacity for processing information".
Psychological Review 63 (2): 81–97
[38] Oberauer, K., Süß, H.-M., Schulze, R., Wilhelm, O., &
Wittmann, W. W. (2000). Working memory capacity - facets of
a cognitive ability construct. Personality and Individual
Differences, 29, 1017-1045.
[39] Atkinson, C. & Mayer, R. Five ways to reduce PowerPoint
overload,
Retrieved
on
April
21,
2012
from
http://www.sociablemedia.com/PDF/atkinson_mayer_powerpoi
nt_4_23_04.pdf
[40] Levie, W. H. & Lentz, R. (1982). Effects of text illustrations: A
review of research. Educational Communication and
Technology Journal, 30, 195-232
31
INFORMATION LITERACY AND
INFORMAL CONTEXT LEARNING
D. Grahovac, D. Karuovic, B. Egic
University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty ”Mihajlo Pupin”, Zrenjanin
[email protected]
Abstract - Informal learning does not have the
appropriate status of the generally accepted measures
referring to education. The informal learning values and
methods are less present than the principles values and
methods presented by schools, faculties and universities.
The expansion of the information technologies
development and application in all spheres of society
demands a new, wide and versatile knowledge, which is to
say that the formal learning can hardly satisfy all
individual and social needs. On the other hand, informal
learning has not been exploited enough.
this way, developed societies necessarily become
learning societies.
Education is obliged to follow the most
innovative information technology achievements
and to use new technologies. The basic task of
educational systems is to ensure that every
individual develops his potential, becomes capable
of using his knowledge and of improving it, selects
what is important within a certain context and
understands what he has learned. Solving this task
is not simple but one thing is certain-changing and
adjusting educational contents, approaches,
structures and strategies, including the inclusive
approach to students are starting points which lead
towards solving the task.
Due to everything that has been stated, it is necessary to
explore in detail the degree of students’ information
literacy and the factors that affect the level of students’
information literacy. Are these factors educational
institutions, family, peers, the Internet, mass-media,...? Do
the informal learning and particular educational activities
that help you ‘learn without noticing you are learning’
have an impact on students’ level of information literacy
and to what extent?
The basic objective of introducing the
contemporary technology into an educational
environment is to facilitate obtaining knowledge
and to make that knowledge lasting as much as
possible. It depends both on financial opportunities
and subjective factors – lecturers and students, on
his volition and capability of dealing with the
contemporary technology.
I INTRODUCTION
Contemporary revolutions in science and
technology have given rise to outstanding changes
in all spheres of society. As a civilizing process,
informatization has an impact on all segments of
life and work, including the systems of education.
Many scientists believe that the contemporary
education is not sufficiently oriented towards the
achievements and attainments of the information
and communication technologies (ICT). Therefore,
numerous political and pedagogical strategies have
been implemented in order to acknowledge and
validate informal education and learning, in within
the European Union and European Council, as
well as within the cooperation of these two
European institutions.
It is in human nature to be intimidated by
introducing innovations and to resist them. It is a
natural fear of changes, convictions referring to a
negative effect of those innovations and to
overcoming the ‘obstacles’ which go along with
innovations. This is exactly when it is necessary to
enrich learning by applying contemporary
technologies but also to open the door of informal
learning, so that the gaps in the area of possessing
skills are fulfilled, which makes knowledge and
skills visible. This is how the students’ motivation
is affected in a positive manner because by
explicitly recognizing what people can do, one can
experience his own values. To a great extent ICT
will contribute towards making the obtained
knowledge up-to-date, developing, exploratory and
technological. Simply, today both students and
lecturers have to know how to use contemporary
methods and technologies in the sphere of
education.
Commerce development tendencies have
shown that education and creation of human
resources are among top priorities of national
strategies and policies of social, economic and
technological advancement. Constant changes in
society and economics, a rapid development in
science and technology and especially the
expansion of modern and postmodern technology
forms represent a highly educated population that
is capable of successfully participating in social
processes and using the available technology. In
32
Within an information-oriented society
teaching methods have to improve the teacher’s
and student’s ability to use the power of
information. Teachers should always point out the
importance of a high quality of information.
Students should be taught to make a distinction
between a fact and an opinion. The key lies in the
ability of evaluating information, establishing its
value in comparison to other information and in
establishing authenticity and modernity. Is there
any space for informal education and informal
learning for teachers and students? Currently, the
informal learning does not have the status of
generally accepted measures referring to
education. The informal learning principles, values
and methods are less present than the principles,
values and methods presented by schools, faculties
and universities. The expansion of the information
technologies development and application in all
spheres of society demands a new, wide and
versatile knowledge, which is to say that the
formal learning can hardly satisfy all individual
and social needs. On the other hand, informal
learning has not been exploited enough in our
country.
been implemented in order to acknowledge and
validate informal education and learning, in within
the European Union and European Council, as
well as within the cooperation of these two
European institutions. The fact that using Tablet
PCs in the world (the USA, Japan, China, India,
South Korea) has become a reality the best testifies
how much attention in the world is paid to new
educational technologies, i.e. their application in
teaching. For instance, the Ministry of Education
of South Korea has published a plan to digitalize
all school books until 2015. The Ministry will
provide free Tablets for children coming from
poor families.
The term ‘learning in different life contexts’,
which appears in various documents of the
European Union, points to three basic forms of
education in the contemporary society – formal
education, informal education and informal
learning.
A. Formal education
Formal education is conducted in specialized
school institutions and after this process an
individual obtains a certificate about the
qualifications gained. Formal education is
regulated by particular legal acts and knowledge
and skills are obtained according to a plan and
program that has been determined in advance in
accordance to established education standards.
Knowledge is gained gradually, depending on the
age and this is why it is divided into grades and
degrees (primary school, secondary school, higher
school and faculty). Prime characteristics of
formal
education
are:
high
level
of
institutionalization, equality on the level of
primary education, varied secondary and tertiary
education which enables specialization in various
kinds and levels of qualification. The basic
disadvantage of formal education is its inertia
because it adapts more slowly to society changes,
i.e. it does not follow rapidly all the changes in
society and development of new educational
technologies.
It is equally important that students possess
both information and informational literacy, the
knowledge about these sorts of literacy and how
important they are for education today.
II LEARNING IN DIFFERENT LIFE CONTEXTS –
LIFE-WIDE LEARNING
In Europe contemporary flows in the sphere of
education strongly promote ‘learning during whole
life’ – lifelong learning but also learning in
‘different life contexts’ – life-wide learning. The
ambitious strategic aim of the European Union,
proposed in Lisbon in 2000, suggests that Europe
should become ‘the most dynamic and competitive
economics based on knowledge’ until 2010. To
put it more simply, it should get closer to the ideal
‘Europe of knowledge’. Both younger and elder
people should be encouraged to use opportunities
for their own improvement in and out of a school
context.
B. Informal education
The Europe’s new educational area represents
an affirmation of lifelong learning and linking
formal and informal forms of education via
developing programs of good quality.
Every kind of learning which leads towards a
higher rate of employment, personal development,
more active attitude in society and understanding
contemporary European values should be valued
and acknowledged. In this context, thanks to its
flexibility and ability to respond to rapid and
intensive changes of ‘Growing Europe’, informal
learning has a significant role. In recent years,
numerous political and pedagogical strategies have
A consequence of the formal education inertia
or its own nature results in its not being able to
keep track of the development of new discoveries.
Therefore, informal education’s purpose is to
make formal education complete and to give us the
33
opportunity to access all those contents which are
inaccessible through formal education or which are
completely intact; such as various courses in
specific skills and practical business skills, selfimprovement etc. However, there are numerous
similarities between formal and informal education
– both are based on a bipolar process of teaching
and learning with lecturers or teachers, and on
teaching contents. Due to the lack of a sufficiently
effective model of flexible formal education, in
some cases, informal education is the one that
narrows the gap between the existing and
necessary education, scientific disciplines and
wishes of young people. Informal education is
conducted through activities such as courses,
seminars, lectures, conferences, workshops,
different types of training and volunteering. Even
though informal education is not legally regulated
and there are not any particular rules about what it
should be like, there has to be a frame within
which it can be conducted, as well as the aims and
tasks which have been prepared in advance and
which are to be followed and adapted to a target
group. Exactly due to the differentiation of
education contents, it has to be flexible in order to
suit all students. What is typical of informal
education is that students have to take part in those
courses, seminars etc. voluntarily, and usually it
does not depend on the age, experience or previous
education. A lecturer has to be a trained and
competent person and his/her role is not just
teaching but also there has to be an exchange of
experience and skills between them, and students
have to learn through practical work, so that those
who are learning become active factors of the
learning process.
appears through interaction with friends, parents
and media, without any special plan or structure.
Informal learning represents a combination of life
and learning and it relies on systemic and
cumulative aspects of everyday experiential
learning.
As opposed to formal and informal education,
informal learning does not have to be conducted
consciously, and it often comprises educational
activities that help you ‘learn without noticing you
are learning’. The substantial difference between
formal education and informal learning is that
formal education invariably implies teaching,
whereas this is not the case with informal learning.
In contemporary high-tech societies informal
learning can take place in various environments
such as libraries, museums, scientific centres,
botanical gardens and mass-media, and one of the
most exploited resources of informal learning is
the Internet.
The strategy and concept of learning has
become a major baseline for social, state and
educational policies in the world. Its realization
depends on individuals’ qualifications for
operating in an informatics environment,
possessing skills of finding, selecting, evaluating
and using information timely; in other words, it
depends on information literacy.
III INFORMATION LITERACY
The fact that the International Alliance for
Information Literacy (IAIL) was formed in 2003 at
the suggestion of the Prague Conference of
Experts on Information Literacy the best shows
how much attention is paid to information literacy
in the world.
C. Informal learning
According the EU Commission (2000):
One of its objectives is to allow the exchange
of research work and knowledge about information
literacy between nations. The International
Alliance also believes that lifelong learning is a
basic human right and that her final goal is the
usage of information literacy in order to offer the
opportunity to take part in the information society
to all people, so that they can exercise their right.
Founders of the International Alliance are the
Institute for Information Literacy of Australia and
New Zealand (ANZIL), with its bases in Australia
and New Zealand (http://www.anziil.org/),
European Network for Information Literacy
(EnIL), with its base in the European Union
(http://www.ceris.cnr.it/Basili/EnIL/index.html),
National Forum for Information Literacy (NFIL),
with its base in the USA (http://www.infolit.org),
NORDINFOlit with its base in Scandinavia,
“Informal learning is a natural part of everyday
life. As opposed to formal and informal education,
informal learning is not necessarily intentional,
and therefore it can be recognized by individuals
themselves as a contribution to their knowledge
and skills.” [5]
“Informal learning is a lifelong process through
which every individual gains attitudes, values,
skills and knowledge from everyday experience
and educational influences coming from the
environment.” [6]
Informal learning, also known as ‘life school’
is the oldest way of acquiring knowledge and
skills; it is something natural in everyday life. It is
lifelong, voluntary, unplanned and spontaneous; it
34
SCONUL (Society of College, National and
University Libraries) and Advisory Board on
Information Literacy with its base in the United
Kingdom
(http://www.sconul.ac.uk/groups/information_liter
acy).
5. A student learning independently is
informationally literate and understands the
importance of literature and other creative
forms of information.
informationally literate and strives to being
successful when seeking information and
obtaining knowledge.
7. A student contributing positively to the
intellectual development of a community
and society is informationally literate and
understands the importance of information
within a democratic society.
behaves ethically towards information and
information technology.
participates effectively in seeking and
creating information. [3]
The concept of information literacy developed
along with the advancement in information and
communication technology in the early 1970s, and
the term was first used in 1974 by Paul Zurowski,
who was the first man of the information industry
at the time. On behalf of the National Commission
on Libraries and Information Sciences in his report
he defined information literacy as ‘an efficient
exploitation of information in a problem solving
context’. [1]
The American Library Association (ALA)
says: “In order to possess information literacy, a
person has to be capable of recognizing which
particular information is needed and afterwards,
that person has to be capable of finding, evaluating
and using the information efficiently.”
Finally, in 1989 the U.S. Presidential
Committee on Information Literacy published a
report which even more pointed out the
significance of information literacy by defining it
as ‘the ability to recognize important information,
and also to find, evaluate and use it efficiently’;
once again pointing out that information literacy is
‘a skill necessary for lifelong learning and for
creating an informed and prosperous citizenry’. [2]
In 1998 the American Association of School
Librarians (ASSL) and the Association for
Educational Communication and Technology
published Standards of Information Literacy for
Students, which presented nine indicators which
can be used by secondary school librarians and
teachers when defining an informationally literate
student and determining the influence of
information literacy on independent learning and
social responsibility:
1. An informationally literate student
approaches information efficiently and
effectively.
2. An informationally literate student assesses
information critically and competently.
3. An informationally literate student uses
information precisely and creatively.
informationally
literate
and
seeks
information in accordance with his own
interests.
In 2000 the Association of College and
Research Librarians (ACRL), a branch of the
American Librarian Association, published
Information Literacy Competency Standards for
Higher Education; thereby providing five
standards and a significant number of indicators
regarded as best way for the implementation and
evaluation of information literacy programs after
finishing secondary school. The five standards are:
• An informationally literate student
determines the type and scope of
information on his/her own
approaches the information needed
effectively and efficiently
critically assesses information and its
sources and incorporates the chosen
information as a part of his/her own
knowledge base and system of values
• An informationally literate student, either
as an individual or as a part of group,
effectively uses information in order to
reach a particular goal
understands numerous economic, legal
and social problems which surrounds the
information, thereby approaching them
35
and using them in an ethical and legal
manner.
contributes to increasing levels of IT, multimedia
and digital literacy of students.
In 2007 the American Librarian Association
broadened and altered the standards that should be
followed by librarians. The addition published is
Standards for the 21st Century Learner and it
tackles several types of literacy: information,
technological, visual, textual and digital literacy.
These literacy aspects are organized within four
principal objectives which would enable students
to “use skills, resources and means”, to “explore,
think in a critical way and obtain knowledge”, to
“make conclusions, reach decisions based on facts,
apply their knowledge in new situations and create
a new knowledge base”, to “exchange knowledge
and to contribute to the development of a
democratic society in an ethical and productive
manner” and to “strive to personal and aesthetic
development”. [4]
A.
In this work, the research and
interviewing scaling technique is applied, and
instruments are accounted for attitude scales and
questionnaires. The attitude scale used five-point
Likert scale for measuring the intensity of
agreement or disagreement with a given claim (70
claims).
B.
The sample consisted of fourth grade
pupils in grammar schools and secondary
vocational schools in AP of Vojvodina, where
classes are held in Serbian and Hungarian. The
study involved 377 students, and statistical data
processing was performed by using the statistical
software package for data processing - SPSS 17.0
On the basis of the frequency response of the
claims it can be determined as follows:
1. in addition to textbooks, to information
and knowledge about ICT, participants
come to the least extent by using the
professional literature and journals, and is
very similar to the information and
knowledge gained through educational
programs on TV, but as a resource through
which students acquire information and
knowledge is their communication with
friends, a resource that is mostly used for
acquiring information and knowledge
according to the Internet (77.2%).
2. the claim that knowledge, on how to use
the Internet, electronic books and
electronic sources of knowledge, was
gained outside of school (independent,
communicating with friends, using
professional journals or using the
Internet), 14.1% of respondents said that it
is generally true, and 72.7 % of
respondents to be very accurate, which
taken together is 86.8% of respondents
3. the claim that knowledge about the use of
electronic mail has been gained outside of
school (independent, communicating with
friends, using professional journals or
using the Internet), 20.4% of respondents
said that this is largely true, and 59.2% of
4. the claim that knowledge about the use of
forums on the Internet has been gained
outside
of
school
(independent,
IV RESEARCH
The research was done using descriptive
methods relating to the collection, processing and
interpretation of data. The aim of the research
study was to examine the attitudes of students to
determine the extent to which informal learning, as
an educational resource, affects the level of
information literacy of students, i.e. , whether the
use of informal learning resources, can increase
the level of IT knowledge and skills of students in
secondary education. The research tasks were
derived from the set of goals in order to determine
the exact indications and findings in the extent to
which informal learning affects the level of
information literacy for secondary school students,
respectively, to examine and determine the extent
to which the use of informal sources of knowledge
affects the computer, digital and multimedia
literacy of high school students. Independent
variables in the study were gender affiliation, type
of school (high school, vocational school) and
place of residence (village, city-suburb). The
dependent variable was defined as students'
attitudes toward using the resources of knowledge
adopted and informal learning in the area of
computer usage and IT technologies. The
dependent variable is operationally defined by
respondents / CA on a scale of attitudes as a
continuous variable interval level of measurement.
The study is the assumption that informal learning
significantly affects the level of information
literacy of students in secondary schools, or that
by using informal sources of knowledge, it
36
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Internet), 15.1% of respondents said that
this is largely true, and 73.5% of
respondents to this very accurate, which
the claim that knowledge to use the
download on the Internet has been gained
outside
of
school
(independent,
professional journals or using the Internet)
9.0% of respondents said that this is
largely true, and 78.0% of respondents to
this very accurate, which taken together is
87.0% of respondents
the claim that knowledge to create a blog
on the Internet has been gained outside of
said that it is generally true, and 56.5% of
respondents to this very accurate, which
the claim that knowledge about the use of
WiFi networks have gained outside of
said that this is largely true, and 71.6% of
taken together is 85.7%
the claim that knowledge to set the video
on Youtube gained outside of school
(independent,
communicating
with
said that this is largely true, and 74% of
the claim that knowledge about how to
install and use antivirus software acquired
outside
of
school
(independent,
Internet), 18.00% of respondents said that
it is generally true, and that 58.1% of
respondents this is very true, that taken
together amounted to 76.1% of
respondents
for the claim that there is no need to
otherwise
obtain
information
and
knowledge on ICT for education in the
school fully complies with the current
events in the field of ICT and is favored
by only 13.5% of respondents. [12]
V CONCLUSION
“During their lives all people learn consciously
and subconsciously and they have a legitimate
necessity to have their learning acknowledged and
supported everywhere and in every form.” [7]
A constant and accelerated development in
science and technology, especially the expansion
of modern and postmodern forms of technologies,
represents a highly educated population who is
capable of participating in social processes
efficiently and of using the ICT available, i.e. a
population which is informationally literate. The
educational trend of today is characterized by
striving for flexibility, individualization; it creates
a necessity to learn anywhere and at any time
through formal and informal education and
informal learning.
Educational institutions have to focus on
information literacy on all levels. This demands
commitment to learning during whole life and the
ability to discover and identify innovations
necessary for keeping up with changes.
Informal learning is a very important
educational process and we are witnesses that a
great number of learners are learning in informal
contexts. Furthermore, one of the most exploited
resources of informal learning is the Internet and it
is assumed that a great number of learners have
gained knowledge about ICT outside of formal
education. Particularly, it should be highlighted
that, due to the inertia of formal education, there is
an enormous necessity to get information and
knowledge about ICT in other ways, because
school contents do not completely follow
innovations in the sphere of ICT.
The problem of information illiteracy, as a
global political and educational unit, has caught
many educational systems unprepared by posing
the question:”Now what?” How can an enviable
level of information literacy be reached? One thing
is certain, informal sources and informal learning
are unavoidable because it has become evident that
formal education is no more capable of keeping up
with the development of ICT and fulfill demands
for quantity and quality permanent education.
As soon as possible it is essential to provide the
answer to the question:”Can the incorporation of
informal learning elements into formal education
or the implementation of particular educational
activities which make you ’learn without noticing
that you are learning’ into school contents result in
37
[3]
American Association of School Librarians and the Association
for Educational Communications and Technology, Information
Literacy Standards for Student Learning", 1998
[4] American Association of School Librarians, Standards for the
21st Century Learner, 2007.
[5] European Commission (2000). A Memorandum on Lifelong
Learning.
SEC
(2000)
1832.
http://www.bolognaberlin2003.de/pdf/MemorandumEng.pdf
[6] Smith, M. K. (1988): Developing Youth Work. lnfornial
Erlucation, Mutual Aid and Popular Practice. Milton Keynes:
Open University Press.
[7] Dohmen, G (2001): Informelles Lernen – Die internationale
Erschliebung einer bisher vernachlassigten Grudform
menschlichen fur das lebenslange Lernen aller. BMB Bonn
[8] Smith,M.K. (2000): Curriculum theory and practice, The
encyclopedia of informal education
[9] Gui, M. & Argentin, G. (2011). Digital skills of internet
natives: Different forms of digital literacy in a random sample
of northern Italian high school students, New Media & Society
[10] Lifelong Learning and the New Educational Order by John Field
(Trentham Books, 2006), Validation of nonformal and informal
learning
[11] http://www.cedefop.europa.eu/EN/Files/4073_en.pdf
[12] D. Grahovac, D. Karuović, B. Egić, INFORMAL LEARNING
AS AN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCE, The New Educational
Review, Wydawnictwo Adam Marszałek,Toruń Poland, ISSN
1732-6729,
Vol.
29,
No.3,
2012.,
pp
174-182
http://www.educationalrev.us.edu.pl/volume29.htm
reaching an enviable level of students’ information
literacy?”
Moreover, it is also necessary to determine
whether and to which extent informal learning
affects the level of students’ information literacy,
i.e. to determine whether using informal sources of
knowledge contributes to increasing the level of
students’ information literacy.
Hence, we have to continue tackling informal
learning, we have to continue exploring it and it is
serious scientific work that can explore the
possibilities of realizing the aforementioned
educational units and that can provide the answer
to the question:”Now what?”
REFERENCES
[1] Paul Zurowski (1974): The Information Service Environment:
Relationships and Priorities. Washington DC: National
Commission on Libraries and Information Science
[2] http://www.ala.org/ala/mgrps/divs/acrl/publications/whitepapers/
presidential.cfm
38
THE IMPORTANCE AND ROLE OF
EDUCATION IN SOCIETY
I. Tasic*, J. Tasic**, T. Mitic**, D. Tubic***
*University of Novi Sad, Technical Faculty "Mihajlo Pupin", Zrenjanin
**Informatics teacher, Primary School "Mihajlo Pupin", Veternik
***Economic – Businees School, Odzaci
Abstract - Education is one of the important, special and
complex segments. A number of concepts, approaches and
definitions of education still can be divided into two
groups. For ones, modern education contributes to the
achievement of social life, it is a basic social process of
maintenance man and the progress of mankind, and the
continuity of culture. For others, modern education is the
key factor of economic development and the knowledge of
which depend on all other social processes.
social development and will have a decisive value
for the individual and for civilization.
II THE HISTORY OF EDUCATION AND
SCHOOLING
Knowledge and skills are always passed on
from generation to generation, and it is important
to note the tendency of preservation and promotion
of a knowledge management as well as
challenging them and creating new, and that it
always has been a part of the educational process.
Knowledge and skills acquired initially were based
solely on experience, and were passed orally, so
the process of education was of informal character.
I INTRODUCTION
Education is a continuous process which aims
to transfer knowledge and skills, and develop
skills necessary for participation in social
processes, and functioning within the human
community. At different stages of development of
human society, different types of skills and
knowledge are favored. However, it is certain that
individuals and groups, who have favored disposal
of knowledge and skills, held an important,
privileged position within the narrower and wider
communities. The traditional definition of
education based upon the belief of education as the
systematic acquisition of scientific knowledge
about nature, society and human thinking and
mastery of skills and work habits by which the
specific personality traits and adopt view of the
world are developed and shaped. More modern
understanding of education assumes that the
institutional education system of acquiring
knowledge and train people to acquire knowledge,
skills and habits they need. Education as a
development resource should provide, the
educational system and educational content that is
in it to realize, realize the main objectives related
to personality development, the preservation of
man's natural environment and create awareness
about the global problems of the contemporary
modern world, education of humanity. In the
modern world, education monitors changes caused
by their developments. Thus, education in the 21st
century will be directed towards the acquisition of
knowledge that becomes an important factor of
In the distant past, people's knowledge was
passed from generation to generation and jealously
guarded. The first forms of schools and education
have appeared in ancient Greece, in Sparta and
Athens. The Spartans were tightly organized and
in constant war of preparedness and the Spartan
training aimed at preparing troops always ready to
fight the enemy.
Unlike Sparta, Athens recognized the need of
nurturing the soul and body in general and also in
setting ethical rules for coping with life. They
actually crystallize the spirit of the time that has
emerged through natural development of human
society. Through all the activities of the ancient
society, a strong need to collect acquired but also
scattering of knowledge into a common
framework can be seen. It should be based on
traditional education, not just the European system
of values, but values around the world known at
that time. This would be both systematically
passed, which would contribute to faster and better
development of knowledge themselves and society
as a whole. Numerous schools of before Socrates
period discussed the physiological phenomena
through the dialog method combined with art and
physical culture, or through an ascetic monastic
character of the school organization.
39
Education in the Middle Ages is primarily
oriented to the practical needs. Although there
were people who loved knowledge for its own
sake, they were rare and often felt the need to seek
excuses for their intellectual curiosity. The main
goal was that every person has the knowledge
necessary to perform his job. Other skills are
worthless, and they could be dangerous. Medieval
education can be described only in academic
institutions such as schools and universities, as
represented by the nobles and the homes where the
young nobles acquired knightly education.
Producing young knight in the formal education
and marked the end of the proof that it can take its
place in society. Throughout the Middle Ages
book knowledge in Western Europe, with the
exception of Italy, was mainly restricted to those
who belonged to the priestly ranks. To 12 century
literate laity was extremely small. After the 1100th
year, their number is constantly increasing. Many
rulers and nobles know how to read, while with
the merchants reading and writing must have been
widespread. However, one should not exaggerate
the extent of literacy. All the nobles and most
retailers have catered to the officials who led their
conversation and reading their letters that they
received. There was hardly any a truly educated
laity. [1]
These are the concepts of lifelong learning and the
concept of a learning society.
The concept of lifelong learning and human
resource development of a harmonized system
includes various forms of learning at all stages of
life. These are: organized learning (education and
training) that can be formal (school) and informal
and unorganized or informal learning. One can
learn for a lifetime, but you cannot go to school for
whole life, so this learning in adulthood, is
primarily organized in noschool organizations, or
where an adult works and lives.
So the company, more developed especially,
becomes a learning society. The modern education
system consists of a network of school-related and
non-school organizations and their partnership.
The school is no longer the only educational
institution and the development of human
resources of a country can not reduce to reform of
a school system. In developed countries, the
system of human resource development include
education of youth and adults and non-formal
adult education, and more and more consideration
is given to the Information and self learning.
Education is now considered a condition of
survival and development of modern societies.
Those who survive are the first and easiest to
adapt and to adopt the innovations.
The creators of Slavic books were two
educated Greeks from Salonika, Constantine (in
monasticism Cyril) and Methodius. The activity of
Cyril and Methodius and their students, regardless
of the place and country where it developed, had a
general Slavic character. The general Slavic and
most important achievements of their work: Slavic
alphabet, Glagolitic, and somewhat later, Cyrillic,
the first literary Slavic language, called Old
Church Slavonic in science, and literature created
on it. [2]
IV KNOWLEDGE AND EDUCATION
Knowledge is the most important human
resource and capital, and there is the necessity of
holding the information (knowledge) in order to
survive in a constantly changing environment of
today's society called knowledge society. An
educated man is in the spotlight of that society. It
is necessary to define some terms that are used as
synonyms for knowledge:
-
III EDUCATION AS AN ENGINE OF SOCIETY
Each national economy and its long-term
growth depend almost entirely on the quality of its
human resources. In this case, the use of these
resources and invest in their quality is the primary
factor in development. Modern national education
policy in developed countries are based on a
concept developed in recent decades in
international
organizations
dealing
with
educational policy (UNESCO, OECD, ILO,
Council of Europe, European Commission) and
that they recommend to their members in
implementing the national education reform.
-
-
40
Learning is the process of acquiring skills
and knowledge, resulting in a relatively
permanent change in behavior.
Training-means acquiring new knowledge
and practical skills necessary for the
operation, management, and management
of the organization, according to adopted
rules, regulations and standards. Training
leads to changes in skills.
Training-an exercise in acquired practical
knowledge and skills.
Developing knowledge-is related to the
acquisition of new knowledge, skills and
abilities that enable an individual to
-
undertake complex tasks, preparing it for
the future and the demands to come. The
development leads to changes in attitudes
and values.
Education-acquisition means constant
innovation and broader knowledge in the
applied scientific disciplines and business
practices. [3]
VI EDUCATION FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
In developed countries the main development
resource is human capital, and its quality is
important to determine the education and training.
Education and training should contribute to
sustainable national development and the
continuous development of individuals. Therefore,
all developed countries hold education and human
resource development as national priority and
implement those strategies of development of
education and training that contribute most to the
economic, social and cultural development of
society and the personal development of its stated
members. .Because of these reasons modern
strategy of education and human resources they
caught not only education of children and young
people but also formal and informal education. It
is estimated that those countries whose
development policy is not based on the concept of
lifelong learning are doomed to economic and
political marginalization.
V KNOWLEDGE AS INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL OF
21ST CENTURY
According to research by Stanford University
(USA), total human knowledge was created up to
1900. It was doubled up to 1950. Since then, the
whole of human knowledge doubles every 5-8
years. This fascinating information is interesting
by itself, but there are unforeseen implications on
our daily lives, -personal and business. At the
private plan's "explosion" of knowledge with the
result that countries and individuals who are
newly-acquired knowledge at their disposal have
great potential for continuing strong growth in
living standards, quality of life and wealth in
general. In business life of individuals,
organizations, states and the observed world as a
whole, this vast, rapid, and daily changes affect the
way that in every respect, and significantly alter
the previous way of life. At the beginning of the
21st century, we are faced with the enormous
changes:
- Life, society and economy become more
complex,
- time-we live in is unpredictable,
- nature of jobs is radically changing,
- more business-disappearing due to
technological change,
- the past-may be less support and guidance
for the future.
The contribution of education and training
development is widely acknowledged fact. It is
estimated that investment in education and training
of individuals make a profit that is comparable to
investments in physical capital. An increasing
share of services in the economy, the speed at
which technology changes, the growing share of
knowledge and information in relation to the value
of production and the level of economic are
restructuring in favor of this type of investment. It
is estimated that an additional year of average
schooling in the developed countries of Europe
immediately led to increased economic growth by
about 5% and to increase long-term growth by
2.5%. During the nineties, greater investment in
human capital brought annual growth to 0.5% or
more in several EU member states compared to the
previous decade.
The main objectives of the future education are
relating to:
- to prepare young people in their personal
life to gain a realistic picture of themselves,
which will be implemented in personal,
social and common conditions,
- preparing young people for life in a
democratic society, which includes
information on rights, fundamental
freedoms, duties and responsibilities of
citizens,
- prepare young people for work, which
should provide a broad view of work and
It is already difficult to predict what knowledge
and skills will be needed and requested for the
next 10 years. In most professions knowledge is
doubling every few years, which means that
knowledge of each one of us needs to be doubled
every 2 -3 years just to "keep up" with the
changes, and those who did not will inevitably fall
behind! Society in which knowledge is valued as a
resource, investing in education and science,
which was developed information infrastructure in
which highly values individuality, creativity and
ability of individuals and organizations is named
in an innovative society. [4]
41
-
theoretical insight into the nature and forms
of work
preparing young people for cultural life, to
find resources for personal enrichment and
involved in the spiritual, cultural and
historical heritage and so are prepared for
life in a multicultural world.
harmonizing
economic
development
with
environmental laws in terms of science and
technology, in terms of preserving cultural identity
and sovereignty of their nation states in terms of
globalization of economic life economic and
political domination of most developed countries,
as well as in terms of democratization of social
relations.
Accordingly, it is necessary to change the
strategic direction of development of the education
system in terms of exercising the right to quality
education, to achieve the development of personal
skills of every citizen. All this should allow the
possession of certain skills and traits: a complete
knowledge of the native language with basic
knowledge of grammar, sentence structure,
understanding the basis of mathematics and
natural sciences, which must be coupled with new
technologies, the ability to think the solution to the
problem or knowledge to make the difference
between facts and prejudices, mastery learning
techniques to acquire new skills and adapt to new
situations, and mastery of communication skills,
including proficiency in one foreign language.
Diploma is not a guarantee of a job, if you do not
have the appropriate personal qualities, such as the
ability for teamwork, a sense of responsibility and
personal discipline, decision making ability, sense
of cooperation and willingness to take risks,
initiative, curiosity and creativity, professionalism,
striving for perfection and achieving a sense of the
possibilities and limits of civil liability.
VII THE PROJECTED FUTURE OF EDUCATION
The process of knowledge acquisition and
transfer of knowledge is inevitably accompanied
by the development of society. Specifically, the
pre-industrial period of development of society,
traditional values, knowledge and practical skills
were passed down from generation to generation.
During the period of industrial development, and
all of the knowledge could not be more learned in
the family. Because of that, the process of
transferring knowledge turned into mass
education. Automation machines more and more,
and man better and better successfully solve many
routine tasks at the intellectual and creative
activities. In addition, the machines perform
physical flow of materials and people dealing with
the flow of information and knowledge. However,
in automated manufacturing systems of tomorrow,
no machines or people will no longer be tied to the
factory or office, or people will live in big
industrial cities of today. In fact, it will be
deployed around the world, close to one another to
be linked very sensitive communications, and your
job will be done in the immediate social groups in
their homes.
Based on these attitudes, life-long learning and
the need to realize the essence of learning involves
teaching people to think, not only to accumulate
facts. Some countries reform their educational
systems to use the experiences of those countries
that have already implemented such a reform, of
course, leading account their specific features and
characteristics. In this way they give the
corresponding contribution to the education reform
of world system. Education is undoubtedly of
great importance for the development of society in
all ages of its existence. In the modern world,
education follows the changes caused by their
development.
Technology of tomorrow do not need semiskilled labor force that performed monotonous
tasks on the current line, it needs people critical
spirit, which can seamlessly manage the new
circumstances, people who are willing to work
during the coming new knowledge .To new time ,
called the digital era, risk society and civilization,
knowledge, and certainly requires a new form of
education. In such and such, new circumstances,
education is a fundamental task and should
improve the adaptability of man in time that comes
and play a significant role to increase those skills
that are needed. However, in order to set the
future of education that could be achieved, it is
necessary to predict who will perform the tasks
that will be of interest.
Thus, education in the 21st century will be
directed towards the acquisition of knowledge and
will become an important factor of social
development and will have a decisive value for the
individual and for civilization. Education will be
important for perception and understanding of
global changes in modern society, particularly
regarding the problems associated with
We also need to know and what would the title
be needed, what will dominate family
relationships, such relationships will prevail. There
is a need to look and what would be a moral or
42
ethical problems that could arise and what
technology will be developed and what will be the
organizational structure to fit. All this, as well as
determine other intellectual and psychological
skills and knowledge to the people of tomorrow
will be needed to successfully track the rapid
social development. Thus, man's future depend on
its education. Consideration of possible projection
of the development, changes in education in the
future will refer to the change of organizational
structure of the education system, the
improvement of curriculum and the promotion of
orientation directed towards the future. The current
classical teaching will not be able to meet the
needs that anticipate changes in the future. This
lecture will disappear and they will replace many
of the other newer methods of education based on
experience, for recreation, for fun and work.
reform process must be continuous, consistent,
clear, precise and oriented towards the needs and
interests of citizens of Serbia. In understanding
this concept of education, as part of the
development of human resources of a country is an
individual, his future, employment, personal and
professional life. If one would be a good
educational system it must be compatible with the
selected development strategy that is able to
quickly respond to labor market trends.
This means that when a development strategy
is chosen incorrectly or if the labor market
permanently emits false signals, the system of
education can be effective. To avoid this
conceptual error it is necessary to harmonize the
development of education strategy with the
planned general social and economic trends and
developments. Restructuring the economy towards
the service industry and the development of other
segments of industry and agriculture in particular
has to respect policy and education and to build in
that direction further development of the education
system. In the education sector in Serbia, which
includes preschool, elementary, middle and high
education is just over 1.3 million students and
about 110,000 employees. This means that the
field of education covers almost a third of the
active population in the Republic, or just over 20%
of the total population.
As a new approach to education inevitably
follows the changes in the society of tomorrow are
expected, futurists legitimately raise the question
of whether the educational process will be held in
appropriate institutions. This is because, a much
higher intellectual level of the world population
and a much higher level of general education and
culture is provided. Thus, in these circumstances,
the parents assume the role of teachers, which are
otherwise in many developed countries already
thought. Also, it talks about education
opportunities
through
observation
and
participation in many important social events, and
talk about life-long education and distance
learning, but it is slowly becoming a reality. In
accordance with such visions, as possible new
forms of education in the future are mentioned:
home education, mobile education, lifelong
learning and virtual education and distance
education.
This means that nearly 3 million people aged
over 15 has a minimum life and job skills. One of
the big problems with education that will meet in
the coming years is demographic decline and
reduction of number of children, which means
fewer students in schools. Last years, decreasing
the number of students enrolled in first grade of
elementary schools and much middle is already
facing the problem of fewer students. In the
context of technological development of society
and the changed relationship and structure of the
economy and especially in the context of the
different roles of the citizen as an individual, the
role of education must become significantly
different. Since teachers have much more
autonomy to be innovative and creative, they have
a range of abilities to transfer knowledge and skills
of students in coping with new or unforeseen
circumstances. Therefore, education and training
of teachers and educators are becoming a key
requirement of the overall development and
education.
The changes brought by the new time changes
that are associated with transience, diversity and
newspapers certainly suggest the need for new
knowledge. Knowledge in the future I going to get
older faster, so it will be necessary to take into
account the efficiency of learning. In this regard, it
will be very important to learn how to learn, how
to forget and learned how to learn again. This
education will receive a new dimension.
VIII THE PROMOTION OF EDUCATION IN
SERBIA
Serbia needs the education system that is
compact, and flexible. Compact means that it is
fully in line with the development strategy, a
flexible, easily adaptable to the market. The
Another major area of priority is education
reform education in order to meet the needs of the
43
labor market. In understanding the concept of
education as a source of human resource there is a
need for qualified and skilled labor that are
becoming very important factors .One of the
biggest challenges of the Serbian economy and
society is to reduce the total number of
unemployed. Be sure that the education system
can not resolve this issue, but it certainly can and
must be directly related to employment policy in
Serbia. Modernization of the State and its
orientation towards modernism technologies must
influence the innovation goals of education and the
convergence of the developed countries.
Therefore, the aims of modern vocational
education in our country have to be oriented
towards the strengthening of expertise and greater
flexibility in overcoming the changing demands in
the world of work and in society as well as the
acquisition of key skills so that young people were
ready for new professional challenges and can be
included in the overall modernization of society.
Realizing that our society is moving towards the
learning society, it is necessary to develop it in
young and make them ready for training and
further education.
the individual to control personal development.
Taking responsibility for our own development, he
is responsible for the development of society.
Understanding and respecting the individual
characteristics of man plays an important role in
the learning process, but the learning opportunities
offered in the community should have the benefit
of the whole community. Starting from all
previous determinations, and taking into account
all previous approaches to education, modern
education is, from a sociological point of view,
defined as a social process in which knowledge is
acquired, from the standpoint of its importance to
civilization and global changes is viewed as the
need for a developed personality, which is the
main determinant of knowledge as a development
resource. In this context, education will be
important for perception and understanding of
global changes in modern society, particularly
regarding the problems associated with
harmonizing
economic
development
with
environmental laws in terms of science and
technology, in terms of preserving cultural identity
and sovereignty of nation states in their
globalization of economic life, economic and
political domination of most developed countries,
as well as in terms of democratization of social
relations.
In order to achieve the necessary social and
economic change, Serbia has to restructure its
human capital, supply it with new knowledge,
skills and values, attitudes and behavior. This
means that education is the basis of socioeconomic transformation of Serbia. All the more,
to the question of further development of the
education system and its strategic basis is in
relation to the development of society and
economy.
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
IX CONCLUSION
[5]
Man finds, creates, enlarges, improves, apply
and transfer knowledge to others. Therefore,
knowledge is the mediator between the individual
and society. Educated man is a part of society and
should be the center of successful development of
a knowledge society. It is very important to enable
[6]
[7]
44
Bаruning O. (1990), Introduction to the history of educational
theory, Beograd: IM Kolarac prapočeci
Deretić J. (1987), A short history of Serbian literature, Belgrade
publishing and graphics institute
Petković V. (2005), Human Resource Management, Cacak:
College Business School
Chamber of Commerce of Montenegro (2008), Education
Reform and Human Resources Development, Podgorica
Stefanović V. (2005), Human Resource Management, Zaječar:
Faculty of Management
Tanasijević Z. (2006), New ways of human resources
management, Kragujevac: National Conference on Quality
Tasić I., Sajfert D. (2011), Organization of Schools, Zrenjanin:
Faculty "Mihajlo Pupin"
UML MODEL OF AUXILIARY
APPLICATION IN MACHINE LEARNING
Z. Ivankovic*, D. Radosav*, B. Markoski*, D. Savicevic**, P. Pecev***
*University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty "Mihajlo Pupin", Zrenjanin, Serbia
**Preschool Teacher Training College, Sremska Mitrovica, Serbia
***Faculty of Science, Department of Mathematics and Informatics, Novi Sad, Serbia
[email protected]
Abstract - This paper describes the process of UML
modeling applied to the SampleCreator application. It is
an application implemented in C# programming language
and .NET 4.0 framework, which is used to create a
training set required by AdaBoost algorithm. Training set
is created based on images that are obtained by converting
video clips from basketball games in the series of images
that are stored on the user's computer. In this way we
obtain a set of images that include basketball players
(positive examples) and the sets which contain no
basketball players (negative examples). The application
provides more functionality- save frames from video
content provided on the location on user's computer,
marking the objects of interest on stored images, to be
trained by them, and parse the parameters from the XML
file that results from the application of AdaBoost
algorithm on training objects.
understanding and
different views.
communication
between
II OBJECT-ORIENTED METHODS AND UML
Principles of object-oriented programming, play
a crucial role in the software analysis and design
because they focus on key questions about the
possibility of changing the software, its adaptation
and evolution. Object-oriented methods are based
on the concepts of information hiding, classes and
inheritance. Information hiding may lead to the
creation of systems that are more independent and
it is therefore easier to modify and maintain.
With an increasing number of notations and
methods for object-oriented analysis and design of
software applications, created a need for a common
language for modeling. As a result, there is a UML
(Unified Modeling Language) to offer a
standardized language and graphical notation for
describing object-oriented model. However, since
UML is independent of the methodology, it must
be used together with one of the methods for
object-oriented analysis and design.
I INTRODUCTION
Modeling is used in many aspects of life. It was
first encountered in ancient civilizations such as
Egypt, Greece and Rome, where the modeling was
used in creating models for art and architecture.
Today modeling is widely used in science and
engineering in order to provide an abstraction of
the system at a certain level of accuracy and with a
certain degree of detail. Then the model is analyzed
to provide a better understanding of the system
being developed. According to the OMG (Object
Modeling Group), "modeling is the development of
software applications before coding."
Modern methods for object-oriented analysis
and design are based on the model and use a
combination of use case modeling, static modeling,
modeling of state machines and interactions
between objects. Almost all modern objectoriented methods use UML notation to describe
software requirements, analysis and design models
[3] [4].
In software design and development based on a
model, modeling is used as a basic part of the
software development process. Models are created
and analyzed before implementation of the system,
and serve to direct the implementation that will
follow.
In the modeling of use cases, functional
requirements of the system are defined in terms of
usage and participants who use or interact with a
given system. Static modeling provides a structural
view of the system. The classes are defined
according to their attributes and relations with
other classes. Dynamic modeling provides a view
of the system in relation to behavior. Use cases are
created to show the interaction between objects
Better understanding of the system can be
achieved if development is viewed from multiple
perspectives (different views) [1] [2] as the
requirements modeling, static and dynamic
modeling of software systems. Graphical modeling
languages like UML, assist in the development,
45
•
•
•
•
•
which participate in it. Interaction diagrams are
created to show how objects interact with each
other in order to realize the use cases.
III DESIGN OF SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE
Software architecture divides the overall system
structure, in terms of components and their
interconnection, to the internal implementation
details of individual components [5]. Emphasis on
the components and their interrelations are
sometimes called programming-in-large, while
detailed design of individual components is called
programming-in-miniature.
Comunication diagram
Sequence diagram
State machine diagram
Activity diagram
Deployment diagram
A. Use-case diagrams
Use Case Modeling is an approach to describe
the functional requirements of the system. Inputs
and outputs of the system are given by first
describing by the use case model, and then using
static modeling.
Software architecture can be described at
different levels speaking in terms of detail. At
higher levels it can describe the decomposition of
system into subsystems. At the lower level, it can
describe the decomposition of subsystems into
modules or components. In both cases, the
emphasis is on an external view of the subsystem /
component - that is, the interfaces provided and
required, and their interconnection with other
subsystems / components.
In approach of modeled using use cases,
functional requirements are described by the
participants, who are users of the system, and use
cases. Use case defines a sequence of interactions
between one or more participants and systems. At
the stage of processing requirements, use case
model looks like a black box system and describe
the interaction between participants (one or more)
and system in the descriptive form that consists of
inputs that are entered by users and answers
provided by the system.
Attributes of software quality in the system
must be taken into account when developing the
architecture. These attributes relate to how the
architecture provides the answer to the important
non-functional requirements such as performance,
security and the possibility of quick and easy
maintenance.
Use case typically consists of a series of
interactions between actors and systems. Every
interaction consists of entrance which provides the
actor, followed by the response received from the
system. Thus, the actor provides input to the
system, and system gives an answer to the actor.
While simple use cases consist of only one
interaction between actors and systems, in most
systems consist on several interactions. More
complex cases may involve using more than one
participant.
Software architecture is sometimes viewed as a
high-level design. It can be described using
different views. It is important to ensure that the
architecture meets the software requirements, both
functional (what the software should do) and
nonfunctional (how well it should do). It is also the
starting point for detailed design and
implementation, particularly in cases where
development team becomes quite large.
SampleCreator is a tool to create examples with
which a training of AdaBoost algorithm will be
executed. In addition, this tool has other features
that are shown in Figure 1 It shows the main
features of this tool:
• Parsing of XML – AdaBoost algorithm
given as a result of a training process an
XML file with certain values of parameters.
This file is necessary to parse into a form
suitable for use in an application that uses
the results of training in order to detect
objects of interest.
• Video display – The video is shown using
DirectShow technology. During the
displaying at every 0.5 seconds one frame is
saved in the location provided to the user's
IV UML DIAGRAMS
UML notation has evolved since it was first
adopted as a standard in 1997. The highest revision
of the standard was made in 2003, and current
version is 2. UML notation has consistently grown
over the years and today supports a number of
diagrams. The application development is usually
based on following diagrams:
• Use case diagram
• Class diagram
• Object diagram
46
computer. These frames are used for
training set creation.
Creating a training set provides additional
functionality as shown in Figure 2 These
functionalities include:
• Open the unprocessed images – Opening a
set of images from which are marked
objects of interest, if any, or parts of images
that contain no objects of interest.
• Positive examples – Select an object of
interest in the picture for which training is
performed. Each object is marked by four
coordinates, x and y coordinates of upper
left corner, and the width and height of the
object. Data objects are written into the file
that could be used during training.
Parsing of XML
Training set creation
User of application
•
Video display
Exit from application
•
Figure 1. Sample Creator basic use cases
•
•
•
Training set creation – From frames that are
obtained from the video material is
necessary to create a training set. This set
contains positive and negative examples.
Positive examples is cut from the observed
images and then combined with the
negative examples which represent images
that certainly do not contain objects of
interest.
Exit from application – This is a
functionality
that
stops
application
execution.
•
•
Open the unprocessed images
•
Positive examples
Delete marked parts
Negative examples
Convert color to gray
•
User of application
Cut off negative examples
Convert jpg to bmp
Cut off positive examples
Deleting images
Negative examples - If the image does not
contain any object of interest it is considered as
a negative example, and is used in the training
process. During training, positive examples
are placed on top of images that represent
negative examples.
Cut off negative examples – If part of the
image does not contain objects of interest, it
can be cut and labeled as a negative
example.
Deleting images – If the image is a not
appropriate either negative or positive
example, it can be deleted in order not to
adversely affect the process of training.
Cut off positive examples – This
functionality enables to cut all the positive
examples from the images in order to make
further adjustments (increase contrast,
sharpen, background subtraction, ...).
Convert jpg to bmp – AdaBoost algorithm
supports JPG and BMP format images, but
jpg format can cause problems in training,
so it is advisable that all images are in BMP
format.
Convert color to gray – AdaBoost algorithm
works on gray images. Because of this all
imagese could be converted to gray to
occupy less space and make algorithm
faster.
Delete marked parts – If the labeling of
positive examples marks part of the image
that is not an object of interest, you can
uncheck observed image and again mark
objects of interest.
B. Activity diagrams
Figure 2. Training set creation
UML activity diagrams represent diagrams that
show the flow and control sequences that occur
47
during software activities. Activity diagram shows
the sequence of activities, decision nodes, jumps,
and even competitive activities. These diagrams are
used in the modeling of application flows, for
example. in service-oriented applications.
announcements, crowd shots, celebrities, ...) so that
they can not be used in training process. They can
be used as negative examples or as examples in
training set that will serve to verify that the
algorithm does not mark all objects as required, or
to verify the performance of the training. There are
images that can not be characterized as neither
positive nor as negative examples. These are
usually images of basketball players that are quite
unclear, so there is possibility that it will take
training in the wrong direction. Such images is best
to be completely left out of the training process
(delete them). Sometimes parts of the image do not
contain any object of interest and can be cut into a
separate image to be marked as a negative
example. For images that contain the required
objects, they should be labeled, that is x and y
coordinates of the upper left corner of the rectangle
that surrounds the required objects should be
specified, as well as its height and width. The
process is repeated for all objects in the image,
which can contribute to training. Objects that are
not correctly displayed should be omitted (eg most
of the object is obscured by other objects). These
data are entered into the file to be used in the
training process to cut only the required objects
from positive images, while the rest of the image is
ignored.
Use case model can be described using activity
diagrams. However, to show the use case, it is
required only a subset of what activity diagrams
can offer. More precisely, it is not necessary to
model the competitive activities of the use cases
[7].
Activity diagram can be used to represent the
sequence of steps in use case, including the main
sequence and all the alternative sequences. In other
words, the activity diagram can be used in more
precise description of the use case because it shows
the exact location and conditions in the sequences
that are required for alternative execution. Activity
node can be used to display one or more steps in
the use case. High level activity node can be used
to display whole use case, where it can later be
decomposed into a separate activity diagram.
In order to show the use cases, activity
diagrams, use activity nodes, decision nodes, arcs
that connect nodes of activity and jumps. Activity
node is used to represent one or more steps are
needed to describe the use case. Decision node is
used to display situation in which, on the basisi of
decision, execution may take alternative path.
Depending on use case, an alternative sequence can
then be connected to the main sequence.
C. Class diagrams
The static model is related to the static
structural view of the problem, which is invariable
with respect to time. The static model describes the
static structure of the system being modeled, which
is thought to have a lower likelihood of change in
relation to functions of the system. More precisely,
the static model defines the system classes, class
attributes, relations between classes and operations
held by each class.
Activity nodes could be agregated nodes that
could be hierarchically decomposed to give lowerlevel activity diagram. This concept can be used to
indicate the use cases with the inclusion and
expansion. Therefore, node activity in the base use
case can be used to represent a connection with the
case of use which represents inclusion (or
extension), which is then displayed on a separate
lower-level activity diagram.
Object is a physical or conceptual entity in the
real world that allows an understanding of the real
world and, therefore, creates the basis for a
software solution. Object in the real world can have
physical properties (can be seen or felt); example
may be the door, the motor or lamp. The
conceptual object is more abstract concept, and an
example of such object may be a bank account or
transaction.
Use case "Training set creation" can be shown
by activity diagram, which is shown on figure 3. It
shows that first step is to check whether there are
images that can be used for training. These images
are created during viewing video content. If
images do not exist, execution of the application
breaks because there is a no set of pictures that
contain training examples. If images exist, they are
loaded one by one and displaed the application
window. Images obtained from video content may
or may not contain objects of interest. If observe
basketball games, there are scenes that do not
include basketball players (advertisements,
Object-oriented applications consist of objects.
From the standpoint of design, object groups data
and procedures that are performed on the data.
Procedures are usually called methods or
operations. Some approaches, including the UML
notation, observe the operation as a specification of
48
functions that perform a particular object, and
methods as implementations of functions [8].
attribute (eg account number), but it is not
necessary to be an attribute.
Object (also called an instance of the object) is a
single "thing", eg. Marko's car or Petar's bank
account. Class (also called a class of objects) is a
collection of objects with the same characteristics,
for example bank account, car, customer.
In static modeling are used three types of
relationships: association, relation whole / part
(aggregation and composition) and the relationship
of generalization / specialization (inheritance).
Using SampleCreator tool, video material can
be turned into frames. From them it is possible to
perform the training of AdaBoost algorithm so that
the frames mark areas of interest (positive
examples), as well as images that do not contain
objects of interest (negative examples). The
implementation of an application that allows
labeling of positive and negative examples, convert
images from jpg to bmp format and converting
color images to grayscale is shown in Figure 4.
An attribute is a value that contained by object
class. Each object has its own attribute values. The
name attribute is unique within the class, but
different classes may have attributes with the same
name, eg. class Client and the Employer may have
the attribute with the name address.
The operation is a specification of the functions
performed by the object. The object has one or
more operations. Operations manipulate the values
of attributes contained in the object. Operations can
have input and output parameters. All objects that
belong to the same class have the same operation.
For example, Account class has a read, opening
and closing operation.
IBaseFilter
TrainingForm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
[NO]
Unprocessed images exists
initialMousePos
finalMousePos
currentMousePos
draw
:
:
:
:
+ ProcessFilter () : void
...
Point
Point
Point
bool
OpenImages ()
CreateNegativeSample ()
CropNegativeSample ()
CreatePositiveSample ()
CropPositiveSamples ()
CalculateNumberOfPositive ()
CalculateNumberOfNegative ()
ConvertJpg2Bmp ()
ConvertColor2Gray ()
...
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
void
void
void
void
void
int
int
int
int
Grayscale
- redCoefficient
: double
- greenCoeficient : double
- blueCoeficient : double
+ <<Constructor>> Grayscale ()
+
ProcessFilter () : void
...
[YES]
Load image
Sample
- imageName : string
+ AddSample () : int
...
[NO]
Image contains objects of interest
NegativeSample
[YES]
PositiveSample
-
Mark objects of interest
[YES]
x
y
widht
height
:
:
:
:
int
int
int
int
+ <<Override>> addSample () : int
...
There are more objects
Figure 4. Magnetization as a function of applied field. Note
how the caption is centered in the column
[NO]
Mark image as positive
The form created to display frames, and any
other necessary operation is TrainingForm. It
contains the following attributes: initialMousePos,
finalMousePos, currentMousePos (containing the
positions of the mouse to enable the marking of
objects of interest) and draw (logical value that
tells whether the mark has already done). In
addition, the class includes a number of methods:
• OpenImages – allows frames to be loaded
from a location on computer
• CreateNegativeSample – mark picture as
negative example
• CropNegativeSample – crop part of image
that will be marked as negative example
• CreatePositiveSample – mark image as
positive example nad enters objects
locations in corresponding text file
[YES]
Mark image as negative
Whole image is negative example
[NO]
[NO]
Delete image
Part of image is negative example
[YES]
Mark negative part of image
Crop negative part of image
Mark new image as negative
Figure 3. Training set creation
Object represents an instance of the class. Some
objects are instantiated as needed during the
execution of the application itself. Each object has
its own identity under which differs from all other
objects. In some cases, this identity can be an
49
•
•
•
•
•
organization of the process of creating the software
between multiple teams working on its
implementation. Although SampleCreator a smallscale application that serves as an auxiliary tool in
the AdaBoost training, it consists of several
components that are independently created, and
after successful testing built into the application.
Thanks to UML modeling and technology, this
process is carried out in precisely defined steps that
have enabled rapid and efficient integration
process.
CropPositiveSamples – crop part of image
that will be marked as positive example and
saves those examples in corresponding
folder
CalculateNumberOfPositive
–
shows
number of examples that are marked as
positive
CalculateNumberOfNegative – shows
number of examples that are marked as
negative
ConvertJpg2Bmp – converts frames form
jpg to bmp format, because AdaBoost
algorithm does not support all jpg standards
ConvertColor2Gray – convert images from
color imates to grayscale, because
AdaBoost performs on grayscale images
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
V CONCLUSION
This paper presents a model of SampleCrator
software that serves as an auxiliary application in
the process of training AdaBoost algorithm. The
software is modeled using different types of
diagrams that represent the required modeling and
analysis. Thus was obtained a better view of the
process of creating software and the functionality it
provides, and the execution and implementation of
these functionalities. An additional advantage is the
possibility of modeling the distribution and
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
50
H. Gomaa, "A Software Modeling Odyssey: Designing
Evolutionary Architecture-centric Real-Time Systems and
Product Lines," in Proceedings of the ACM/IEEE 9th
International Conference on Model-Driven Engineering
Languages and Systems, Genoa, Italy, 2006, pp. 1-15.
H. Gomaa and M.E. Shin, "Multiple-View Meta-Modeling of
Software Product Lines," in Eight International Conference on
Engineering of Complex Computer Systems, Greenbelt,
Maryland, 2002, pp. 238-246.
G. Booch, J. Rumbaugh, and I. Jacobson, The Unified Modeling
Language User Guide. Boston: Addison-Wesley, 2005.
M. Fowler, UML Distilled Applying the Standard Object
Modeling Language. Boston: Addison-Wesley, 2004.
L. Bass, P. Clements, and R. Kazman, Software Architecture in
Practice. Boston: Addison-Wesley, 2003.
C. Kobryn, "UML 2001: A Standardization Odyssey,"
Communications of the ACM, vol. 42, no. 10, pp. 29-37, 1999.
H. Gomaa, Software Modeling and Design.: Cambridge
University Press, 2011.
P. Kruchten, The Rational Unified Process: An Introduction.
Boston: Addison-Wesley, 2003.
COMPLEX COMPUTATION
ALTERNATIVES IN FORM OF ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE
J. Pavlovic, V. Brtka, V. Ognjenovic, I. Berkovic
Abstract - With the current level of technological
advancement there are often processing limitations
emerging during real systems implementation. Following
paper contains discussion about possible conventional
complex computation alternatives in form of artificial
intelligence. As an example of such implementation Fast
Fourier transform algorithm is modeled using
feedforward neural network. Obtained research results,
presented below, implicate that neural networks can be
used as fast and reliable conventional methods
substitution.
demanding substitution for Cooley-Tukey FFT
algorithm must be found.
I INTRODUCTION
Fast Fourier transformation algorithms can be
very demanding in term of processing power
needed for their execution. The problem is
magnified when such algorithms must be
performed in real-time systems. Having that in
mind, FFT implementation becomes almost
impossible to achieve using embedded devices of
low processing characteristics.
According to a rule of thumb, neural network
implementation is reserved for solving problems
which are not solvable using conventional methods
[4, 5]. In our case problem can be solved using
classical approach, but as mentioned before
execution time represents the main obstacle.
Bearing in mind that emphasis is on overall speed,
not the precision, neural network can be more than
suitable solution.
One such problem occurred during CooleyTukey algorithm implementation on lower middle
class microcontroller, Fez Panda II. In fig. 1 we can
see basic specifications of Fez Panda II
microcontroller.
III ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS
An artificial network (Neural Network, NN for
short) consists of a set of simple processing units
which communicate by sending signals to each
other over a large number of weighted connections
[6]. This is the form of a parallel or distributed task
execution. Every NN consists of:
II ALTERNATIVE IN FORM OF ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE
After extensive research and quest for adequate
substitution it has been concluded that domain of
artificial intelligence could provide fast and reliable
alternative [2, 3]. Feedforward neural network with
one hidden layer was chosen as FFT substitution.
-
A set of processing units, called neurons.
-
Connections between neurons. Generally
each connection is defined by a weight wij
which determines the effect that signal
from neuron i (or group of neurons called
layer) has on neuron j.
-
The transfer function f(n) which
summarizes weighted inputs to a neuron.
Usually an argument n of the transfer
function f is calculated as standard
weighted summation.
Figure 1. Fez Panda II specs
After extensive testing following results pointed
out that current FFT implementation just is not fast
enough. Execution time for 128 point FFT at 40000
samples per second is, at average, 1.2 seconds. The
lower limit for one FFT iteration execution, defined
by the nature of the problem, is 700 milliseconds.
The only conclusion is that less computationally
Figure 2 shows the connection between a layer
of neurons i and neuron j.
51
P (t ) =
1
1 + e −t
uses sigmoid activation function (Fig. 4):
Figure 2. Standard weighted summation
Every input pi to the neuron is weighted, all
weighted inputs are summarized and finally a bias
θj is added. The output of a neuron is calculated by
a transfer function which is usually sigmoid.
The main feature of a NN is possibility of
training. Supervised training is achieved when for
every input value an target value is presented. The
goal of a training process is to learn targets for
given inputs. The learning process is conducted via
weight transformation through learning algorithm.
Most common learning algorithm for
feedforward NN is the Backpropagation algorithm
or some of its variations. Feedforward NN means
that inputs are propagated from input layer to the
next layer until output layer is reached, while the
error of output layer is propagated backwards
(backpropagation of the error). Between input and
output layers are so called hidden layers.
Figure 4. Sigmoid activation function
Activation function has been modified by
adding slope parameter β in order to prevent
phenomena known as catastrophic memory loss.
V TRAINING
Neural
network
is
trained
using
backpropagation algorithm. Starting weight values
are generated randomly. During the process of
training neural network is presented with training
sets. The first 64 elements of training set are
generated signal values and the 65th element is the
targeted frequency (figure 5).
IV SOLUTION ARCHITECTURE
Devised feedforward neural network has 64
inputs, 42 neurons in hidden layer and one output
neuron (Figure 3).
With every processed training set neural
network is updating its weight values.
Computations are determining how much the error
is changed by a small change in each weight. Then
the weights are shifted by a small amount in the
direction that reduces the error. This approach is
called gradient descent on the error [9]. There are
many algorithm variations. Standard on-line backpropagation with momentum algorithm is used in
this implementation [1].
There are three adjustable training parameters.
Alpha represents learning momentum. It effectively
keeps a moving average of the gradient descent
weight change contributions, and thus smoothes
out the overall weight changes. Eta represents
learning rate. Learning rate determines scale of
weight changes during training. If learning rate is
set too low, the training will be unnecessarily slow.
Having it too large will cause the weight changes
to oscillate wildly, and can slow down or even
prevent learning altogether. Precision is main
Figure 3. Neural Network architecture
This particular number of inputs is chosen
because of the compatibility with Cooley-Tukey
algorithm which demands samples number to be to
the power of two [7]. Input data represent voltage
readings sampled at 40000 times per second.
Expected output is incoming signal’s dominant
frequency. NN
52
training stopping condition. Based on precision
value training algorithm will stop when certain
error threshold is achieved. Higher precision value
will require longer training process.
Figure 6. Xerxes testing program
VII CONCLUSION
After analyzing obtained results we can
conclude that artificial neural networks can find
their place alongside conventional methods used
for solving computationally demanding tasks.
There are some downfalls considering precision but
with enough training average deviation can be
reduced to an acceptable level. The fact that the
execution time is only architecturally dependent
makes neural networks a very powerful tool.
Complex algorithm behavior can be replicated
using sufficient amount of their processing data.
Single neural network architecture can be used for
replicating many different behavior models with
only slight changes in neuron number.
REFERENCES
Figure 5. Training data example
[1]
Choosing right parameter values is often
determined by the nature of the problem and it’s a
matter of trial and error because there are only few
training rules that are universally applicable [9].
[2]
[3]
VI ANALYSIS RESULT
Test results have shown that the average
execution time falls around 625 milliseconds. That
is almost thirty percent faster than Cooley-Tukey
FFT algorithm. Further improvements can be
performed in order to optimize neural network and
lessen execution time.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
Xerxes program represents a proof of concept
(Figure 6). Using techniques shown above Xerxes
is able to mimic Cooley-Tukey algorithm with high
precision.
[8]
[9]
53
John A. Bullinaria, (2001). Step by Step Guide to Implementing
a Neural Network in C. School of Computer Science of The
University of Birmingham, UK.
Raul Rojas, (1996). Neural Networks, A systematic
introduction. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, New York,USA.
D.A. Pomerleau, G.L. Gusciora, D.S. Touretzky, and H.T.
Kung, (1988). Neural Network Simulation at Warp Speed: How
We Got 17 Million Connections Per Second, Proc. IEEE
International Conf. on Neural Networks, Vol. II, San
Diego,USA.
P.J.B. Hancock, (1988). Data Representation in Neural Nets: An
Empirical Study. Proceedings of the 1988 Connectionist Models
Summer School, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc,USA.
Ripley, B.D., (1996). Pattern recognition and neural networks,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
B. Kröse, Patrick van der Smagdt, (1996). An Introduction to
Neural Networks, University of Amsterdam
R.P.Lippman,(1987). An introduction to computing with neural
nets, IEEE ASSP Magazine, pp 4-22.
E. Mizutani, S.E. Dreyfus, and K. Nishio,(2000). On derivation
of MLP backpropagation from the Kelley-Bryson optimalcontrol gradient formula and its application. In Proc. of the
IEEE International Conference on Neural Networks (vol.2),
pages 167–172, Como, Italy.
Robert Turetsky, (2000). Training Neural Networks, IEEE
North Jersey Chapter, Columbia University, USA.
VISUALIZING GRAPH SEARCH
ALGORITHMS - POSITION IN TEACHING
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
V. Ognjenovic, N. Djuric, I. Berkovic and V. Brtka
Abstract – This paper presents the visualization of graph
search algorithms. A review of Dijkstra’s algorithm is
given, as a characteristic representative of this category. It
is shown on the example of this algorithm how the
algorithm visualization can be done on the basis of graph
representation. The statistical data on learning the search
algorithm, using the software for visualization within the
subject Artificial Intelligence are provided. A review of
visualization of Dijkstra’s algorithm: PathFinder and
ANIM3D is given. Basic characteristics of these
visualizations are summarized, as a basis for their use in
teaching Artificial Intelligence.
II DIJKSTRA’S ALGORITHM
Dijkstra's algorithm, conceived by Dutch
computer scientist Edsger Dijkstra is a graph
search algorithm that solves the single-source
shortest path problem for a graph with nonnegative
edge path costs, producing a shortest path tree [2].
A. Defining problems using a graph
In practice, graph
G = (V, E)
I INTRODUCTION
V – vertices, E – edges, has been added the
function of distance
Algorithm visualization software graphically
illustrates the mechanisam behind a certan
algorithm, so it can help in great measure at
understanding how an algorithm works. A good
practice at learning about graph search algorithms
is to follow a flow of a certain algorithm visually,
step by step. In the field of artificial intelligence,
where it is necessary for students to process a great
number of search algorithms, the visual interface
for displaying the mechanism of an algorithm must
be well designed.
f: E → R
which assigns length to each edge. This length, or
distance between vertices is usually a positive
integer, although it can be any real number.
An important problem in graph theory is
determining the shortest path between selected
vertices. According to [3], there are four variants of
this problem:
• distance between one to all other vertices
(single-source problem)
• distance between all vertices to one
separated
vertex
(single-destination
problem)
• distance between two distinguished vertices
(single-source, single destination problem)
• distance between all vertices (all-pairs
problem)
According to [1], the effectiveness of algorithm
visualization technology is seen in its enabling the
students to participate the course in a greater scope,
which is very similar to participation of the
instructor himself. The instructor usually creates
visualization for classroom use and uses it as a
visual aid in lectures.
This paper shows the visualization of one of
graph search algorithms – Dijkstra’s algorithm and
its use in teaching Artificial intelligence. Section
two shows Dijkstra’s algorithm from the graph
viewpoint, as a basis for visualization. Section
three is an overview of Dijkstra’s algorithm’s
visualization used for teaching Artificial
intelligence. Section four describes the basic idea
of visualization of this algorithm as a model for
teaching purposes. Section five concludes this
paper.
First three problems are considered separately
(and not as a subset of the fourth) because there are
more efficient algorithms for solving them. E.W.
Dijsktra published a paper in 1959, in which he
describes a graph search algorithm which
efficiently solves the first problem, for graph with
non-negative edge distances, outputting a shortest
path tree between selected vertices as a result [2].
54
B. Dijkstra’s algorithm overview
it's currently memorised length is final and
minimal.
5. If destination vertex is marked as visited
(when planning the path between two
selected vertices) or if minimal temporary
distance between two vertices in the
unvisited array is infinite (when complete
traversal is planned), then stop. Algorithm
is finished.
6. Mark an unvisited vertex marked with
minimal temporary distance as the next
'current vertex' and go back to step 3.
At the start of algorithm description Dijkstra
considers n vertices, of which some or all are
branch connected pairs; also length of each branch
is given – non-negative. He limits the algorithm for
a case where there is at least one path between any
two vertices, and then proposes two problems [2]:
• The first problem is construction of
minimum total length tree between n
vertices, such a tree is a graph with one and
only one path between any two vertices.
• The second problem is searching the
minimum total length path between two
given vertices P and Q.
III DIJKSTRA’S ALGORITHM VISUALIZATION
OVERVIEW
In short, algorithm starts with the initial vertex,
assigns initial values as lengths and tries to
improve them with each iteration.
1. A temporary distance value is assigned to
every vertex: zero for the initial one and
infinity to all others.
2. All vertices are marked as unvisited.
Starting vertex is marked as current. An
array of unvisited vertices is made, which is
filled with all vertices except for the starting
one.
3. For current vertex, all unvisited neighbours
are tested and their temporary distances are
calculated. For example, if current node A
is marked with temporary distance of 6, and
branch that connects it with it's neighbour B
has a length of 2 then distance to B
(through A) is 6+2=8. If this value is lesser
than previously recorded temporary
distance to B, it's overwritten. Regardless of
the fact that neighbours of a certain vertex
are tested, they are not marked as visited in
this step so they stay in the unvisited array.
4. When all neighbours of current vertex are
tested, vertex is marked as visited and is
removed from the unvisited array. The
visited array will never be checked again;
This section shows, out of many possible, the
Dijkstra’s algorithm visualization used for teaching
artificial intelligence.
C. Visualization as a teaching tool
Visualization of a certain algorithm is always a
challenge for students. This paper is another
confirmation of this claim.
C. D. Hundhausen in [1] describes his
observation of classroom activities, including 83
student groups (1-4 students each), who
constructed animations of 22 algorithm themes.
Figure 1 shows the number of student groups
having animated each algorithm theme.
The particularly popular ones were:
•
QuickSelect algorithm,
•
Dijkstra’s algorithm,
•
Kruskal and Prim’s minimum spanning tree
algorithm,
as well as breadth-first and depth-first search.
These themes were representative of the major
problem-solving techniques studied in the course:
divide-and-conquer,
greedy,
dynamic
programming, and graph algorithms.
55
Figure 1. Number of student groups that animated each algorithm theme
algorithm code line. It was done successfully in
PathFinder [4].
It has been noticed during Artificial Intelligence
classes at Technical faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”,
Zrenjanin, that there is a significant difference in
acquiring knowledge of graph search algorithms
when visual presentation is or is not present.
During the school 2011/2012 year, students have
described a segment of certain graph search
algorithm in their seminar papers and practical
work. Vast majority of them (around 80%) have
shown the operation of the algorithm by graph.
Also, a significant portion of the group used certain
applications to do it. Therefore, they were
compelled to understand operation of the algorithm
in a better way, in order to be able to describe its
next step. On the other hand, the learning material
was better adopted, since the same problem was
faced several times. This way of analyzing the
operation of these algorithms by visualization
software has induced certain students to explore the
use of Dijkstra’s algorithm.
Figure 2 and Figure 3 shows PathFinder, a new
electronic Math Teacher for active learning
Dijkstra’s algorithm. Sánchez-Torrubia and TorresBlanc in [4] defined the concept of this electronic
teacher and described the minimum and some
additional requirements.
The tool in question represents an enhanced
paradigm of this new concept on Computer Aided
Instruction (CAI) resources, i.e. an application
designed for active eLearning, following the
eMathTeacher philosophy. One of the most striking
features here is the animated algorithm
visualization panel. It shows, on the code, which
step the student is currently executing, as well as
where he had made a mistake within the algorithm
running. Another two features are the active
framework area for the algorithm data and the
capability of saving/retrieving the created graph.
D. PathFinder
M. G. Sánchez-Torrubia and C. Torres-Blanc
emphasizes the value of parallel algorithm
operation monitoring by graph and certain
56
Figure 2. PathFinder: an eMathTeacher for Dijkstra's algorithm - Areas
Figure 3. PathFinder: an eMathTeacher for Dijkstra's algorithm - Example
•
In [5] describe the minimal conditions for a tool
to be considered an eMathTeacher:
•
•
•
•
Step by step inquiring: for every process
step, the student should provide the solution
while the application waits in a stand by
mode, expecting the user's input.
Step by step evaluation: just after the user's
entry, the eMathTeacher evaluates it,
providing a tip for finding the proper
answer if it is wrong or executing it if ok.
Visualization of every step change that
happens.
Easy to use.
•
•
Flexible and reliable: allowing the user to
introduce and modify the example and to
repeat the process if desired.
Clear presentation within a nice and
friendly graphic environment, helping
insight.
Platform independency and continuous
availability (anytime, anywhere).
This way of presenting the graph search
algorithm enables direct associations for each
algorithm line, giving the students higher selfconfidence to use this algorithm.
57
E. ANIM3D
M. A. Najork and M. H. Brown describe a 3D
animation library for visualization of combinatorial
structures in one of their papers [6]. For the
purposes of this paper, algorithm animation is
taken. Although constructing a new view of an
algorithm usually takes dozens of design iterations,
consuming a lot of time, this library eases this
situation. It provides high-level constructs for
performing animations, eliminating the need for
recompilations through offering an interpretive
environment.
Also, ANIM3D develops a 3D animation of
Dijkstra’s shorthest-path algorithm in just 70 code
lines, avoidin combining SI and CGS units. Since
equations do not balance dimensionally, confusion
often occurs. If mixed units have to be used, they
have to be clearly stated for each quantity used in
an equation.
Figure 5. The snapshot shows the algorithm about one-third
complete
An 3D animation of this algorithm is shown in
Fig. 3 – Fig. 6 [6]. The vertices of the graph are
displayed as white disks in the xy plane.
Above each vertex v is a green column
representing D(v), the best distance from s to v
known so far. Initially, the columns above each
vertex other than s will be infinitely (or at least
quite) high. An edge from u to v with weight
W(u;v) is shown by a white arrow which starts at
the column over at height 0 and ends at the column
over v at height.
Figure 6. The algorithm is about 2/3 complete
Figure 4. The snapshot shows the data just before entering
the main loop
Figure 7. The algorithm upon completion
Upon completion, the 3D view shows a set of
red arrows which form the shortest-path tree, and a
set of green columns which represent the best
distance D(v) from s to v.
58
V CONCLUSION
IV GRAPH SEARCH ALGORITHM
This paper showed the visualization of graph
search algorithms as a way of learning about these
algorithms within the Artificial intelligence
teaching process. The software making successful
visualizations was shown, and the important
elements were summarized. This showed how
graph search algorithms can be used with a higher
success rate.
VISUALIZATION
Based on the previously analysed aspects,
several basic concepts of graph search algorithm
visualization can be drawn, like:
• Each change on graph occurs only in steps
related to only one graph node;
• An algorithm review is necessary for each
image (graph) change – that review can be
shown through the code itself (like in
PathFinder) or another, even picture mode,
like in ANIM3D;
• It is desirable for the visualization to
follow both steps forward and steps
backward in algorithm operation;
• Optimal time frame for complete display of
an example is desirable, which should mean
the possibility for a certain part of algorithm
operation display can be faster.
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Each analysed concept would be desirable to
evaluate, so the plan for teaching the subject of
Artificial Intelligence in the following semesters is
to perform a more detailed assessment of each
individual concept.
[5]
[6]
59
C. D. Hundhausen, “Integrating Algorithm Visualization
Technology into an Undergraduate Algorithms Course:
Ethnographic Studies of a Social Constructivist Approach”,
Computers & Education, Volume 39 Issue 3, November 2002,
doi>10.1016/S0360-1315(02)00044-1
E. W. Dijkstra, "A note on two problems in connexion with
graphs". Numerische Mathematik 1: 269–271., 1959,
doi:10.1007/BF01386390.
D. Urošević, Algoritmi u programskom jeziku C (Mikro Knjiga,
2007), str. 145.
M. G. Sánchez-Torrubia, C. Torres-Blanc, M. A. LópezMartínez, “PathFinder: A Visualization eMathTeacher for
Actively Learning Dijkstra's Algorithm“, Electronic Notes in
Theoretical Computer Science (ENTCS), Volume 224, January,
2009, doi>10.1016/j.entcs.2008.12.059
M. Gloria S_anchez-Torrubia, Carmen Torres-Blanc, and Juan
B. Castellanos. Defining eMath-Teacher tools and comparing
them with e&bLearning web based tools. In Proceedings of the
International Conference on Engineering and Mathematics
(ENMA), 2007.
M. A. Najork, M. H. Brown, “A Library for Visualizing
Combinatorial Structures”, VIS '94, Proceedings of the
conference on Visualization '94, IEEE Computer Society Press
Los Alamitos, CA, USA 1994, ISBN:0-7803-2521-4
CONTENT KNOWLEDGE AND MATURITY
IN MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER
SCIENCE EDUCATION
J. Stojanov, Z. Stojanov
University of Novi Sad, Technical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, Zrenjanin, Serbia
Abstract – This paper specifies content knowledge and
maturity as basic elements of the education in two closely
related disciplines, mathematics and computer science. An
illustrative sample from the university practice is also
presented.
II MATHEMATICAL EDUCATION
There are many approaches in improving
mathematical education. All these approaches are
with the same goal. A commitment of the teacher is
decisive, especially his willingness in formal and
informal education to become an expert in
mathematical content, mathematical maturity,
pedagogy, and computer science applications.
I INTRODUCTION
An evolutionary chain of languages, made by
Robert Logan [1], contain six components: speech,
writing, mathematics, science, computing and the
Internet. Globally, writing and mathematics
emerged at the same time, approximately 3100
years BC. Science appeared after 1000 years.
Computing and Internet have appeared in the last
century. Logan develops the hypothesis that the last
two languages are of the same importance as any of
the previous languages in the chain.
Mathematical content knowledge is roughly
speaking problem-solving skill. The focus is on
learning a lot of arithmetic, algebraic and
geometric procedures and their usage in solving a
wide range of mathematical problems.
Mathematical maturity involves understanding,
solving encountered mathematical problems,
posing problems, proving theorems, precise
mathematical communication, reasoning and logic.
Maturity is evident also in being able to use general
mathematic knowledge and to make connections
over a wide range of disciplines. Maturity is not
specific to any particular content area and it is
independent of amount known facts.
Writing is closely related with reading and is
defined by a script and writing/reading rules. Some
aims of the educational circles are fluency,
comprehension and use of reading in learning
different teaching facilities.
Mathematics is one of the most important
components of school’s curriculum. However, the
content, teaching methods and resorts are under
permanent criticism and changes. There is a
general agreement that the results of mathematical
teaching are not successful enough.
Math content knowledge
Low
The world we live in is mathematically very
complex. Many mathematical words and
expressions are widely used in everyday
communications. The use of money, time
measuring, distance concept, and many others, are
strongly based on mathematics.
S-A
S-B
Medium
High
Math maturity
Low
S-B
Medium
S-A
High
Figure 1. Separate expertise scale for math content and math
maturity [Morsund]
Relation between mathematics and computer
science is significant, and their interaction multiply
affects on mathematical education.
Progressions in content knowledge and maturity
are mutually independent, however of the same
importance. A person may have a high level of
math content knowledge and a low level of math
maturity, or vice versa. Figure 1 provides an
60
example of two hypothetical students: Student A
(S-A) and Student B (S-B) [2].
information, knowledge, procedures and data
representation. Moursund stated: Learning is a
process of revising models (perhaps even to the
extent of discontinuing use of a model), and
building new models [2].
Mathematical teacher should be an expert in
both, content knowledge and maturity, and more, in
mathematical pedagogical knowledge. However,
some researches [3][4] show rather low level of
pedagogical knowledge and mathematical maturity.
Through the number line concept, an example
of assimilation and accommodation of mental
model will be presented. A very young child does
not know a notion of number, but it has a good
sense of quantity. He knows very well witch pile
contains more candies. At kindergarten, he learns a
notion of number by comparing sets with same
number of different elements. At this moment, a
mental model consists only of small counting
numbers (up to 10) represented by some “abstract”
sets. (And this is a preoperational stage.) Next step
is setting up the numbers on the line, with a remark
on open right end. Significant accommodation of
the model is introduction of zero and negative
numbers. This model allows adding and
subtracting, so here is the beginning of concrete
operational
stage.
Further,
there
are
accommodations for fractions and rational
numbers, and the last one, the introduction of
irrational numbers. The last stage, abstract thinking
involves cognition of continuity on the number
line, and facts that unit measure and direction are
sufficient for its defining. Assimilation and
accommodation toward math content is presented
at figure 2.
Reading and writing mathematical contents are
very useful, especially for understanding. First, the
aim is to learn reading mathematical content that is
rather different of reading in oral language. For the
sake of mathematical maturity, there should be
another mode – reading to learn mathematics.
Burns stated [5]: Writing in math class supports
learning because it requires students to organize,
clarify and reflect on their ideas – all useful
processes for making sense of mathematics. In
addition, when students write, their papers provide
a window into their understanding, their
misconceptions, and their feelings about the
content there’re learning.
Sensorimotor
Cognitive development is very important part of
education. Although it is a continuous process,
there are four stages in Jean Piaget’s cognitive
development
model
[6]:
sensorimotor,
preoperational, concrete operations and formal
operations (abstract thinking). Piaget’s approach is
based on construction/constitution and analysis of
mental models. Moving through these stages
depends on nature and nurture as hereditary and
environmental factors. Progress through the first
two stages considers understanding of the
environment and initial usage of symbols. It is
more dependent on nature. Influence of the nurture
is essential in stages of concrete and formal
operations. The third stage implies logical thinking,
systematic manipulation of symbols and reversible
mental actions, i.e. operational thinking. In
mathematics, it is a content knowledge level.
Abstract and systematical thinking, problem
solving and testing hypotheses are some of the
characteristics in formal operations stage, which is
open-ended, and in mathematics is related with
maturity. Biological mature is only the basis for the
last stage, but favorably environment and support
are necessary. Moreover, cognitive development of
one person may progress differently in separate
disciplines. This leads to formation of different
cognitive expectations in disciplines such is
mathematics, especially in geometry and
probability.
Formal operations
(abstract thinking)
Concrete operations
Preoperational
Very young child has a sense for less and more
-3
-2
-1
-3
-2
-1 -
-3
-2
-1
0
2
3
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
3
4
1
3
2
2
0
1
2
2
0
1
0
1
2
1
ε
3
π
4
Figure 2. Assimilation and accommodation of mental model
through the number line concept
Generally, patterns can be stored in human’s
mind, so they can be thought as some models of
61
Solving problem is a major issue in
mathematical education. Unfortunately, it is often a
major goal of both, the teacher and its students, to
reach the solution of a posted problem. In that
purpose, reading to learn mathematics tends to be a
looking for an example that seems to be similar
enough. However, it develops only solving skills
and contributes sometimes to content knowledge. It
should not be taught to solve problem of this or that
kind, but to develop a general attitude for the
solution of problems. For the sake of mathematical
maturity, and in contrast with an algorithm, some
concepts of heuristic strategies should be involved
in solving problems: drawing a picture, breaking a
big problem into smaller, trials and errors,
developing a similar but simpler problem, library
research. This means a plan of action that may
help, but is not guaranteed to help. The solving
should have the main purpose of increasing general
knowledge, and not the solution.
science and engineering. The short definition of
computing, taken from [8] is:
The discipline of computing is the systematic study
of algorithmic processes that describe and
transform information: their theory, analysis,
design, efficiency, implementation, and application.
The fundamental question underlying all of
computing is, “What can be (efficiently)
automated?”
The question stated in the previous quotation is
one of the most inspiring questions in human
history, and it suggests that Computer Science
should have existed long before the advent of
digital computers [9]. The roots of computing are
influenced by mathematics and engineering (see
Figure 3.). Analysis in computing is influenced by
mathematics, while engineering influences design.
Moreover, there are formed computer departments
in academia that have mathematical or engineering
emphasis. Computer science departments with a
mathematics emphasis and with a numerical
orientation are usually named as computational
departments.
An influence of the computer and information
science on mathematical education is evident, even
in the teaching curriculums. Sometimes, it is
justifiable, but sometimes it is not. For example,
procedure of square root calculation is completely
through. However, it is comprehensible. On the
other hand, it provides significant help or even
complete solutions for wide range of problems, so
why not to use it? It is hard to harmonize that offer
with basic principles of mathematical education
such as mathematical thinking and solving
problems.
Computer science
An
aly
s
is
Mathematics
Relation between mathematics and computer
science is significant, and their interaction multiply
affects on mathematical education.
s
De
n
ig
Engineering
Figure 3. Influences on computer science education
However, it is considered that computer science
has much closer relationship with mathematics than
many scientific disciplines. This is consequence of
the influence that mathematical issues such
mathematical logic, Boolean algebra for circuit
design, category theory, algebra, algorithms for
solving equations and other classes of problems in
mathematics have on early development of
computer science field. Some academicians try to
include
computer
science
discipline
in
mathematics,
while others
propose that
mathematics is a part of computer science, but
neither of these inclusions is valid [9]. It is betted
to describe the relationships between mathematics
and computer science as mutual impact, and to
consider different roles these disciplines have on
person’s education. Although both disciplines are
necessary for the development of human society,
the visibility and the case of use of computer
III COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT IN COMPUTER
SCIENCE EDUCATION
Computer science discipline was born in the
early 1940 with the confluence of algorithm theory,
mathematical logic and the invention of electronic
computer [7]. The term computer science is later
interchangeably used with terms such as computer
science and engineering, computing, and
informatics. The main effort in computer science
discipline has been directed toward human-made
processes, especially to information processing
systems and machines. The main difference
between computer science and computer
engineering is that computer science is focused on
analysis and abstraction, while computer
engineering on abstraction and design [8]. The term
computing is used to embrace all of computer
62
science advancements tend to get the credit in
society [2].
Based on the previous discussion, computer
science education depends of many people that
influence children growth. Formal education comes
from regular classroom teachers or computer
technology specialists, while informal education
comes from parents, older siblings, colleagues in
school and friends.
Computer science is fundamentally based on
computational thinking that is skill for everyone,
not just for computer scientists [10]. From the early
childhood, humans gain analytical skills and
computational thinking through reading, writing
and basic arithmetic. Wing stated fundamental
characteristics of computational thinking [10]:
• Computational thinking is related to
conceptualizing,
not
programming.
Therefore, it requires thinking at multiple
level of abstraction.
• Computational thinking is fundamental, not
rote skill. Interesting challenge is to make
computers think like humans, but without
devolving humans to rote behavior because
of computer assistance in daily activities.
• Computational thinking is a way that
human think, not computer. It is related to
how humans solve problems. We should
never forget that humans design and
instruct computers to solve problems.
• Computational thinking complements and
combines mathematical and engineering
thinking. Mathematics provide formal basis
for computing, while engineering aspect is
related to building systems that solve
problems and interact with the real world.
• It is based on ideas, not artifacts. The basis
for computing is human ideas that are
further realized through artifacts such as
Computer science education can be viewed
through cognitive development of students. Jean
Piaget, biologist, philosopher, and behavioural
scientist, developed one of the most significant
theories in cognitive development [6]. This theory
is based on the process of coming to know and the
stages through which is knowing ability gradually
acquired. Piaget proposed four sequential stages of
development: sensorimotor stage, preoperational
stage, concrete operational stage, and formal
operational stage. Lutz and Huitt [11] discussed
adoption and extensions of Piaget’s theory of
cognitive development in many scientific
disciplines. Following the reasoning that led to
math cognitive development scale Moursund [2]
developed a computer science cognitive
development scale with the following stages:
• Stage 1: Piagetian Sensorimotor. Informal
education usually provided by parents and
other caregivers that contribute to general
progress in sensory motor development and
becoming
acquainted
with
ICT
environment.
• Stage 2: ICT Preoperational. It includes
both informal and formal ICT education in
preschool. This stage is characterized with
considerable development of speed and
accuracy in using mouse, touch pad and
similar multimedia devices.
• Stage 3: ICT Concrete Operations. It
included both informal and formal
education, but with increasing importance
of formal education. During this stage,
children start to think logically, which is
demonstrated through systematic and
logical manipulation with symbols related
to concrete objects. In addition, at this stage
children start to use variety of software
tools, as well as to work in graphical
manipulation environments like studios for
working with digital photography.
• Stage 4: CS Formal Operations. Openended developmental stage with begins of
systematic and abstract thought. Requires
ICT knowledge, skills and speed in
representing and solving problems at the
software and hardware.
Both computer science and math education
begin in the early childhood. Through playing
children gradually learn some concepts from math
and computing. However, there is a significant
difference between math and computer science
education. Math education is driven by detailed
scope and sequence, state and national standards,
books and other materials tied to standards, and
state and national assessment [2]. In contrast,
education in computer science comes from
combination of formal and self-instructions. The
samples for informal, or self-instructed education
in computer science are activities such as playing
computer games, or searching for content on
Internet. Through these activities, children gain
some sense and knowledge about using mouse and
keyboard for particular purpose. Informal and selfinstructing education also includes using digital
devices such as cell phones, cameras, music
storage and playback devices, and so on.
63
•
•
level of high school graduate students. This
stage continues into adulthood and requires
a solid college-level CS course.
Stage 5: Abstract CS Operations.
Characterized with content proficiency and
maturity at the level of contemporary CS
texts at senior undergraduate level. At this
stage are situated capabilities to solve high
level CS problems posed by others.
Stage 6: Computer Scientist. This is very
high level of CS proficiency and maturity.
At this stage is situated research work that
advances the field, and work related to
posing and solving problems at the level of
contemporary frontiers.
•
•
IV SAMPLE FROM THE PRACTICE
As a sample that illustrates the difference
between content knowledge and maturity in
computer science programming task in assembly
language for Intel 80x86 microprocessors will be
presented [12][13]. The task is to write a program
that solves a simple problem that uses matrices. As
it is presented in figure 3, the knowledge in
computer science has its root in mathematics and
engineering. For the stated task, the following is
assumed:
• Students should have knowledge about the
specific topic from mathematics. This also
assumes that students have appropriate
maturity level in mathematics related to
abstract thinking and understanding of
multidimensional arrays.
• Students should have strong technical
knowledge related to digital electronics
and computer architecture. This means
that students are familiar with the inner
structure of selected microprocessor and
organization of RAM memory.
• Students should know syntax of target
assembly language, and should be familiar
with software development tools.
do not know computer organization, or do
not know how to use programming tools.
This situation illustrates the lack of
content knowledge in the domain of
computer science.
Student solves a problem in the domain,
and writes a program that implements the
solution. When a student has higher level
of content knowledge and maturity in
mathematics, he is able to provide a set of
possible solutions, and to select the
optimal one. Usually, in that case a student
has enough content knowledge in
computer science for writing a program
that will implement the solution.
Student solves a problem in the domain,
and writes a program that implements the
solution. When the student is capable to
easily write a program for the stated
problem by using different programming
structures, and/or different available
libraries, we can talk about the increased
level of maturity level in computer
science.
Efficient solving of different problems in a
selected domain and capability to provide several
solutions and to discuss their efficiency, require
specific domain knowledge and maturity level,
technical knowledge in computer science and
engineering, and increased maturity level in
computer science.
This sample illustrates the necessity to include
subjects that will provide strong mathematical
knowledge, engineering knowledge, and develop
specific computer science knowledge and skills in
the curriculums for computer science and
V CONCLUSIONS
Math and computing education are closely
connected, which is evident from long history of
mathematics and computing. Many people and
organizations are involved in development and
change of these disciplines. Changes start in
mathematical and computer science education and
influence all areas where these disciplines are used.
The major role in changes in both disciplines plays
ICT that provides powerful hardware and
networking infrastructure, information retrieval
systems and tools that can solve or help in solving
a wide range of problems. Changes should increase
proficiency and maturity of pupils and students in
both mathematics and computing. This paper
The common situations in the practice are:
• Student knows enough about the computer
organization and programming, but do not
have knowledge about the domain of the
problem. This illustrates the weak
knowledge in mathematics. In that case
there is no sense to discuss about maturity
level in mathematics.
• Student knows the solution of the problem
(he has domain content knowledge), but
64
[4]
discusses development of content knowledge and
maturity in mathematics and computer science and
presents cognitive development scales for both
disciplines.
[5]
[6]
A sample from the university practice is also
provided with the aim to illustrate the concepts of
content knowledge and maturity in mathematics
and computer science. The sample is described on
the conceptual level, without unnecessary practical
details. However, some important remarks and
conclusions are derived, and these remarks should
direct both further research and the practice at
university.
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
R. K. Logan. The Sixth Language: Learning a Living in the
Internet Age, 2nd Edition. The Blackburn Press. Caldwell, New
Jersey, USA. 2004.
D. Moursund. Computational Thinking and Math Maturity:
Improving Math Education in K-8 Schools (Second Edition).
University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon, USA. 2006.
L. Ma. Knowing and Teaching Elementary Mathematics.
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Mahwah, NJ, USA. 1999.
[11]
[12]
[13]
65
S. Emerick, Eric Hirsch and Barnett Berry. Does highly
qualified mean high-quantity? ASCD InfoBrief, November
2004.
M. Burns. Writing in Math Class: A Resource for Grades 2-8.
Math Solutions Publications. Sausalito, CA, USA. 1995.
J. Piaget. The psychology of intelligence, 2nd Edition.
Routledge. London, UK. 2001. [Originally published in 1950].
P. J. Denning. “Computer Science: The Discipline”. In
Encyclopedia of Computer Science, 4th Edition (Anthony
Ralston, Edwin D. Reilly, and David Hemmendinger, Eds).
Grove's Dictionaries, New York, NY, USA. 2000.
D. E. Comer, D. Gries, M. C. Mulder, A. Tucker, A. J. Turner,
P. R. Young. “Computing as a discipline”. Communications of
the ACM, Vol. 32, Issue 1, January 1989, pp. 9-23. DOI:
10.1145/63238.63239.
D. E. Knuth. “Computer Science and Its Relation to
Mathematics”. The American Mathematical Monthly, Vol. 81,
1974, pp. 323-343.
J. M. Wing. “Computational thinking”. Communications of the
ACM - Self managed systems, Vol. 49, Issue 3, March 2006, pp.
33-35. DOI: 10.1145/1118178.1118215.
S. T. Lutz and W. G. Huitt. “Connecting cognitive development
and constructivism: Implications from theory for instruction and
assessment”. Constructivism in the Human Sciences, Vol. 9,
Issue 1, pp. 67-90. 2004.
B. B. Brey. The Intel 32-bit microprocessors: 80386, 80486, and
Pentium. Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA, 1997.
R. Detmer. Introduction to 80x86 Assembly Language and
Computer Architecture. Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Sudbury,
MA, USA, 2001.
VIRTUALIZATION TECHNOLOGY IN
HIGHER EDUCATION IT COURSES
D. Dobrilovic, V. Jevtic, B. Odadzic
University of Novi Sad/Technical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, Zrenjanin, Republic of Serbia
[email protected], [email protected] and [email protected]
Abstract – Growing technology in the field of ICT
emphasizes importance of expert education for their use.
The main sources of such education should be universities,
and numerous factors that influence on its efficiency
should be reconsidered. This paper deals with university
education for various IT courses that demand network
infrastructure for their teaching program. Besides
laboratories with real network equipment, which enable
students to work in real network environment,
virtualization technology and appropriate software can be
used for teaching computer networks and other courses
such as data and system security, system administration,
etc.
development, data bases [12], distributed network
platforms and other [13]. The most popular use of
virtual laboratories is in the field of computer
network education. There are many different
platforms developed for those purposes, as well as
the ones primarily designed for experimenting and
networking concepts studying. Recently, the new
appliance of virtualization technology in the area
of data and system security has emerged as well.
This paper describes the most characteristic
environments of virtual network laboratories as
well as their main features. The example of
proposed virtual laboratory, named VNLab is
showed too.
This paper describes the most characteristic environments
of virtual network laboratories as well as their main
features. The new virtual laboratory, named VNLab, is
proposed and described in this paper.
II VIRTUAL NETWORK ENVIRONMENTS
I INTRODUCTION
In this section, the brief presentation of various
approaches to creation of virtual network
laboratories is presented, as well as the
summarization of their main characteristics [14].
Rapid
development
of
computer
communications influenced on importance of
expert education which will use these
technologies. In the first place, expert education is
provided by universities and other academic
institutions. Efficiency of this education mostly
depends on laboratory conditions used for its
practical part. High equipment costs, its constant
changing and upgrade requests complicate
maintenance of computer laboratories. All these
reasons reflect on growing importance of software
solution in this area.
A. VNUML (Virtual Network User Mode Linux)
Open-source tool with a general purpose, based
on network scenarios is VNUML. It was
developed in 2004 at Telematics Engineering
Department of Technical University of Madrid, as
part of Euro6IX research project for experimenting
in the area of IPv6 network systems. Its primary
aim was to simulate computer networks and to be
a tool for creating virtual network polygon test.
VNUML was based on User-mode Linux (UML)
technology.
One of the modern ways for adopting practical
and functional knowledge about computer
networks and systems is virtualization software for
network modeling and teaching. [1, 2]
Virtualization software proved itself as efficient
enough for virtual laboratories creation [3, 4, 5, 6],
and its primary role was to create experimental
environment for new technologies, as well as
developing and testing network software. The
other, but not less important purpose of virtual
laboratories is in education of information
technology experts, i.e. for engineering education.
Many examples confirm this statement. Virtual
laboratories can be used in the fields of: operating
systems [7], system administration and networks
security [8, 9, 10, 11], server and client software
VNUML was developed from the laboratory
with local access (available as Live CD too) to the
environment with remote access.
B. Netkit
The second important network emulation
system based on the same virtualization
technology is Netkit [15]. It is fully developed at
open-source
software.
It
contains
four
components: kernel, system file image, software
for virtual hub and the set of defined user
commands. The Netkit environment was
66
developed for experimental purpose in computer
networks domain. The project of its development
started in 2005 in the Computer Networks
Research Group at University of Roma Tre, and it
was the part of Linux User Group LUG Roma 3
project for creating costless educational
environment. The project was extended by XML
based language named NetML. The purpose of
NetML was to describe network topology used in
network scenario of particular environment [16,
17, 18].
F. Manage Large Networks (MLN)
MLN is an open-source package that represents
tool for defining computer networks. The system
uses User-Mode Linux (UML) or Xen as
virtualization software and different virtual
machines based on different Linux distributions.
MLN language was also developed and it
simplifies network scenarios creation and
configuration. Students may use this system by
script files written in this language.
G. Marionnet
Netkit is used by many universities as teaching
tool. The system is designed for working with
local access. Besides installation package, there is
a Live CD version too. The main drawback of this
system is inability of UML to support other
operating system than Linux.
Marionnet [21] is virtual network laboratory
that enables defining, configuring and running
complex networks and their devices such as:
switches, hubs, routers and cables. It is a free
application created for Linux platform and based
on UML and VDE [22] virtualization tools.
C. V-NetLab
H. vBET
V-NetLab environment represents complex
structure with one NFS server. This server is used
as storage for virtual machines and its disk image
files. The V-NetLab has nine workstations with
Linux
operating
system
and
VMware
virtualization software. The system has a gateway
that enables users to access the virtual network and
command interface. [19]
vBET system [23] is UMLbased. Users
describe
scenario
by
textually
oriented
specification
language.
Parser
processes
specification and generates a script. Running the
script virtual node and virtual topology are
created. After the experiment scenario may be
canceled. vBET language is similar to the NetML
and MLN, because automation of running
commands on virtual machines is not allowed.
Some of the exercises for this environment
include: firewall system configuration with
iptables software, network analysis (with tools
such as: ping, traceroute and nmap) and network
intrusion detection with snort tool.
I. Dynagen
Dynagen [24] differs from abovementioned
systems. This system is oriented to the creation of
scenarios made of emulated Cisco routers, based
on Dynamips technology. The main advantage of
this system is high level of scenario reality while
its main drawback is inability to emulate any other
platform or node type (such as server or working
station) except for Cisco router.
D. VELNET
Virtual Environment for Learning Networking
–VELNET,
uses
VMWare
Workstation
virtualization software with different guest
operating systems (Windows XP, Windows NT
Workstation, OpenBSD). Unlike other solutions
with Linux environment as dominant one,
Windows platform prevails in this case. VELNET
was developed in 2003 in the School for
computing and information technology at the
University of Western Sidney, Australia.
J. VNLab (Virtual Network Laboratory)
VNLab is an online educational system that
distributes learning material, as well as learning
environment, using the network infrastructure. The
laboratory is based on virtualization technology.
VNLabwas developed during 2007 at Technical
Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, University of Novi Sad,
Serbia. Initially, it was used as teaching
environment for Computer Network course for
bachelor students at Information technology study
program. Nowadays, its usage is being expanded
with support for Data and Network Security
Course. There is an ongoing research in order to
expand the VNLab usability to other courses as
well [25].
E. VlabNet
VlabNet project is based on Debian operating
system, Xen virtualization software and Quagga
Routing Suite routing software. This solution
represents one of the first attempts of combining
virtual machines and physical network equipment.
[20]
67
VNLab represents hardware-software model of
virtual network laboratory [25, 26, 27, 28, 29].
VNLab is based on Microsoft Virtual Server 2005
R2 [30] virtualization software (Figure 2.).
CCIE), Juniper (JNCIAm, JNCIS and JNCIE)
Redhat (RHCE, RHCT), Microsoft (MSCE,
MSCA) and Novell (CLP). It can be used for
experimenting and working with Cisco IOS and
Juniper JunOS operating systems [31].
K. GNS3 (Graphical Network Simulator)
As shown in Table I, the dominant
virtualization software is UML (User Mode
Linux), but variety of other software can be used
with great effectiveness as well.
GNS3 is graphical simulator which enables
complex networks simulation [31]. Comparing to
previous ones, it is a totally different environment
and the only similarity is virtualization software:
Dynamips, Qemu and VirtualBox VM. To provide
simulation
environment
for
complex
communication systems (Figure 1.), GNS3 has
been integrated together with following program
packages:
TABLE 1. VIRTUALIZATION TECHNOLOGIES
Environment
name
VNUML
Netkit
V-NetLab
VELNET
VLabNet
MLN
Marionnet
vBET
Dynagen
- Dynamips – Cisco IOS emulator,
- Dynagen – text based interface for Dynamips,
- Qemu – generic and open source emulator and
virtualization tool,
- VirtualBox – free virtualization software,
- Wireshark – open source program for packages
analysis.
VNLab
GNS3
Virtualization
technology
UML
UML
VMWare
VMWare
Xen
UML, Xen
UML, VDE
UML
Dynagen
MS Virtual
Server 2005
Dynagen, Qemu,
VirtualBox
Education Curses
Computer Networks
Computer Networks
Security
Computer Networks
Computer Networks
Computer Networks
Computer Networks
Computer Networks
Computer Networks
Computer Networks,
Security
Various
The choice for suitable virtualization platform
is simplified, i.e. multiple platforms may be used
with the same efficiency. Also, table shows that
dominant usage of this environment for learning
purposes is related to networking related course.
Despite this dominance, there are some efforts for
transforming existing virtual environment or
creating completely new one intended for
implementation of Data and Network Security
course.
Figure 1. Simulation environment in GNS3
GNS3 is a tool designed for laboratory
exercises creation for future engineers and
administrators, as well as for exam preparation for
next certificates: Cisco (CCNA, CCNP, CCIP and
Figure 2. The VNLab v2.0 architecture
68
Firewall IPv6
III LABORATORY EXERCISES FOR DATA AND
NETWORK SECURITY COURSE
Firewall IPv6 principles, configuration,
iptables6, packet filtering, network and system
security.
Following laboratory exercises are developed
for usage at Technical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin” for
Data and Network Security course. These
exercises are partly realized in VNLab
environment and partly in the GNS3 environment.
Some of the exercises are in experimental and
prototype phase. Each presented lab is described
with basic topics covered by an exercise.
SecLab06
IDS (Intrusion Detection System)
IDS basics. Basic snort configuration, basic
rules, tests and experiments. The lab is in the
prototype and testing phase.
SecLab00
SecLab07
SecLab environment and Linux OS
System security assessment
Introductory exercise. CentOs Linux basics,
SecLab and GNS3 environment, Linux operating
system, Linux file system, network settings,
configuration files, commands: ifconfig, route and
ping.
Server ports an netstat, port scanning. Nmap
options and usage. The lab is in the prototype and
testing phase.
SecLab01
IPSec VPN
SSH protocol
IPSec protocol basic. VPN basic. Strongwan
package. Basic IPSec Site-to-Site VPN
configuration and simple scenario. The lab is in
the prototype and testing phase.
SecLab08
Basics of SSH protocol, basic SSH server
configuration, starting and stopping the server,
basic usage of SSH client software. User creation
for remote SSH login. Private and public key
creation with RSA algorithm. Copying key to the
SSH server using SCP protocol. Login to the SSH
server using private key. SSH protocol analyses.
IV LABORATORY EXERCISES FOR NETWORK
COMPUTER COURSE
Following laboratory exercises are developed
for usage at Technical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin” for
Computer Network course. These exercises are
realized in VNLab environment. Each presented
lab is described with basic topics covered by an
exercise.
SecLab02
FTP server security
FTP, SFTP, SSL and TLS protocol basics.
Basic FTP server (vsftpd) configuration. Stopping
and starting FTP server. FTP and SFTP client
basics. Using openssl for certificate generation.
Configuration of FTP server for secure connection.
VNLab00
VNLab environment and LinuxOS
Introductory exercise, VNLab environment,
Linux operating system, Linux file system,
network settings, configuration files, commands:
ifconfig, route and ping.
SecLab03
Web apache server security
SSL and TLS protocols. Basic HTTP server
(apache) configuration. Stopping and starting
HTTP server. Creation of self-signed certificate.
Ssl.conf and its configuration. Access to the https
site.
VNLab01
IPv4 addressing and static routing – part 1
IPv4 addressing, IP address, netmask, network
prefix, network address, broadcast address, routing
introduction, static routing, commands: route add,
route del, route, netconfig, ping and traceroute.
SecLab04
Firewall IPv4
iptables, packet filtering, NAT, port forwarding,
network and system security.
VNLab02
SecLab05
IPv4 addressing, IP address, netmask,
broadcoast address, static routing, network design,
IPv4 addressing and static routing – part 2
69
default route, commands: route add, route del,
route, netconfig, ping and traceroute.
Server software – part 2
File /etc/services, starting and stopping
services, commands netstat and telnet. Server
software configuration: apache (web server),
proftpd (ftp server) and bind (DNS server).
VNLab03
IPv6 addressing and static routing
IPv6, IPv6 addressing, global-unicast address,
site-local address, link-local address, IPv6 static
routing, 6to4 tunneling, ND protocol, commands:
route add, route del, route show and traceroute.
VNLab10
Firewall
iptables, packet filtering, NAT, port forwarding,
network and system security.
VNLab04
RIP routing protocol
VNLab11
Dynamic routing, RIP protocol basics,
Zebra/quagga multiprotocol routing software,
Cisco IOS-like environment, router configuration,
commands: router rip, passive interface and
network.
Firewall IPv6
iptables6, packet filtering, network and system
security.
VNLab05
V CONCLUSION
OSPF routing protocol – backbone area
This paper showed the main characteristics of
virtual network laboratories used for modern
education in computer networks and other related
courses. The architecture of proposed virtual
network laboratory, VNLab, is presented too.
Dynamic routing, OSPF protocol basics,
interior gateway protocols, area 0 (backbone), path
costs, Zebra/quagga multiprotocol routing
software, Cisco IOS-like environment, commands:
router ospf, passive interface, network, area and
ipospf cost.
Numerous learning environments based on
virtualization technology are given together with
their comparison. It showed that dominant
virtualization software is UML (User Mode
Linux), but variety of other software can be used
with great effectiveness as well.
VNLab06
OSPF routing protocol – multiple areas
Dynamic routing, OSPF protocol basics,
interior gateway protocols, multiple areas, area
types, path costs, Zebra/quagga multiprotocol
routing software, Cisco IOS like environment,
commands: router ospf, passive interface, network,
area and ipospf cost.
Presented lab exercises for two IT courses
proved that usability of virtual laboratories is
highly effective environment for IT engineering
education.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
VNLab07
This research is financially supported by
Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic
of Serbia under the project number TR32044 “The
development of software tools for business process
analysis and improvement”, 2011-2014.It is an
extended and modified version of a paper
presented at the International Conference on
Information
technology
and
education
development (ITRO2012), held on June 29th2012,
in Zrenjanin, Republic of Serbia.
BGP routing protocol
Dynamic routing, BGP protocol basic, exterior
gateway protocols, Zebra/quagga multiprotocol
routing software, Cisco IOS-like environment,
autonomous system, neighbors, commands: router
bgp, network and neighbor.
VNLab08
Server software – part 1
TCP and UDP protocols and ports, server
software, programming simple client and server
software, compiling and installing server software
(source code) and rpm packages.
[1]
VNLab09
[2]
REFERENCES
70
Li Feng, Yu Nana, Design and implementation of TCP/IP
protocol learning tool, Proceedings of the Entertainment for
education, and 5th international conference on E-learning and
games, Springer-Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg, Germany, 2010.
Nurul Sarkar, Tools for teaching computer networking and
hardware concepts, Information Science Publishing, London,
UK, 2006.
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
Wojciech Kuczborski, A computer network laboratory based on
the concept of virtual machines, World Transactions on
Engineering and Technology Education 2005, UICEE, Vol.4,
No.1, Perth, Australia, 2005.
Jeroen van der Ham, Gert Jan Verhoog, Virtual environments
for networking experiments “Analytical Network Project”
Masters System and Network Administration, University of
Amsterdam,
Netherlands,
http://staff.science.uva.nl/~vdham/research /publications/anpjvdh-gjv.pdf, July 1, 2004.
Kuthonuzo Luruo, Virtual Networking with User-Mode Linux,
Linux for you pro, No. 27, March 2005.
Kuthonuzo Luruo, Getting to Virtual Networking Nirvana,
Linux for you pro, No. 27, May 2005.
Dobrilović Dalibor, Stojanov Željko, Using virtualization
software in operating systems course, Proceedings of the 4th
IEEE International Conference on Information Technology:
Research and Education - ITRE 2006, pp. 222-226, ISBN: 14244-0859-8, Tel Aviv, Israel, 16-19 October 2006, DOI:
10.1109/ITRE.2006.381569
Charles Border, The development and deployment of a multiuser, remote access virtualization system for networking,
security, and system administration classes, Proceedings of the
38th SIGCSE technical symposium on Computer science
education (SIGCSE '07), pp 576-580, ACM New York, NY,
USA, 2007.
Xinli Wang, Guy C. Hembroff, Rick Yedica, Using VMware
VCenter lab manager in undergraduate education for system
administration and network security, Proceeding of ACM
conference on Information technology education (SIGITE '10),
pp 43-51, October 7–9, Midland, Michigan, USA, 2010.
Kyle E. Stewart, Jeffrey W. Humphries, Todd R. Andel,
Developing a virtualization platform for courses in networking,
systems administration and cyber security education,
Proceedings of the 2009 Spring Simulation Multiconference
(SpringSim '09), Society for Computer Simulation International
San Diego, CA, USA, 2009.
Li Yang, Teaching system and network administration using
virtual PC, Journal of Computing Sciences in Colleges archive,
Vol. 23, Issue 2, Consortium for Computing Sciences in
Colleges, USA, December 2007.
Bullers, Jr., W. I. , Burd S., Seazzu, A. F., Virtual machines - an
idea whose time has returned: application to network, security,
and database courses, Proceedings of the 37th SIGCSE technical
symposium on Computer science education (SIGSCE’06), pp
102-106, March 03-05 Houston, Texas, USA, 2006.
Benjamin R. Anderson, Amy K. Joines, Thomas E. Daniels,
Xen worlds: leveraging virtualization in distance education,
Proceedings of Annual Joint Conference Integrating Technology
into Computer Science Education (ITiCSE), pp 293-297, Paris,
France, July 2009.
Dalibor Dobrilovic, Modeling virtual network laboratory based
on virtualization technology, LAP Lambert Academic
Publishing, Saarbrücken, Germany, ISBN: 978-3-659-30198-8,
pages 236.
Netkit project (Web site), http://www.netkit.org, retrieved 2006.
Rimondini M., Emulation of Computer Networks with Netkit,
Technical Report RT-DIA-113-2007, Dipartimento di
Informatica e Automazione, Universit`a di Roma Tre: Rome,
Italy, 2007.
Pizzonia M, Rimondini M, Netkit: easy emulation of complex
networks on inexpensive hardware, Proceedings of the 4th
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
[23]
[24]
[25]
[26]
[27]
[28]
[29]
[30]
[31]
71
International Conference on Testbeds and research
infrastructures for the development of networks & communities
(TridentCom2008), Innsbruck, Austria, March 2008.
Netkit project (Web site) – section official labs,
http://wiki.netkit.org/ index.php/Labs_Official, retrieved 2011.
Weiqing Sun, Varun Katta, Kumar Krishna, R. Sekar, VNetLab: An Approach for Realizing Logically Isolated Networks
for Security Experiments, Proceedings of (CSET'08), San Jose,
USA, July 28 – August 1, 2008.
Valerie J. H. Powell, Christopher T. Davis, Randall S. Johnson,
Peter Y. Wu, John C. Turchek, Ian W. Parker, VLabNet: the
integrated design of hands-on learning in information security
and networking, Proceedings of the 4th annual conference on
Information security curriculum development (InfoSecCD'07),
ACM New York, NY, USA, 2007.
Jean-Vincent Loddo, Luca Saiu, Marionnet: a virtual network
laboratory and simulation tool, SimulationWorks, March 4,
Marseille, France, 2008.
Davoli R., VDE: Virtual Distributed Ethernet, Proceedings of
First International Conference on Testbeds and Research
Infrastructures for the DEvelopment of NeTworks and
COMmunities (TRIDENTCOM'05), pp 213-220, February 2325, Trento, Italy, 2005.
Jiang, X., D. Xu., vBET: a VM-Based Emulation Testbed,
Proceedings of the ACM SIGCOMM 2003 Workshops, pp 95–
104, Karlsruhe, Germany, August, 2003.
Anuzelli G, Dynagen: The Network Configuration Generator
for Dynamips, http://dynagen.org, 2007.
Dalibor Dobrilovic, Vesna Jevtic, Borislav Odadzic,
"Expanding Usability of Virtual Network Laboratory in IT
Engineering Education", International Journal of Online
Engineering,
Vol.
9,
Issue
1,
pp
2632,http://dx.doi.org/10.3991/ijoe.v9i1.2388, Kassel University
Press GmbH, Germany, 2013.
Dobrilovic D., Stojanov Z., Odadzic B., Design and
Implementation of Online Virtual Network Laboratory,
Advancement in Online Education: Exploring the Best
Practices, Vol. 1, Chapter 10, Publication date: 2011 4th quarter,
2011.
D. Dobrilovic, V. Jevtic, Z. Stojanov, B. Odadzic, “Usability of
virtual network laboratory in engineering education and
computer network course”, Proceedings of joined 15th
International Conference on Interactive Collaborative Learning
and 41st IGIP International Conference on Engineering
Pedagogy, September 26 – 28, Villach, Austria, 2012.
Borislav Odadžić, Dalibor Dobrilović, “Softverski alati u
nastavi računarskih komunikacija”, XIII simpozijum o novim
tehnologijama u poštanskom i telekomuikacionom saobraćaju,
PosTel 2012, 04. i 05. decembar 2012. , Beograd, Srbija, pp
337-347.
D. Dobrilovic, V. Jevtic, Z. Stojanov, B. Odadzic, “The Design
Guidelines for Virtual Network Laboratories”, Proceedings of
IX IEEE International Symposium on Telecommunications,
October 25-27, Sarajevo, Bosnia & Herzegovina, 2012.
Robert Larson, Janique Carbone, Microsoft Virtual Server 2005
R2 Resource Kit Chapter 7: Best Practices for Configuration
and Performance, Microsoft Press, Redmond, USA, August,
2007.
http://www.gns3.net/gns3-introduction/, preuzeto septembra
2012.
EIGHT GRADE STUDENT`S MOTIVATION
TO PARTICIPATE IN COMPETITION
TEACHING OF TECHNICAL AND IT
EDUCATION
S. Vojnovic, M. Marinkovic, M. Vidovic, D. Karuovic
University of Novi Sad, Tehnical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, Zrenjanin, Serbia
[email protected]
Abstract - The objective of this paper is increase student
motivation eigth grade to participate the competition
continues TIE. In the wix will be made site in the field of
Information tehnology, that students can be helped to
participate in the competition continues TIE. Students will
be tested by two questionnaire. The authors will first
examine the overall motivation of students to participate
in the competition continues TIE, and then they will be
present site which was created in wix. Then we will
conduct another questionnaire and examine the students
whether they liked the site presented and whether to
increase their motivation to participate in the competition
continues TIE.
When we talk about the motivation of children
for the competition, preference should be given to
the internal motivation, because it is self-initiated.
This motivation should be encouraged and
fostered. [2]
III STUDENT’S MOTIVATION FOR COMPETITION
The motivation of talented students is a given.
They are curious, know more and want more. At
school competition can be verified knowledge,
make selections, thus eliminating a large
percentage of students with the achivement of less
than 50% on the test. Reducing the number of
participants, reducing costs and, consequently,
greater ability to adequately reward the best
significantly contribute to greater efficiency of the
competition. At the school competition students
improve their test solving skills, objectively assess
their knowldge, and reduce discomfort due to poor
results at the next level of competition. [1]
I INTRODUCTION
„Competition itself is neither harmful nor
beneficial. It became that depending on the
organization as a whole, and respectively the
method and quality of planning, preparation,
implementation
and
monitoring
of
the
competition“. [1] The competitions are designed
for students with special interests and
achievements in certain fields. The aim is to reveal
the students with high ability and motivation
through the competition. [1]
Competitions are a step forward from the
traditional classroom, children are encouraged to
demonstrate averment and the self-attestation. The
teacher’s role in the motivation of children for the
competition si undoubtedly great. Apart from the
intrinsic motivation that a child feels, it also needs
external motivation by not only teachers, but the
overall environment in which the child is. A
teacher who knows the sources of motivation, how
to encourage and awaken it in students, can expect
positive results with their competition team. [2]
II CONCEPT OF MOTIVATION
The motive is the driving force, the pursuit of
some goal; psychological process that supports us
to do things. [2]
Children, like adults, find motivation to learn in
the various factors that can be divided into
external and internal. Some of the external content
may
be
interesting
content,
obedience,
identification with a person who teaches it,
rewarding learning outcomes, the desire for
acceptance and other. Internal reasons are much
more constructive drivers of the learning process.
These are innate curiosity and love of exploration
and discovery, the need to define the world around
them and other motives, different depending on
personality, situation, age, etc...
IV RULES OF COMPETITION FROM TECHNICAL
AND IT EDUCATION
Regulations and rules for competition in the
technical education of primary school complies
with the ’’Expert guidance on organizing
competitions and festivals of elementary school’’
issued by the Ministry of Education (Number:
610-00-01775//2008-06 in Belgrade 25.12.2008.).
72
B. Technical Documentation
The technical documetation shall include:
• General design;
• Sketches;
• Technical drawings;
• Operations-plan;
• Tools and materials.
This ordinance arranges the goal, objectives, types
and levels, organization, method of evaluation, the
requirements for implementation, monitoring and
reporting on previous competitions and festivals.
[3]
The aim of the competition is to involve as
many students to have the opportunity to,
depending on the content and type of activities;
• present knowledge, abilities, aptitudes,
creativity, positive social values etc. which
they have mastered during their
development, education, upbringing and
socializing;
• compare the results obrained with other
participants, in order to motivate them for
further advancement;
• assess and determine their realistic results
compared to results of other participants,
noting the failures, but also the quality in
the process of its preparation. [3]
In the application for the competition must
specify the name of work, type, region and
discipline from which the student competes. [3]
C. Demonstration and Defense of the paper
Competition TECHNICAL EDUCATION, area
Informatics
•
•
•
Train participants to compare their knowledge,
skills, attitudes, creativity, behaviour etc. with the
values of other students, and for the students to:
• seek to achieve better results, both
individually and as team;
• better and more objectively know
themselves and other participants in the
competition;
• develop
capabilities
in
emotional
acceptance score of the results. [3]
•
•
•
ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING;
MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING
(agricultural engineering, transportation
systems...);
ENERGY
(electrical
engineering,
alternative energy sources);
INFOMATICS AS A FUNCTION OF
TECHNIQUE AND TECHNOLOGY;
MULTIDISCIPLINARY
WORK
(cybernetics, robotics, ecology...);
PHOTO/VIDEO TECHNOLOGY. [3]
The paper will use the discipline
INFORMATICS AS A FUNCTION OF
TECHNIQUE AND TECHNOLOGY. It will
examine how much are students interested in
participating in the competition in these areas.
The competition is organized at schools,
municipalities, counties, cities and the State. This
paper will examine how students are motivated to
participate in competitions within the TIE subjects
at school level. School competitions are organized
by schools to separate the most succesful students,
who will represent the school at the following
copetitions. [3]
VI MOTIVATION FOR THE CHOICE OF TOPIC
The motivation for the choice of topic is that
we want to abandon the traditional way of working
and offer students something different, and
therefore try to increase the motivation of eight
grade students to participate in the competition
teaching of TIE. Teaching Information
Technology area that is designated by the
curriculum for the eight grade will be done in the
wix-shaped site. Students will view the site
through a link, and so will be to examine whether
they liked the site and present how they are
motivated to participate in the contest continued
after the introduction of new software that can
help them with the preparation of presentation
with which they can participate in the competition.
V RULES OF COMPETITION IN THE TEACHING
OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION FOR ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL PUPILS IN SERBIA
Participation in the competition is achived
through the following three elements:
A. Test (test theoretical knowledge)
This element is realized through the quiz,
which includes teaching materials and technical
education for students of seventh and eight grade
cirriculum and teaching technical and IT education
for students of the fifth and sixth grades. Students
have 60 (sixty) minutes to complete the test. [3]
73
VII THEORETICAL APPROACH TO THE
Beside this basic hypotheses we could state and
auxiliary hypotheses:
• It is possible increase students motivation
for competition in IT;
• Sex of students does not affect the choice
for competition.
PROBLEM
A. Description of the problem
The fact is that students today are less and less
interested in participating in the competition. This
study presents new methods to increase students’
motivation to participate in the competition
teaching of TIE. Broader problem is to examine
whether and how students are interested in
participating in competitions. The narrow issue is
to examine whether wix as a new teaching method
increases students motivation to participate in the
competition.
IX RESEARCH
A. Methods and techniques
In this work is going to be used descriptive and
causal method that is based on experiment. The
main characteristic of this experiment is to
examine efficiency upbringing and education
impact. In the experiment we will see two
variables: the procedure and the effect of
procedure [1]. Technique which is going to be
used is questionnaire. Under the supervision of
class teacher the students will be asked how much
they are interested to participate in competition in
teaching IT.
B. The achieved degree of research
Not found any research that was done in wix in
order to increase students’ motivation to
participate in the competition teaching of TIE.
VIII RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
A. Subject of research
Point of this research result from need to
determine how much students, in eight grade
elementary school “Laza Kostic”, are exactly
interested in competition in the subject IT. Starting
from problem definition, subject of research is
„Motivation of eight grade students for
participation in competition in the subject IT.”
B. Sample survey
This research will be conducted in a primary
school “Laza Kostic“ in Gakovo. The study will
include two eighth grade classes of 25 students.
The research will be conducted during the second
semester.
C. Test procedure
For the purposes of this study is need for
students to fill two polls in the presence of class
teacher. The first survey will consist from that
which would be interrogated overall motivation of
students eighth grade to participate in the
competition IT. Later they will be presented to
site-teaching Information Technology unit. Each
student will be able to download on his computer
the link by wich he or she could overview made
site. After that, students will once again give poll,
which they will fill in the presence of class
teacher. Based on this survey determine whether to
increase students' motivation eighth grade to
participate in the competition IT and whether they
liked the site presented.
B. Research goal
Basic goals in this research are: inquire
students motivation for competition, classified the
most usually areas in IT from which students go to
competitions and examine if new wix method
influence to increase motivation.
C. Research tasks
Based on the goals we will present research
tasks by which we confirm or deny posted
hypothesis.
Need to exemine:
• are the students and how much interested in
competition in IT;
• examine the most interesting areas for
students;
• conduct a poll whether students liked
presented site or not.
X DATA ANALYSIS AND CONCLUSION
Analyze the first survey which will show the
total motivation eighth grade students to
participate in the competition and give a graphical
representation of the results obtained.
D. Research hypotheses
Basic hypothesis is:
•
After the presented site, conducted a second
survey and determine whether to increase
motivation eighth grade students to participate in
the competition and whether they liked the site
There is a chance to increase students
motivation for competition by using
software created in wix.
74
[3]
presented and provide a graphical display of
results. Then compare the results and give its
conclusion on the feasibility of this work. State
whether the hypothesis is proved or disproved. If it
is disproved write the reason. List the factors that
led to confirm or refute the hypothesis. Briefly
relate the results of work and make
recommendations for further work.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
Mužić Vladimir, (1979); Methodology pedagogical research,
IGKRO „Light” – OOUR Institute for Textbooks, Sarajevo
Šestanović M. (2004): Psychology education,
Sarajevo:
Educational academy
75
Adamović Ž. (2007), Methodology research working,
University of Novi Sad Tehnical faculty „MihajloPupin“
Zrenjanin
http://www.iccg.co.me/ispitni/images/IC%20izdanja/BROSUR
A%20TAKMICENJE.pdf (dawnload 16.01.2012.)
http://www.tehnickaapatin.edu.rs/attachments/179_Motivacija%20za%20skolsko%2
0ucenje.pdf (dawnload 16.01.2012.)
http://www.mksirmium.com/dokumenta/pravilnici_pdf/pravilni
k_i_propozicije_za_takmicenje_iz_tehnickog.pdf
(dawnload
16.01.2012.)
http://www.tehnickoobrazovanje.com/o_autoru.html (dawnlod
16.01.2012.)
THEORY AND MODEL OF FUNDS FOR
MODELING AND SIMULATION IN
TEACHING TECHNICAL EDUCATION
D. Tolmac, D. Dimitrijevic, S. Prvulovic
University of Novi Sad, Technical Faculty "Mihajlo Pupin", Zrenjanin, Serbia
[email protected]
Abstract - The paper discusses the theory of models,
simulations and tools for modeling and simulation.
Modeling of the scientific method when natural or
artificial structures we study the structure, systems,
processes or phenomena that are analogous to some other
facility, system, process or phenomenon that for some
reason it is impossible to study directly. Modeling is a
scientific method of knowledge about the characteristics of
models of natural and artificial systems transmit at such
hearings.
This paper contributes to increased efficiency
and modernization of computer simulations and
technical education classes in our education
system [1, 2]. Modeling and simulation is
extensively used in many scientific disciplines, but
in teaching and education it is not present, not
sufficiently explored.
II THEORY MODEL
Modeling is the process of imitation
phenomena, objects, processes and systems. The
model thus contains only the essential features of
the original or real system yet to be built. The
model is a simplified aspect of the original. Simple
models are the least expensive design, aspire to the
ideal
model
can
be
easily
described
mathematically, but have the least validity, i.e. and
practical usability. For such a model is said to have
a high level of abstraction.
The model represents a static state of the system. System
parameters are not defined as a function of time. The
simulation just follows all the system parameters as a
function of time and there is a chronology of events in the
system changes. Modeling and simulation belong to
research and experimental techniques. The simulation is
suitable for examining the state of the system.
I INTRODUCTION
We live in a time of rapid changes, the more
requires fast and efficient acquisition of
knowledge and its application. At the same time,
science, engineering and technology will undergo
tumultuous change thanks to the information
technology and telecommunications.
Models of low levels of abstraction, on the
other side of the complex models that require
functional knowledge. The aforementioned effects
of education are largely reflected in the natural
sciences mostly on technical education as a
subject.
Changes and developments in the field of
science and technology affect the education
system. Application of knowledge is the most
important element. In this sense, the educational
system of each country is an institution that will
ensure that the company adapt to change, to ensure
the future itself. It is therefore necessary to
introduce into the education system dynamic
changes that will provide rapid acquisition of
special software tools are expensive and their usevalue is reduced because of the frequent presence
of those attributes that are important for research
or for teaching.
Modeling of the scientific method when natural
or artificial structures we study the structure,
systems, processes or phenomena that are
analogous to some other facility, system, process
or phenomenon that for some reason it is
impossible to study directly. Modeling is a
scientific method of knowledge about the
characteristics of models of natural and artificial
systems are transferred to an object of study [3, 4].
The objectives of the technical and
technological education of society to reflect the
interest of scientific and technical literacy and for
socio-economic development and prepare people
for a wide range of science today, and for training
those who will develop and direct the future.
76
•
In the process of modeling we distinguish two
types of modeling:
•
THEORETICAL MODELING - every
thought to the activity with the aim of the
research of a phenomenon. Each equation
or formula is a theoretical model.
PRACTICALLY MODELING - means any
material product of human activity
(implements, tools, machines,) is a real
model.
Figure 1. Model and real system
Cybernetics today appointed as the main
objective of the research of complex dynamical
systems and their functional design model. Such a
complex structure modeling:
• An entity that cognitive function algorithm
programmed machines,
• Program the machine that makes the
algorithm, which imitates the model as a
theoretical or modeled,
• Cybernetic machine (a physical model of a
mathematical model or algorithm that
performs machine).
Modeling is a complex cognitive-theoretical
and practical, the active process. One definition of
modeling is: Modeling is an educational and
research procedures during which builds some real
or ideal model is able to replace the real object that
is being investigated [5].
The main objective of modeling is the deeper
and more precise knowledge of an object,
phenomenon or process. There are conditions that
must be met in order to achieve this goal:
• There must be a similarity between the
model and the original (physical, structural,
functional),
• There must be a feature of object-original
correspondence, i.e. model is a theoretical
cognitive, practical and realistic, structural
or functional reflection of the original,
• Based on the previous two conditions must
be certain about the original.
In a double-reverse modeling process:
• The logic of the reviews is projected into
the machine, i.e. modeled by a machine
• Mechanical logic is reflected in the brain.
The complex process of multiple modeling is
done through the following phases:
• Natural and artificial models are described
by function, to construct mathematical
models of systems,
• Mathematical models to represent the
technical models,
• Studying the model is studied, and I object,
process or phenomenon.
The general definition of the model is limited
to a science. According to this definition:
"Every model is theoretical, conceptual,
practical and real case studies analog system (S1)
by which explores the principal object or system
(S0)." The aim of modeling:
• Use the model instead of the real system to
a knowledge
• Avoids the risk of the experiment on the
real system
• Analysis of the results should provide more
efficient management of the real system
Modeling is a thinking activity-theoretical
construction of logical and mathematical systems,
theoretical models of some objective system that is
realistic models of various types (models, graphs,
machinery).
77
•
•
•
You should not reproduce reality
completely
You need to show (formally described) of
the structure or behavior of real systems.
•
Recommendations for model:
• Define a clear line system with the
environment - to include phenomena of
nature of interest
• Do not make too detailed and complex
model
• Include important variables needed to
describe the system
• Try to break down the components of the
model - some functions of the whole
Use proven methods for developing
algorithms and programs
Logical and check the accuracy of
quantitative models.
III SIMULATION
The model usually represents the static state of
the system, ie the system state that is a function of
time. Simulation can track changes in a certain
time interval. State of the system is simulated in
the model (simulation model) [6].
Zaigler: Modeling and simulation are a number
of activities to create models of real system and its
computer simulation.
Figure 2. Modeling and Simulation
The system can be studied in several ways:
• Experimenting on the system itself is one
way of testing the system but often not the
best, because the experiment on the system
and the most expensive and often dangerous
for life and health researchers. Of course it
is a real system that already exists. The
experiment on the economic system,
transport system and the like. certainly not
desirable for two reasons: such an
experiment is set in the case of incorrect
assumptions of damage can be large.
• The study of the system in another way,
using a model or simulation is often
practiced as a rule,
• Many cases give good results. Groups of
experts (system engineers) are trying to find
a solution and how to reach solutions.
• Mathematical analysis provides a good
solution and is applicable for systems of
lower levels of complexity. The solutions
obtained in this way are idealized. At a
higher level of complexity of the system are
obtained by a single global solutions,
specific solutions to invent some other
method.
• Modeling and simulation are typically
implemented using a digital computer.
Cases of modeling and simulation are:
• Production facilities
• Banks, post offices, supermarkets,
• Distribution network - transport of materials
• Distribution of water, electricity, gas an
EMS
• Computer Systems
• Saobradajni Systems (intersections, ports,)
• Factories
• Restaurants "fast food".
The model represents a static state of the
system. System parameters are not defined as a
function of time. Simulation monitors all system
parameters as a function of time and there is a
chronology of events in the system changes.
Modeling and simulation belong to research and
experimental techniques. The simulation is
78
suitable for examining the state of the system [7,
8]. Digital computers are now increasingly used in
the simulation of system behavior. There are two
possibilities in the way of simulating:
• The simulation using the simulation
language
• The simulation without using simulation
languages.
schools. In laboratories for science and technology
in secondary schools, the equipment is already
quite specialized and standardized. In almost all
laboratories in computer science and business
research computers are located [11, 12]. In science
labs for technical use of various digital electronic
devices, but in laboratories for scientific subjects
there are small computers.
New technologies allow the presentation of
information or problems in a way that suits the
student individually. This allows you to control the
volume of unknown facts that are presented to the
student, as well as optimization of the motivational
states of students. It should enhance and improve
the processes that allow for the feedback, which
depends on the students' knowledge. Recent trends
in the theories of motivation suggest that the
feedback itself is neither the information nor that it
increases motivation and encourages. The
interpretation of feedback is that this is the
connection between these two components on
which the success or failure of students.
Today, the model for the design, modeling and
simulation of the most commonly used computers:
• Analog,
• Digital and
• Hybrid computers.
If possible some real systems and models to
describe the same mathematical model, then there
is a mathematical analogy between the two
objects. A mathematical model of computing as a
subject in a physical model value mapped and the
results of testing physical models can be directly
applied to the mathematical model. By setting the
input size is measured by the output of which is
the required solution of the mathematical model.
REFERENCES
[1]
B. Egić, Modeling and Simulation, Branislav Egić, Technical
Faculty "Mihajlo Pupin", Zrenjanin, 2005.
[2] K. Voskresensky, Didactics for teachers of computer science
and technology, Technical
Faculty
"Mihajlo Pupin",
Zrenjanin, 2004.
[3] B. Stojadinovic, Teaching technical education, Institute for
Textbooks and Teaching Aids, Belgrade, 1995.
[4] B. Šešić, General methodology, Scientific Book, Belgrade,
1974.
[5] R. Kvaščev, Modeling learning process, Prosveta, Belgrade,
1978.
[6] B. Radenkovic, M. Stanojevic, A. Markovic, Computer
Simulation, Faculty of Organizational Sciences, Belgrade,
2002.
[7] K. Voskresensky, Didactic individualization and socialization in
the classroom, Technical Faculty "Mihajlo Pupin", Zrenjanin,
1996.
[8] N. Landa L. Cybernetics in pedagogy I and II, in Belgrade, the
Belgrade, 1975
[9] D. Glusac, I. Tasic, Possibilities of computer games in teaching
elementary grades, Teaching and Education, vol. 59, no. 3,
2010,pp. 390-400.
[10] D. Karuovic, D., Glusac, Effects of adjusting the characteristics
of users of educational software preschool, innovation in
teaching – ScientificPaper, vol. 22, no. 4, 2009, pp. 104-114.
[11] D. Glusac, Lj. Krneta, Compulsory computer education in
elementary school - a prerequisite of quality IT education in
high school,Educational,Reality, vol. 57, no.7-8, 2011,pp. 750759.
[12] D. Glušac, D. Radosav, Educational software 'performance in
mathematics' for preschoolers, Pedagogy, vol. 38, no. 3-4,
2000, pp. 180-184.
Simulation in the broader sense includes:
• Experimenting on real system
• Recording of data on real system
• The formulation of the theory
• The construction of conceptual models
• Programming
• Planning of the experiments on the
computer.
IV CONCLUSION
Teaching technical education is directly related
to practical work and a great role in this is a
workshop for Technical Education. It is important
to introduce students to design, preparation,
adaptation and use of equipment of varying
complexity [9, 10]. Successful learning can be
achieved using common, inexpensive devices
(table, models, samples of the elements of
machines and devices, a collection of electronic
components). Using appliances and devices that
exist in every household, the student is encouraged
to work with teaching at home. It is important for
the continuation of education in secondary
79
VISUAL PROGRAMMING
ENVIRONMENTS FOR TEACHING
OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
S. Maravić Čisar*, D. Radosav **, R. Pinter*, P. Čisar ***
*Subotica Tech-College of Applied Sciences, Subotica, Serbia
**University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty "Mihajlo Pupin", Zrenjanin, Serbia
***Academy of Criminalistic and Police Studies, Belgrade-Zemun, Serbia
[email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
Abstract - Object-oriented programming is currently very
much in focus and object-oriented languages (such as C++
and Java) are used as the first language to teach
programming at colleges and universities. The objectoriented concepts such as objects and inheritance are
difficult for understanding by novice programmers. Due
to their lack of general problem solving abilities, students
do not know how to create algorithms, resulting in them
not knowing how to program. This paper researches
different educational visual programming environments in
courses of object-oriented programming in higher
education.
functions, variables), program
programming patterns [1].
design
and
This paper gives an overview of some of the
existing
educational
visual
programming
environments and compares some examples of
their application.
II DEFINITIONS
“Visual Programming” (VP) refers to any
system that allows the user to specify a program in
a two (or more) dimensional fashion. Although
this is a very broad definition, conventional textual
languages are not considered two dimensional
since the compilers or interpreters process them as
long,
one-dimensional
streams.
Visual
Programming does not include systems that use
conventional (linear) programming languages to
define pictures, such as, Sketchpad, CORE,
PHIGS, the Macintosh Toolbox, or X-II Window
Manager Toolkit [2]. It also does not include
drawing packages like Apple Macintosh
MacDraw, since these do not create ‘’programs’’
as defined above. Visual programming contains
various graphical approaches to specify programs.
I INTRODUCTION
Programming is a major subject in Computer
Science (CS) departments. However, students
often face difficulties on the basic programming
courses due to several factors that cause these
difficulties. Maybe the most important reason is
the lack of problem solving abilities that many
students show. Due to their lack of general
problem solving abilities, students do not know
how to create algorithms, resulting in them not
knowing how to program.
Learning programming requires the ability to
decompose some real problems and to create the
general (abstract) model of solutions. The next
step is writing down the solution in the form of a
program code in a programming language. Writing
a program code for students is a difficult task and
seems very demotivating because the smallest
error in a code leads to failure.
“Program Visualization” (PV) is an entirely
different concept from Visual Programming. In
Visual Programming, the graphics is used to create
the program itself, but in Program Visualization,
the program is specified in a conventional, textual
manner, and the graphics and animations is used to
illustrate some aspects of the program or its runtime execution. Program Visualization systems
can be utilized in program development, research,
and teaching to help programmers and learners
understand the structure, abstract and concrete
execution as well as the evolution of software.
Unfortunately, in the past, many PV systems have
been incorrectly labeled “Visual Programming”
Programming is a difficult cognitive skill to
learn. It requires knowledge and skills in many
areas, such as the syntax, semantics and
pragmatics of programming languages, creative
problem solving, development environment and a
multitude of software tools (e.g. IDE, compiler),
algorithms and data structures, programming
concepts and paradigms (e.g. object-orientation,
80
(as in [3]). PV systems can be classified using two
axes: whether they illustrate the code, data or
algorithm of the program, and whether they are
dynamic or static.
higher level of abstraction) and may therefore
make the programming task easier even for
professional programmers. This may be especially
true during debugging, where graphics can be used
to present much more information about the
program state (such as current variables and data
structures) than is possible with purely textual
displays. This is one of the goals of Program
Visualization. Other Program Visualization
systems use graphics to help teach computer
programming. Also, some types of complex
programs, such as those that use concurrent
processes or deal with real-time systems, are
difficult to describe with textual languages so
graphical specifications may be more appropriate.
The popularity of “direct manipulation” interfaces
[6], where there are items on the computer screen
that can be pointed to and operated on using a
mouse, also contributes to the desire for Visual
Languages. Since many Visual Languages use
icons and other graphical objects, editors for these
languages usually have a direct manipulation user
interface. The user has the impression of more
directly constructing a program rather than having
to abstractly design it.
“Data Visualization” systems show pictures of
the actual data of the program. Similarly, “Code
Visualization” illustrates the actual program text,
by adding graphical marks to it or by converting it
to a graphical form (such as a flowchart). Systems
that illustrate the “algorithm” use graphics to show
abstractly how the program operates. This is
different from data and code visualization because
with algorithm visualization, the pictures may not
correspond directly to data in the program, and
changes in the pictures might not correspond to
specific pieces of the code. For example, an
algorithm animation of a sort routine might show
the data as lines of different heights, and swaps of
two items might be shown as a smooth animation
of the lines moving. The “swap” operation may
not be explicitly in the code, however. “Dynamic”
visualizations refer to systems that can show an
animation of the program running, whereas
“static” systems are limited to snapshots of the
program at certain points.
“Visual Languages” refer to all systems that
use graphics, including Visual Programming and
Program Visualization systems. Although all these
terms are somewhat similar and confusing, it is
important to have different names for the different
kinds of systems, and these are the names that are
conventionally used in the literature appealing
ideas for a number of reasons. The human visual
system and human visual information processing
are clearly optimized for multi-dimensional data.
Computer programs, however, are conventionally
presented in a one-dimensional textual form, not
utilizing the full power of the brain. Twodimensional displays for programs, such as
flowcharts and even the indenting of block
structured programs; have long been known to be
helpful aids in program understanding [4]. Clarisse
[5] claims that graphical programming uses
information in a format that is closer to the user’s
mental representations of problems, and will allow
data to be processed in a format closer to the way
objects are manipulated in the real world. It seems
clear that a more visual style of programming
could be easier to understand and generate for
humans, especially for non-programmers or novice
programmers. Another motivation for using
graphics is that it tends to be a higher level
description of the desired actions (often
deemphasizing issues of syntax and providing a
III EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION
Most students are visual learners and instructors
tend to present information verbally [7]. Some
studies [8, 9] estimate that between 75% and 83%
of students are visual learners. Because of their
highly textual rather than visual nature, the use of
either traditional programming languages or
pseudo-code
provides
a
counter-intuitive
framework for expressing algorithms to the
majority of students. Scanlan [10] showed that
students understand algorithms presented as
flowcharts better than those presented in
pseudocode. Carlisle et. al [11] showed that, when
given a choice, 95% of students chose to express
algorithms using flowcharts rather than using a
traditional programming language, even when the
majority of their instruction had been done in a
traditional language. Several studies [11,12,13]
showed that students performed better in courses
when taught with iconic programming languages.
Visual programming is the use of graphics and
graphical techniques in computer programming. It
is becoming more common to see many approaches
to visual/graphical programming languages
emerging that incorporate the object-oriented
programming philosophy. To this end, developers
of new programming languages and programming
environments are exploring how to combine visual
81
programming with object-oriented programming
by investigating how the basic concepts of OOP data abstraction, instantiation, composition, and
specialization−create new opportunities for
programming using visual means of construction
[14].
there is no reason to adopt new technology if it
does not bring some improvements in educational
process.
IV VISUAL PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENTS
This section presents an overview of some of
the existing Visual programming environments for
learning OOP. Each environment is described, and
some results obtained by its application are
presented.
Software visualization (SV) is “the visualization
of artefacts related to software and its development
process” [15], and is used in the presentation,
navigation and analysis of software systems. Price
[16] presents the following general definition of
software visualization: “Software visualization is
the use of the crafts of typography, graphic design,
animation and cinematography with modern
human-computer interaction and computer
graphics technology to facilitate both the human
understanding and effective use of computer
software.”
A. Alice
Alice, by Carnegie Mellon University, is an
innovative 3D programming environment that
makes it easy to create an animation for telling a
story, playing an interactive game, or a video to
share on the web. Alice is a freely available
teaching tool designed to be a student's first
exposure to object-oriented programming. It
allows students to learn fundamental programming
concepts in the context of creating animated
movies and simple video games. In Alice, 3-D
objects (e.g., people, animals, and vehicles)
populate a virtual world and students create a
program to animate the objects [32].
The primary goal of visualization is to convey
information. It should convey this information in
an understandable, effective, easy-to-remember
way [17].
Despite its intuitive appeal as a pedagogical
aid, algorithm visualization technology has failed
to catch on in mainstream computer science
education [16]. While those few educators who are
also algorithm visualization technology developers
tend to employ their own algorithm visualization
technology, the majority of computer science
educators tend to stick to more traditional
pedagogical technologies, such as blackboards,
whiteboards and overhead projectors. Why do
computer science educators tend to not use
algorithm visualization technology? Instructors
commonly cite several reasons, including the
following:
• They feel they do not have the time to learn
about it.
• They feel that using it would take away
time needed for other class activities.
• They feel that creating visualizations for
classroom use requires too much time and
effort. Note that, in the algorithm
visualization technology literature, this
reason is frequently used to motivate new
technology that is easier to use, and that
supports the more rapid creation of
visualizations.
• They feel that it is simply not educationally
effective.
In Alice's interactive interface, students drag
and drop graphic tiles to create a program, where
the instructions correspond to standard statements
in a production oriented programming language,
such as Java, C++ and C#. Alice allows students to
immediately see how their animation programs
run, enabling them to easily understand the
relationship between the programming statements
and the behavior of objects in their animation. By
manipulating the objects in their virtual world,
students gain experience with all the programming
constructs typically taught in an introductory
programming course [32]. Although Alice uses
object terminology, it does not directly support
inheritance [32].
Many studies were focused on how the Alice’s
environment had an impact on a student’s learning
process [18]. In study [19] was described an
approach for introducing recursion by using Alice,
as part of a course for novice programmers. The
authors concluded that using Alice, offers
computer science instructors an approach to
introduce fundamental concepts to novice
programmers, that allows them to quickly identify
and learn from mistakes.
In study [20] development of a course for noncomputer science majors to teach students
computer science concepts and programming is
The reason that “it is simply not educationally
effective” stands out as very important because
82
described. In that course students were given five
visualization tools: HTML, JAWAA, StarLogo,
Alice, and Karel++. Based on the evaluation
survey that was given in the course, the author
concluded that Alice was clearly the favorite and
the easiest to use.
Jeliot 3 can be used in several ways for
teaching and learning to program. Here are some
examples [25]:
• Lecturers can use Jeliot 3 as a part of the
lecture material. They can explain the
different concepts of programming through
Jeliot animations. This will facilitate the
construction by the students of the correct
relationship between the animation and the
concept, and enable them to apply it later
with a reduced possibility of error [26].
• The students may use Jeliot 3 by
themselves after lectures to do assignments.
• Jeliot 3 can be used in an interactive
laboratory session, where students may
utilize their recently acquired knowledge by
writing programs and debugging them
through Jeliot 3.
• Finally, Jeliot 3 provides a tool that can aid
in courses where external help is not
available (e.g. in distance education). Its
visualization paradigm creates a reference
model that can be used to explain problems
by creating a common vocabulary between
students and teacher [26].
In [21] is presented implementation of Alice
for an objects-first strategy. The authors concluded
that the Alice’s tool was quite useful in teaching
objects-first strategy to help students master the
complexities of object oriented programming, it
provided stronger object visualization, and a
flexible meaningful context for helping students to
see object-oriented concepts.
The purpose of the research [22] was to assess
the performance of novice programmers in King
Abdulaziz University (KAU) female CS
department in Saudi Arabia, and the effectiveness
of the visualization environments in Alice. During
the experiment students in the Treatment group
statistically performed better in OOP than students
in the Control group. It is believed that the success
of using Alice was due to the visual representation
of objects. Students could see and relate to the
objects and their animation actions, thus
developing good intuition about objects and OOP.
The researchers concluded that Alice helped
students (the treatment group) to master the
complexities of OOP. Based on the statistical
results of this research, the satisfaction survey
results, and how Alice affected the students'
performance in learning OOP, the researchers
recommend that Alice must be integrated into the
introductory OOP in the CS department in KAU in
order to improve a high level of students’
involvement and the ability to develop an intuitive
understanding of OO concepts in a visual feedback
environment [22].
The Jeliot family's key feature has been the
fully or semi-automatic visualization of the data
and control flows. The development of the Jeliot
family has taken more than ten years with different
kinds of stages. Several versions of the concept
have been developed, namely Eliot (developed at
University of Helsinki, Finland), Jeliot I
(developed at University of Helsinki, Finland),
Jeliot 2000 (developed at Weizmann Institute,
Israel). This has led to the stage when the software
has become product-like both usable and stable.
The new version Jeliot 3 is a free piece of
software published under General Public License
(GPL). This means that the future platforms can be
developed by networked teams presenting the idea
of learning communities. In these communities the
distinction between a teacher, a learner and a
developer disappears, thus learner can develop the
tools he or she needs with the other members of
the community. Jeliot—together with its
documentation, research publications, and learning
materials—can be downloaded for free from [27].
B. Jeliot 3
Jeliot 3 is a program visualization application.
It visualizes how a Java program is interpreted.
Method calls, variables, operation are displayed on
a screen as the animation goes on, allowing the
student to follow step by step the execution of a
program. Programs can be created from scratch or
they can be modified from previously stored code
examples. The Java program being animated does
not need any kind of additional calls; all the
visualization is automatically generated. Jeliot 3
understands most of the Java constructs and it is
able to animate them [23].
Boyle, Bradley, Chalk, Jones, and Pickard [28]
defined the new curriculum for London
Metropolitan University’s course of introductory
programming. They paid particular interest in a
visual approach. Over 600 students took part on
83
the course. The increase in pass rates was between
12 and 23% compared to previous year. Boyle et
al. reported some major issues in handling the
course transition, but on average they described
the graphical approach ‘very successful with the
students’.
experimental group were asked what they think
about the educational possibilities of Jeliot3. Their
answers depended on the level of knowledge of
Java and object-oriented programming concepts in
general. Responses were ranged from the answer
that Jeliot3 is a great help for beginners, that is a
powerful educational tool thanks to the
visualization and because of that it made learning
Java easy, to the opinions of some students who
have already had experience in Java programming
that it was pure waste of time for them. Students
who expressed a negative opinion about the Jeliot3
said that it was difficult for them to adapt their
knowledge of object-oriented programming and
their style of programming to the new tool; also
they had objections about the elements of
visualization code which disturb their attention.
What all the negative comments had in common
was that they were given from students who have
already used the Java, but almost all of them
pointed out that they believed that Jeliot3 can be
very useful at the beginning of the process of
learning Java. Based on the research, which lasted
for two years, it can be stated that there are
significant differences in the achievements of
students who were taught in the traditional way,
and those who have used Jeliot3.
Kannusmäki, Moreno, Myller, and Sutinen [25]
evaluated the use of the Jeliot 3 program
visualization system during the second course of
programming in the Virtual Studies of Computer
Science distance learning program at the
University of Joensuu, Finland. Gathered data
showed that the students most successful in the
course used Jeliot more than the other groups
involved in the research. However, most of the
students in general still used other tools to code
and test their programs. The usage problems
reported were mostly technical or related to the
usability of the editor. The animation was
criticized on being too slow and some students
even found the whole system unnecessary and
unsuitable for advanced courses. The positive
aspects identified in the feedback included the
ability to make conditional statements, loops, and
objects more understandable.
Hundhausen, Douglas, and Stasko [17]
conducted a comprehensive meta-study, analyzing
24 experimental studies on effectiveness of
algorithm visualization. They state that one of the
main reasons visualizations are not widely used is
because the teachers responsible for the courses
refuse to use new methods in teaching. They also
found out that the main focus in articles about
visualizations is their visualization capabilities
instead of their learning benefits. Of the 24 studies
examined, 11 showed statistically significant
results of visualizations positive effects on
learning, meaning that the group using a
visualization system gained better learning results
than the control group. Hundhausen et al. [17] also
discovered that the sole use of visualization
systems doesn’t necessarily improve the learning
results; it is more important to engage the learners
in the subject using visualization system as an aid.
C. Game Maker
Playing computer games is very popular among
young people. Many of them dream that one day
they will create a computer game. So, that could
be used in teaching computer science. Developing
computer games involves many aspects of
computing, including computer graphics, artificial
intelligence, human-computer interaction, security,
distributed programming, simulation, and software
engineering. Game development also brings into
play aspects of the liberal arts, the social sciences,
and psychology [29]. Game Maker is a program
that was created in 1999 by Mark Overmars. It
was designed in a way that can be used in
education as a programming tool that develops
logic and design skills through the programming
and production of 2D and 3D games. The main
feature of the program is that in the process of
making the application it is not necessary to write
code in the text mode, but the user could program
by using drag and drop technique or by combining
graphical icons. The graphical way of writing
program code eliminates syntactic and lexical
errors (that could occur in a textual form of
coding) which make it easier for the students to
come up with solutions and development of
program code.
The paper [24] discussed the problem of the
applications of software for visualization Jeliot3 in
learning the programming language Java. The
study involved 400 students of two higher
education institutions in Serbia. Students who
were in the experimental groups after completing
the course filled out the survey in order to obtain
information about their opinion on learning using
Jeliot3 visualization software. The students of the
84
Educators have increasingly incorporated game
design into high school computer science
curricula.
Generally,
students
respond
enthusiastically to these courses because they
prefer programming in Game Maker to doing their
usual assignments. But game design offers more
than mere programming. In order to design an
effective game, students must think about the rules
that define the game play. Such rules must be
consistent and fair. A gripping storyline is often
required for a game. The user-interface must be
designed and effective artwork and sounds must be
created or sought. Thus after the programming, the
game must be tested and tuned for best playability.
Finally, documentation must be written. Creating a
game makes an excellent group project in which
students can combine their creativity and interests
[29].
fundamental concepts can be embedded in handson problem-solving and design activities focused
on designing and building a game. Students can
develop a more thorough understanding of the
algorithms, data structures and other topics in
computer science while engaged in active learning.
D. RAPTOR
RAPTOR (the Rapid Algorithmic Prototyping
Tool for Ordered Reasoning) is an open-source
tool
that
fully
supports
object-oriented
programming, including encapsulation, inheritance
and polymorphism. RAPTOR enables students to
execute their algorithms within the environment,
rather than having to separately compile and
execute their programs. This means that debugging
can be done on the visual representation of the
algorithm, rather than the textual one and prevents
having to use multiple tools. This combination of
features makes RAPTOR unique, providing
functionality not available with any other currently
existing educational programming environment
[31].
The paper [30] presents a discussion about the
topic of teaching fundamental programming to
freshmen, along with a case study where computer
games are meant to be developed by students in a
first programming course, through the use of a
game engine which allow students to develop
fundamental programming skills without having to
learn syntax and idiosyncrasies of any
programming language.
RAPTOR is written in a combination of Ada
and C#, and runs in the .NET Framework.
RAPTOR begins by opening a UML diagram, in
which users can create classes, interfaces and
enumeration types and specify relationships
between them [31].
This experience allowed the initial presentation
of the concepts of visual programming, eventoriented programming and object-oriented
programming,
without
formalizations
or
specifications. Students start to build these
concepts themselves – or at least they begin the
knowledge construction about these subjects –
through
teacher-oriented
controlled
experimentation, they practiced in a simple
development environment and in collaboration
with their classmates. It is possible to conclude
that the use of a simple, interactive and intuitive
development tool like the Game Maker engine
allows teachers to introduce to freshmen the basic
principles of programming logic, without dealing
with paradigms’ idiosyncrasies or in programming
languages’ details of syntax. Based on this
analysis, the students’ performance improvement
in a posterior course on programming can be
verified in the class of 2009, compared to 2008,
when students did not have this course before
having contact with real-world programming
The UML Designer allows users to create
classes, interfaces and enumeration types. These
can be given the Java access modifiers of public,
private, protected or default. Additionally, classes
can be specified as abstract, sealed, or static. A
zoom bar allows the user to resize the diagram as
desired, or make it fit the current window. The
UML diagram can also be annotated with
comments. Each of these UML elements can be
moved on the diagram. The UML window also
allows for the specification of relationships
between entities. Possible relationships are
inheritance, interface implementation, class
nesting, association, composition, aggregation and
dependency. As with the elements, the arrows
indicating the relationships can be moved on the
diagram [31].
V CONCLUSION
Programming is a difficult cognitive skill to
learn. Mastering the basis of a programming
language for many students is a huge problem. In
order to write a simple program they need to have
a basic knowledge of variables, input/output of
In introductory courses, computer gaming can
be used as a motivational technique to improve
recruitment and retention in computer science. In
such a course, the teaching and learning of
85
data, control structures and other areas. An even
greater problem is mastering the more complex
concepts such as pointers, abstraction or exception
handling. And even when they have the necessary
theoretical knowledge, the problem arises when
they have to apply their knowledge as a whole and
actually write a programming code. The student
groups in introductory programming courses are
typically very large and heterogeneous in
knowledge of programming concepts. In teaching
system “one size, fits all” is very difficult to
design curriculum that would be interesting and
beneficial for everyone students. The novices to
programming need to do a lot of independent work
to keep up with the course and lot of them are
unable to follow such a rhythm, thus the dropout
rate on the introductory programming courses is
high.
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
The aim of this paper was to give an overview
of visual programming environments in courses of
Object-oriented programming. Of course, further
researches in this field are required. It must be
noted that it is already clear there is a need for
different tools for learning depending on the level
of students’ knowledge of the studied materials.
Advanced students and even students with only
superficial experience in programming are very
sensitive to the change of tools that are used as a
code editor, if it does not provide significant
improvement over the tools they get used on. In
other words, the individual characteristics of
students, including the level of knowledge, must
be taken into deeper consideration because the
demands of students are changing rapidly.
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[19]
Helminen, J. (2009). Jype-An Education-Oriented Integrated
Program Visualization, Visual Debugging, and Programming
Exercise Tool for Python. Master's Thesis. Available at:
http://www.cs.hut.fi/Research/SVG/publications/helminenmasters.pdf [28.12.2011].
McCormack, J. and Asente, P. (1988). An Overview of the X
Toolkit, Proceedings of the ACM SIGGRAPH Symposium on
User Interface Software, Banff, Alberta, Canada. pp 46–55.
Grafton, R. B. and Ichikawa, T. (1985). eds. IEEE Computer,
Special Issue on Visual Programming.
Smith, D. C. (1977). Pygmalion: A Computer Program to Model
and Stimulate Creative, Thought. Basel, Stuttgart: Birkhauser.
Clarisse, O. and Chang, S.-K. (1986). VICON: A Visual Icon
Manage, Visual Languages. New York: Plenum Press, pp. 151–
190.
Shneiderman, B. (1983). Direct Manipulation: A Step Beyond
Programming Languages. IEEE Computer. pp. 57–69.
Cardellini, L. (2002). An Interview with Richard M. Felder.
Journal of Science Education 3(2), pp. 62-65.
Fowler, L., Allen, M., Armarego, J., and Mackenzie, J. (2000).
Learning styles and CASE tools in Software Engineering. In A.
Herrmann and M.M. Kulski (eds), Flexible Futures in Tertiary
Teaching. Proceedings of the 9th Annual Teaching Learning
[20]
[21]
[22]
[23]
[24]
[25]
86
Forum. Available at: http://ccea.curtin.edu.au /tlf/tlf2000/
fowler.html [28.12.2011].
Thomas, L., Ratcliffe, M., Woodbury, J. and Jarman, E. (2002).
Learning Styles and Performance in the Introductory
Programming Sequence. Proceedings of the 33rd SIGCSE
Symposium, pp. 33-42. Available at: http://csta.villanova.edu
/CITIDEL/bitstream/10117/196/6/ThomasLA.pdf [28.12.2011].
Scanlan, D. A. (1989). Structured Flowcharts Outperform
Pseudocode: An Experimental Comparison. IEEE Software.
Volume 6, Issue 5, pp. 28-36. doi: 10.1109/52.35587
Carlisle, M. C., Wilson, T. A., Humphries, J. W., and Hadfield,
S. M. (2005). RAPTOR: a visual programming environment for
teaching algorithmic problem solving. In Proceedings of the
36th SIGCSE Technical Symposium on Computer Science
Education (St. Louis, Missouri, USA, February 23 - 27, 2005).
SIGCSE '05. ACM, New York, NY, pp. 176-180.
Cilliers, C., Calitz, A., and Greyling, J. (2005). The effect of
integrating an Iconic programming notation into CS1. In
Proceedings of the 10th Annual SIGCSE Conference on
innovation and Technology in Computer Science Education
(Caparica, Portugal, June 27 - 29, 2005). ITiCSE '05. ACM,
New York, NY, pp. 108-112.
Calloni, B. A., Bagert, D. J., and Haiduk, H. P. (1997). Iconic
programming proves effective for teaching the first year
programming sequence. In Proceedings of the Twenty-Eighth
SIGCSE Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education
(San Jose, California, United States, February 27 - March 01,
1997). J. E. Miller, Ed. SIGCSE '97. ACM, New York, NY, pp.
262-266.
Hathaway, B. What Are Visual Object-Oriented Programming
Systems? Available at: http://stason.org/ TULARC/ software/
object-oriented-programming/3-16-What-Are-Visual-ObjectOriented-Programming-Systems.html#ixzz1hXKEKf4Z
[28.12.2011].
Diehl, S. (2007). Software Visualization: Visualizing the
Structure, Behaviour and Evolution of Software, Springer Berlin
Heidelberg. doi: 10.1007/978-3-540-46505-8_6
Price, B., Baecker, R. M, Small, I. S. (1998). An Introduction to
Software Visualization, in Software Visualization, Stasko, J.,
Dominque, J., Brown, M., and Price, B., Eds., London, England
MIT Press, pp. 4-26
Hundhausen, C.D., Douglas, S.A., Stasko, J.T. (2002). A MetaStudy of Algorithm Visualization Effectiveness, Journal of
Visual Languages and Computing, pp. doi:10.1006/S1045926X(02)00028-9
Baldwin, R. (2008). Alice Programming Tutorial. Online.
Available at: http://www.dickbaldwin.com/alice/Alice0150.htm.
[28.12.2011].
Gross, P. and Powers, K. (2005). Evaluating Assessments of
Novice Programming Environments. ACM Press, Proc. of the
2005 International Workshop on Computing Education
Research, pp. 99-110.
Dann, W., Cooper, S. and Pausch, R. (2001). Using
Visualization to Teach Novices Recursion, Proc. 6th ACM
SIGCSE Conf. on Innovation and technology in computer
science education.
Rodger, S.H. (2002). Introducing Computer Science through
Animation and Virtual Worlds, Proc. 33rd ACM SIGCSE
technical symposium on Computer science education.
Cooper, S., Dann, W. and Pausch, R. (2003). Teaching Objectsfirst In Introductory Computer Science, Proc. 34th ACM
SIGCSE technical symposium on Computer science education.
Arwa A. Al-Linjawi and Hana A. Al-Nuaim. (2010). Using
Alice to Teach Novice Programmers OOP Concepts, JKAU:
Sci., Vol. 22 No. 1, pp: 59-68 (2010 A.D. / 1431 A.H.).
Maravić Čisar, S., Radosav, D., Pinter, R., Čisar, P. (2011).
Effectiveness of Program Visualization: A Case Study with the
Jeliot3, International Journal of Computers, Communications &
Control,
ISSN
1841-9836,
E-ISSN
1841-9844,
Volume:6(4):669-682.
Kannusmäki, O., Moreno, A., Myller, N., Sutinen, E. (2004).
What a novice wants: Students using program visualization in
distance programming course. Proceedings of the Third
Program Visualization Workshop (PVW'04), Warwick, UK.
http://www.dcs.warwick.ac.uk/pvw04/p18.pdf. [28.12.2011].
[26] Levy R. BB, Ben-Ari M, Uronen P. A (2003). The Jeliot 2000
program Animation System. Computers & Education, 40(1), pp.
15-21.
[27] http://www.cs.joensuu.fi/jeliot
[28] Boyle, T., Bradley, C., Chalk, P., Jones, R., Pickard, P. (2003).
Using blended learning to improve student success rates in
learning to program. Journal of Educational Media, Special
edition on Blended Learning, 28(2-3), pp. 165-178.
[29] Overmars, M. Learning Object-Oriented Design by Creating
Games, http://www.cs.uu.nl/research/techreps/repo/
[30] Hernandez C. C. et al. (2010). Teaching Programming
Principles through a Game Engine, CLEI Electronic Journal,
Volume 13, Number 2, paper 3, pp. 1-8.
[31] Martin C. Carlisle, RAPTOR: A Visual Programming
Environment for Teaching Object-Oriented Programming, pp.
1-4,
http://www.martincarlisle.com/publications/ccsc_named.pdf.
[28.12.2011].
[32] www.alice.org
87
MOODLE AS PEDAGOGICAL
ENVIRONOMENT
D. Glusac, K. Vanco, S. Lukic, G. Terzin, E. Eleven
University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, Zrenjanin, Republic of Serbia
Abstract - The key words in this research are Moodle elearning system and the teacher motivation for the
application of Moodle to the teaching process.
helping teachers create online course is one of its
main purposes. In order to facilitate the creation of
the courses, Moodle is equipped with various
properties that can help teachers both to create a
course and teach it. Some of those properties are
[2]:
• planning the intensity and the dynamics of
the course,
• managing user roles,
• managing user groups,
• incorporating the existing files and different
educational material,
• creating different types of online tests,
• monitoring user activity,
• using tools for communication and team
work,
• creating glossaries,
• complete system support etc.
Due to distance learning, teachers would be more
informed about their course and with the help of elearning, a well trained teacher would be able to get
remarkable results from his or her students. Moodle
provides teacher with an opportunity to create and
manage the course as easily as possible and thus enables
them to focus on teaching. The activities available in
Moodle motivate both the students and the teachers and as
a result, better results are achieved.
The significance of this research is that it may start a
discussion. This project represents an effort to introduce
contemporary forms of the teaching practises in our
country, but moreover, it represents an effort to teach and
motivate the teachers.
I INTRODUCTION
Moodle is a free source e-learning software
platform, also known as Course Management
System (CMS), Learning Management System
(LMS), or Virtual Learning Environment (VLE).
Since January 2010, its user base has included
45,721 registered and verified sites. Moodle was
developed in order to help teachers create courses
usually taught in English and the number of users
is estimated to be around 32 million [1].
Moodle is a standardized tool that provides
continuity when content enrichment is in question;
it helps students with active learning and enables
the communication between students and teachers.
II MOODLE AS PEDAGOGICAL ENVIRONOMENT
Moodle is the acronym for Modular Object –
Oriented Dynamic Learning Environment). The
working environment of Moodle system was being
developed from 1999, and from 2001, with
recognizable architecture. Moodle development as
an open, gratis software is being continued and it
is supported by a team of computer programmer
and the international association of users. As a
software of the open code under GNU Public
Licence, it is copyrighted, but some additional
privileges are allowed as: copying, using and
changing Moodle, provided that the access to the
open code is enabled to the others. It is not
allowed to alter or remove the original licence or
the information regarding copyright.
The initial pedagogical philosophy on which is
Moodle established, includes constructivism and
social constructionism. Constructivism is a
psychological knowledge theory established on
assertion that knowledge can be acquired through
experience,
while
social
constructivism
emphasizes that trainees (not only lecturers) can
take part in education experience in many ways.
The functions of Moodle environment reflect
experience in a form of various design aspects, so
that we can say that Moodle is enough adaptable
for various teaching forms. For example, Moodle
enables adding the resources that present materials
read by users, but they have no interaction with
them and activities that present the interactive
teaching material. In the extension will be given
the disposal for these possibilities, but test as the
means of knowledge evaluation, will be stressed.
Moodle provides teachers with the technical
support which they need for developing,
organizing and teaching online courses and
88
III AVAILABLE TOOLS IN MOODLE
give points for each discussion. This is an
asynchronous form of communication.
- Chats represent a synchronous type of
communication.
- Calendar is visible as one of the options on
the main page of the course. Moodle
automatically adds each activity that is added to
the calendar of the course. A manual scheduling
of the important events regarding the course is
possible as well.
- Progress Tracking is used for monitoring the
students' progress.
- Glossary is used for finding and explaining
different terms and expressions used in the
course.
- Choice – A very simple activity where the
teacher asks a question and specifies a choice of
multiple responses. The teacher can use this tool
in order to get feedback about anything relating
to the course.
- Wiki enables users to work together in order
to create a document, but only one user can
work at a time.
Already now are obvious the advantages
resulted from using distance learning program. In
addition that very learning can be improved,
through distance learning, this system experiences
and familiarizes students, their families and
teachers with the work on Internet during the
education process. Distance education enables
students to gain new skills and qualifications, and
to prosper in new trends. The future will show that
this kind of learning may be better and more
interesting than traditional way of learning.
Combining virtual environment and classical
methods, we create flexible, hybrid learning
systems that adjust to users’ necessities. Moodle is
one of representatives of such way of education,
and it is a significant factor in now–a–days
education. Its successful integration with
development of new technologies and modern
communication has stipulated this system, so
that it is now one of the leading systems of the
environment.
Many advanced tools are very applicable in a
pedagogical sense:
• Lessons. Lesson is a tool that is used for
adding a lesson in a very flexible way.
• Assessment. It is used for assessing the
knowledge of the students and there are numerous
types of tasks:
- Multiple choice questions,
- True or False,
- Matching,
- Short answers,
- Numerical answers,
- Fill in the blanks.
IV THE APPLICATION OF MOODLE (BY
TEACHERS)
Creating a lesson in Moodle is very simple. A
teacher does not need to have advanced computer
skills in order to come up with a lesson that will be
interesting to the students. This helps teachers
accomplish their lesson objectives and it helps
them improve the quality of teaching.
V
CREATING COURSES IN MOODLE
The creator of the course is the main teacher
who has control over adding a course and allowing
access to other teachers. In order to add a new
course, the creator has to go the page 'All courses'
where he can select 'Add a new course'. Only those
that have Administrator, Course Creator or
Manager rights can add new courses.
• Giving assignments. Assignments are
divided into:
- Offline assignments – they do not require the
students to be online while doing the
assignment (these assignments are homework)
- Online assignments– assignments that require
the student to be online while the assignment is
being done.
A. Adding and editing a new course
B. By selecting the option 'Add a new course', a
page will open where the title of the course, a
short name, an identification number and a
summary (a short description of the content of
the course) have to be provided.
• Communication tools
- Forums This activity is considered to be one
of the most important ones as far e-learning
goes. This is the place where students
communicate and the place where the majority
of discussions take place. A student's forum
activity can be graded because teachers can
A course can have different formats:
• Weekly – with a clear start date and a finish
date. Every week consists of different
elements of the course. Some of them, such
as the notebook, are available for a certain
period of time, two weeks for example.
89
After that, they are no longer available to
students.
Topic is very similar to the weekly format,
but it is organized into topic sections. The
availability of topics is not limited and there
are no start and finish dates.
Social format is oriented around one main
forum. The list of announcements is shown
on the first page. This format is very useful
for situations that are more free form and it
does not have to be a course per say. It can
be used as a notice board.
setup (if the course is protected, the creator has to
inform the students of the course about the
password either personally or via e-mail).
When a weekly or topic format is chosen, the
number of weeks or topics in the course can be
determined in advance so that the students can
know how long and how intense the course is.
The creator of the course can edit all settings
relating to the course. He can access the course
settings on the front page of the course by
selecting the option Settings, then Course
Administration and finally, the option Edit, which
is marked with
. The parameters that can be
edited can be seen in the following picture.
•
•
The creator of the course must define one
language as the obligatory one, but he or she can
also add more languages. The option of adding
more languages applies only to the names of the
activities and labels for different options on the
editing page. The option does not, however, apply
to the resources unless the creator of the course
added various resources of the same content in
different languages.
This page is the page where different
parameters are adjusted. This includes information
regarding the signing up process, deadlines for
signing up and if necessary, the information
regarding groups.
The changes are confirmed by selecting the
option 'Save changes'.
The availability of the course is defined here –
the policy on guest access as well as the password
Figure 1. Course Settings
selecting the option 'Add an activity' (Picture 2.).
By selecting some of the available options, a new
window opens where teachers can set up different
parameters regarding the activity selected.
VI LEARNING ACTIVITIES IN MOODLE
One of the main advantages of the Moodle
platform is a wide variety of activities that can be
used in courses. For every topic or lesson, a
teacher can choose from the list of activities by
90
Figure 2. The Activities
The activities available in Moodle:
• chat,
• assignments,
• workshop,
• choices,
• quizzes,
• forums and
• glossary.
Information technology is developing very
quickly and it plays a significant role in all lines of
work. This is why our attitude to this science has
to change. Even 12 years after IT was introduced
into primary schools, this course is still an optional
one. Students, who are the future of this society do
not have to choose this course, which does not
seem logical when we consider the importance of
All students in primary school should acquire
enough IT knowledge so as to be able to utilize it
in whichever profession they choose, as opposed
to simply being able to 'turn on a computer'. In a
research that was carried out at the Singidunum
University, it was concluded that all teachers
should be motivated to use Moodle e-learning
system in the teaching practise, because this would
improve the effects of teaching [2].
VII CONCLUSION
E-learning is a challenge and a means to
improve and enhance education while also being
one of the cornerstones of novel and improved
ways to manage knowledge. Because of that, the
introduction of information technology into the
teaching practise has become a priority when it
comes to educational institutions all over the
world.
The most common problem is the lack of
financial resources needed for investing in
technology so that all teachers could implement
what they know about new technology and so that
they can enable their students to learn by using
Moodle, a learning platform that is essential in
cases when students are unable to come to school,
when they have additional activities for homework
or when they have to prepare themselves for
various competitions.
Students have an opportunity to be in charge of
their learning and the role of the teachers has
transformed into that of a mentor or coach. The
courses are not limited by the working hours of
regular schools and universities, which means that
everybody has a chance to learn no matter how old
they are.
Distance learning changes the habits of both
teachers and students. Successful students become
more hard-working and more organized while
teachers gain the opportunity to perfect their skills
when using information technology is in question.
This type of learning does not include the use of
computers and the Internet only. On the contrary,
it includes much more. In order to make distance
learning not only possible, but successful, teachers
are the ones that need to be trained first because
they are the ones that will train students, who are,
after all, our future.
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
91
http://www.singipedia.com
http://moodle.org/
Popkewitz, Tomas, S. (1994): Professionalization in Teaching,
Teaching & Teacher Education, Vol. 10, No1, str.1-14.
Kathy D. Munoz , Joan Van Duzer, Blackboard vs. Moodle, A
Comparison of Satisfaction with Online Teaching and Learning
Tools
ttp://www.humboldt.edu/~jdv1/Moodle/all.htm
http://www.cnti.info/mainportal/index.php
http://www.pravnifakultet.info/epravo/pluginfile.php/667/mod_resource/content/1/
Manual%20za%20predavace%20Moodle.pdf
DEVELOPMENT OF WEB APPLICATION
FOR STUDENTS' ADMINISTRATION
INFORMATION SYSTEM IMPROVEMENT
Lj.Kazi, B. Radulovic, Z. Kazi
University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty “Mihajlo Pupin” Zrenjanin, Serbia
[email protected]
Abstract – This paper presents the main results of an
internal project at the University of Novi Sad, Technical
faculty “Mihajlo Pupin” Zrenjanin, Serbia. This project
deals with the problem of efficiently of students’
administration office work at Faculty and impact of
information system to quality of work at that office. It also
deals with the quality of services to students and possible
ways of improvement. A prototype of web application is
developed with the aim to enable improvement of quality
of communication with students, as part of information
system of students’ administration office.
starting previously mentioned internal project. We
also present project elements and results. One of
results is prototype of web application that could
improve students' administration office information
system.
II MOTIVES FOR STARTING PROJECT
Motives for project starting are based on
previous detailed analysis of certain quality aspects
of students' administration office services.
I INTRODUCTION
A. Information accessibility as
One of internal projects for improvement of
quality of work at University of Novi Sad,
Technical faculty “Mihajlo Pupin” Zrenjanin,
Serbia is conducted in year 2010. Name of project
was “Improvement of information system of
students’ administration office”.
estimated study problem
Within study [2] an analysis is performed upon
results of questionnaire conducted with future
students, i.e. high school pupils. This study shows
that possible causes of problems at higher
education at university could be estimated by
future students:
• Most significant: professors behavior and
criteria for giving marks to students'
knowledge
• Second most significant: information
accessibility level.
There are many motives that influenced starting
this project. Generally speaking improvement of
quality brings stability of work and enhancements
to new working areas, within so called “chain
reaction” (Edward Deming, [1])
Quality
improvement
Lower processing costs
because of: less errors, faster
process, better resources
Productivity
improvement
Better quality and lower
costs enable better
market position
Keeping the work,
staying in business
B. Number of students living in
other cities
According to sample of data from students'
administration office database [3] (sample is taken
for several years of students registration), there is
approximately twice as much students' whose
home city is other city than Zrenjanin (72%, i.e.
3718 students from sample data), comparing to
those that live in Zrenjanin (28%, i.e. 1421 students
from sample data; Figure 2). This analysis shows
the need for remote access to daily information
regarding study process events, results etc.
New business
chances
Figure 1. Deming's chain reaction of quality improvement
[1]
In this paper we present detailed analysis of
state of quality of information system of students'
administration office at University of Novi Sad,
Technical faculty "Mihajlo Pupin" Zrenjanin. This
analysis presents a background for motives for
92
possible is 10.00), while for school year 2008/09
was 8.50.
Even the average mark for quality satisfaction
of students' administration office services is very
high, still there are many students' free-form textual
comments regarding issues and suggestions for
improvements. These comments could be
categorized as [3]:
1. Both positive and negative comments
2. Suggestions for improvements
Figure 2. Diagram of number of students by home city
C. Graduate students' satistfaction with students'
administration office services
Graduate students at University of Novi Sad,
Technical faculty "Mihajlo Pupin" Zrenjanin at the
day of final exam, i.e. graduation day had to fill a
questionnaire regarding their impressions of quality
of overall educational institution services and
regarding specific segments, such as quality of
students' administration office services. Figure 3.
presents two diagrams showing statistics of overall
satisfaction with quality of overall educational
institution services (F) and with students'
administration office (SO). These data were
collected in school years 2001/2002 and
2002/2003. During these years, questionnaires
were given to students in aim to conduct continual
quality
checking
within
ISO
standards
requirements [4].
Both positive and negative comments were
given regarding behavior of employees at students'
office [3]: professionalism, polite behavior,
helpfulness, initiative, communication skills,
patience, empathy, etc.
Suggestions for improvements of students'
office quality of services include solving issues
regarding: better availability and accuracy of
information to students, organization of payments,
working speed and correctness of employees at
office, answering phone regarding information,
better organization of work, errors in work, short
period of working hours with students,
Students suggested that they find causes of
issues in too high workload of students'
administration office employees and the need for
better information system, i.e. software support to
speed up their work and increase availability of
information directly to students (without the need
for students' administration office employees work
- for example - by personalized internet
applications at official web site of this educational
institution, where they could have access to list of
passed exams and payments records).
III PROJECT PROBLEMS AND GOALS
A. Problems
Basic problems that this project aim to solve are
related to quality factors of students' administration
office:
• Level of accessibility of personalized
information to students
• Data processing quality and speed.
Figure 3. Diagram of overall educational institution services
and students' office services quality satifaction
According to Bologna process, starting with
school year 2007/08 regular quality checking is
performed regarding all aspects of study process
and educational institution services. Questionnaires
are given to all students that are included in
accredited courses. Results of statistic analysis
regarding students quality satisfaction regarding
students' administration office show that in school
year 2007/2008 average mark was 8.45 (maximum
B. Goals
Basic goals of this project were related to:
• Determine state of information system of
whole educational institution, particularly
of
students'
administration
office
information system.
93
•
•
B. State of information system of students'
administration office
Students' administration office has 4
workstations with Windows XP operative system
and MS Office and one workstation in the role of
database server. Each of them have Internet access
and use e-mail.
Propose model of solution to improvement
of information system
Create a prototype of a software application
in aim to improve current state of
information system.
IV STATE OF INFORMATION SYSTEM
Software application was developed in 1994 in
Fox development environment. It consists of two
separate applications:
• Undergraduate
studies
administration
(application ARSA)
• Graduate/master studies administration
(application Nauka)
A. State of information system of educational
institution
In 2010, at project beginning, state of
information system of this educational institution
was as presented in Table 1.
TABLE I. STATE OF INFORMATION SYSTEM OF
EDUCATIONAL INSTUTITION
LAYER
HARDWARE
SOFTWARE
LIFEWARE
ORGWARE
There is also another application developed in
Visual Studio .NET environment for printing
reports regarding exams, that uses basic ARSA's
database.
STATE
computers - desktop workstations, servers,
laptop
printers
network equipment - switch, ruter
UPS devices
device for automated SMS messaging
operative systems
office software
applications + databases
web application + web site
eLearning system
administrator for hardware and network
equipment
web administrator
employees with computer skills
laws and regulations
Problems of current (in 2010) state of
information systems at this office are:
• Incomplete functionality of software - it is
not possible to enter all necessary data that
are needed, especially for B diploma, i.e.
diploma supplement.
• Statistics is not supported,
• Redundancy in administration of exams,
• Results of exams are delivered by teaching
staff, which are obliged to publish exam
results accurately at official web site, but
sometimes
students' office employees
unnecessarily need to inform students about
exams results by phone
Regarding hardware, each office is equipped
with workstations and printers and it is part of
LAN network. Each of them has access to Internet.
Software in use (in 2010) at this educational
institution is presented at Table 2.
Suggestions, made by employees at students'
administration office, for improvement of current
information system are:
• Creating completely new client/server
application that could enable registration of
all necessary data, as well as all other
functionalities like printing all reports and
statistics,
• Creating web application for students' exam
registration and payments records to
eliminate queues of students if front of
students' administration office
• Creating web application that could enable
personalized access to exam results lists,
without the need for phone calls regarding
exam results.
TABLE II. STATE OF SOFTWARE AT EDUCATIONAL
INSTITUTION LEVEL
SOFTWARE
TYPE
operative system
Windows XP, Linux, Windows 2000
office software
MS Office
software
applications and
databases
1. basic students' administration office
software application and database
2. software for accounting office
web site
eLearning system
other software
DESCRIPTION
Web content management system for web
site data publication (ASPX application
and MS SQL database)
dLearn softver (ASP application and
Access /SQL server database)
software as tools in educational process
multimedia software
94
C. Strategic decisions
V MODEL OF SOLUTION
According to specified state of current (in 2010)
information system of institution and students'
administration office, problems and suggestions for
improvement, there are three possible strategic
directions:
• To complete (add) existing software
• To create the whole new client/server
application and web application
• To buy off-the-shelf complete solution.
A. Business process model
According to text that describes knowledge
about students' administration office workflow,
detailed business process model has been created
within CASE tool Power Designer.
The main workflow of students' administration
office is presented at appropriate "swimlane", while
other organization parts and actors in process
outside of this office boundaries are also presented
in separate "swimlanes". This way all activities
within students' administration office, as well as
activities that they depend upon are all presented at
business process model at Fig. 4.
Each of these directions has some advantages
and disadvantages.
• First direction advantages: low cost, inhouse development, using existing software
that employees are accustomed at,
implement only additional features that are
needed. Disadvantages: interoperability of
different solutions, their integration
• Second direction advantages: in-house
development,
integral
approach.
Disadvantages: long time to implement,
possibly long time to test and quality
assurance
• Third direction advantages: short time to
start
working
well-tested
solution.
Disadvantages: dependency on software
author for any adjustments to specific
needs, high costs.
B. Analysis of business process and conceptual
software design
Each of specified activity at previously
presented business process model has been
analyzed regarding current technology and
organizational aspect of functionality at this office
and for each of these activities specific solution has
been proposed regarding software support in
client/server and web application. This analysis has
been performed within a textual table with
structure:
• Business activity: Working role/Actor,
Group of activities, Activity
• Current state of technology/organization
functionality
• Proposed new solution: Actor/User of
software function, Software function, Type
of application / module (Client/server, Web,
SMS, e-mail)
After textual analysis and matching business
activities with software functions, the complete list
of actors, software functions and software modules
was defined.
Within this project, strategic decision was made
toward:
• Second direction: complete, in-house
development with necessary development
results
regarding
business
process
modeling, data modeling and software
modeling
• First direction: implementation of a
prototype of software that brings additional
functionality that is needed and not
supported within existing solution and
integration of that new software to existing
software applications.
95
Figure 4. Business process model of students' administration office activities
96
roles) of proposed new software application is
presented at figure 5.
C. Actors
One of results of business process-to-software
solution mapping is list of actors. Diagram that
represents all actors (types of users by working
Unidentified website user
User
Zaposleni
Educational institution service user
Office employees
Exam planning committee staff
Student
Teaching plan staff committee
Teaching staff
Candidate for student
Students' office employee
Legal office employee
Entry exam commitee staff
Department member
Graduation commitee staff
Menthor
Human resources office employee
Exam committee staff
President of commitee for graduation
Department secretary
Figure 5. Actors of proposed integral software solution
as needed support to students' office administration
as well as overall educational process (Figure 6).
D. Software modules
According to previously described tabular
analysis, several software modules were identified
W e b a p p l i c a ti o n
C l i e n t se rv e r w i n d o w s a p p l i c a t i o n
E d u c a t i o n a l so f t w a re
D a t a b a se
S t u d e n t s w o rk a rc h i v e
S M S so f t w a re
E d u c a t i o n a l m a t e ri a l
E -m a i l so f t w a re
S M S a rc h i v e
e -M a i l a rc h i v e
Figure 6. Software modules of proposed solution
•
•
VI PROTOTYPE OF SOFTWARE SOLUTION
A. Scope
Prototype of software solution has been
developed as web application that could enable
students to register for exam and to be informed
about exam results.
•
B. Technology
Web application was developed as threetier application:
97
Lowest tier(layer) is MS Access database.
Middle-tier consist of Java classes
(developed
by
using
NetBeans
development environment) that enable
user interface to connect to database and
perform queries for presenting and
updating data
User interface is JSP (Java Server Pages)
web application that runs upon Java
runtime integrated with web server, like
Apache Tomcat web server.
C. Database model
Figure 10. shows list of passed exams with
marks for particular student (personalized display).
Database model is presented at figure 7.
Figure 7. Relational database model for prototype
application
Figure 10. List of passed exams with marks
D. User interface
In this section will be presented several
main pages of user interface of developed
prototype of web application. Figure 8. shows
list of subjects/exams.
VII CONCLUSION
In this paper project results of improvement of
students' administration office information system
were presented. Motivations for starting project,
current state and the process of information system
development were explained. Prototype of
implemented web application was presented.
Further development of system should lead to
improvement of prototype and integration with
existing modules of information system of
students' administration office.
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
Figure 8. List of subjects within graduate course
Figure 9. shows page for exam registration
by students.
[3]
[4]
Figure 9. Exam registration by students
98
D. Đorđević, D. Ćoćkalo: Upravljanje kvalitetom, Tehnički
fakultet "Mihajlo Pupin", Zrenjanin, 2004.
Lj. Kazi, "Methodical and organizational improvement of
University education quality within development of integrated
software system of technical faculty", Master of science thesis
at University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty "Mihajlo Pupin"
Zrenjanin, Serbia, 2005.
Lj. Kazi, B. Radulovic, "Project documentation for project:
Improvement of students' administration office information
system", University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty "Mihajlo
Pupin", Zrenjanin, 2010.
D. Đorđević, D. Ćoćkalo, "ISO 9000 - Internal audit
questionnaire for students", University of Novi Sad, Technical
faculty "Mihajlo Pupin" Zrenjanin, Serbia, 2000.
MULTIMEDIAL FOREIGN LANGUAGE
ACQUISITION PROCESS BASED ON
HINTS, LEVERAGING SIDE-EFFECT
M. Tomasek, M. Cajkovsky, M. Ennert, B. Mados
Department of Computers and Informatics, Faculty of Electrical Engineering and Informatics,
Technical University of Kosice, Letna 9, 042 00 Kosice, Slovakia
[email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
Abstract - This paper presents novel approach in foreign
language learning process, presented in attractive manner,
using multimedia concept. Learning process is done rather
by listening to foreign language, and spoken text
understanding, than mechanical reading. Foreign
language learning is conceived as a side-effect during
other student’s activity. Less known words are presented
to students as hints. Those hints are laid directly into the
context of appropriate problematic and are therefore
helpful to better understanding and memorizing. This is
resulting in a process, where student is focusing on the
appropriate problematic and language learning is
performed as a side-effect. Whole solution is conceived as
low cost and is as simple as possible. We are using mainly
existing
technologies
which
are
appropriately
interconnected.
and many, many more little discoveries. In fact we
can say that we have learnt our mother language as
a side effect during other activities and learning.
Our proposal solution leverages those facts and
tries to turn them on in a manner that is attractive
mostly among young people, to simple video
watching.
II DUBBING OR SUBTITLING
There are several studies which investigates
influence to foreign language learning by watching
not dubbed video (in original language) with
translated subtitles [2][8]. Some of those studies
show that this technique can improve language
skills. Those studies also show that subtitles has
not negative influence on video material and are
not disturbing factor. According to [2] only less
than 5 percents of whole time is spent on reading
subtitles. Some people also prefer to watch video
with original voice because of incorrect dubbing,
also majority of (new) video materials simply are
not available in dubbed form and subtitles is one
possible option.
I INTRODUCTION
When someone speaks more languages he is
able to learn new one easier, because of ability to
compare newly learning language with already
known languages. However as a child no one of us
had this ability, there was no reference language
that we could compare to language which we were
trying to learn. When we ask our parents how we
started speaking, probably the most frequent
answer will be that we begun with sound
mimicking and later trying to saying simple words.
In fact some countries can be classified
according to if their TVs or cinemas prefers
subtitling or dubbing, for example typical dubbing
countries are: Austria, France, Germany, Italy,
Spain, Czech republic and Slovakia, on the other
hand typical subtitling countries are Belgium,
Denmark,
Finland,
Greece,
Luxembourg,
Netherland, Portugal and Sweden [2][3][6][7].
Some of those countries are shown in table 1, with
appropriate EPI index, which represents amount of
English speaking people in particular country. The
average EPI index in countries which uses dubbing
is 52.86, the average EPI index in countries which
uses subtitles is 62.15. From those results we can
conclude, that there are more English speaking
people in countries which use subtitles instead
dubbing.
There was no teacher that forced us to
memorize grammar or vocabulary nevertheless
many of us was able to communicate after few
years [1]. Very important thing is also fact that we
did not know the meaning of words that we were
saying, we were just repeating after a parent,
which gives us hints in a context. Probably those
parents’ hints and context in which the words were
presented helped us to learn language so fast.
Another important factor is for sure that we
start speaking in friendly, non-invasive, playful
environment. During our early childhood we do
not only start to learn language, we also begun
with whole world exploring, “the sun is warm”,
“water is wet”, “dog is barking”, “banana is tasty”,
99
implementation, which is helpful in learning and
practicing foreign language skills. This method is
mainly focused on listening to foreign language
and understanding whole concept of given
problematic. This is achieved by hints which are
available to students or observers. We have used
group of Slovak speaking people which were
watching movie in English language.
TABLE I. LIST OF DUBBING OR SUBTITLING COUNTRIES
WITH EPI INDEX
Figure 1. Original and transladed subtitles displayed
simlutaneously
Another equally significant part of this problem
is fact that subtitles are much more cheaper, and
easier to make than dubbing equivalent [2][3][6].
Figure 2. Original and transalted subtitles displayed
simulteaneously, after removing most frequent words
DUB/SUB
EPI
Austria
DUB
58.58
Germany
DUB
56.64
France
DUB
53.16
Slovakia
DUB
50.64
Italy
DUB
49.05
Spain
DUB
49.01
Netherland
SUB
67.93
Denmark
SUB
66.58
Sweden
SUB
66.26
Finland
SUB
61.25
SUB
57.23
Belgium
53.62
Portugal
SUB
* EPI = English Proficiency Index (Higher Better) [9]
We all know the situation, when we were
listening to music and did not understand lyrics
very well, but when we read the lyrics we already
know many of the words and also understand the
song meaning. Thus people often argue that they
have no problem with listening but only if they
have written text also. But reading, listening and
whole context understanding is three different
things.
We decided to try experiment in which we
observed small group of native Slovak speaking
people which watched video in English language
with English subtitles. Those people fell into B1
group according to CEFR. We asked them simple
question: were you reading subtitles or not?
Almost all people answered, yes. We’ve also
convinced if the people were able to reproduce the
plot seen on video. Thus we made conclusion that
if there is possibility to read spoken text in form of
subtitles, the people utilizes it and rely on it,
instead of trying to listen and deducting some not
understood words from context. This can be
caused by fact that people can read much faster
than listen, [4] and thus they're reading forward
and are still able to catch a video also.
of
Country
III PROPOSAL SOLUTION
We had to face the main challenges of our
proposed system uses during deploying the
learning process. We focused to properly leverage
and further implement the observations and factors
mentioned in the previous paragraphs. We set the
main key features of proposed solution as
following:
• Lectures presented in playful, attractive
manner – This means that student should
have feeling of friendly non intrusive activity
which should be profitable for him.
• Fast and easy preparation of lectures (within
minutes, required basic computer skills) by
teacher or student – This means that student
and teacher can prepare lections witch basic
knowledge and no special education or
training is required as it often is in another
approaches. This also reduces the whole cost
of entire solution and time needed for
preparing new lessons.
• Focusing lectures rather on specific problems
and leveraging foreign language learning as
a side-effect – This means that during lesson
student even do not know or do not realize
Following lines presents proposal architecture
education process and its practical
100
•
•
•
that one of the purposes of class is to force
him to learn or practice foreign language.
Presenting foreign words in context, because
of easier remembering – This means that all
words which student learn are not presented
separately (as it is often done by memorizing
vocabularies) but rather in context where
they are mostly used in real life.
Using hints to help understand problematic
and learning foreign words – This means that
there are hints which are offered to students.
Those hints should help to understand and
catch the given problematic.
Focusing on foreign language listening and
understanding rather than reading – This
means that students are indirectly forced to
listen and try inferring even unknown words
rather than simply read them.
Third idea was adopted as a best approach. We
chose method where only unknown words with
their translations are shown (Fig. 2).
Then we presented video with this type of
subtitles to beholders and asks them the same
questions. Observers were able to reproduce plot
also if they watched the video with significantly
reduced subtitles form. Thus we inferred that
students were indirectly forced to focusing on
listening and trying to understand context rather
than simple reading.
Figure 4. Script feature - displaying subtitles in three
languages
IV TECHINCAL DETAILS
Whole solution is conceived as a simple GNU
Bash [12] script which is running under Cygwin
[11] environment. This script finds most frequent
words in subtitle file given specified threshold and
simply gets rid of them, because there is a high
probability that those words are one of the most
used words in English and students are already
familiar with it. The script also removes commas,
question marks, dashes and another non important
character. Thus only less knows words remains
and are used as hints.
Figure 3. KMPlayer feature – displaying up to three
subtitles streams in one video
After considering those factors we’ve infer that
we can achieve those key features through non
intrusive and popular activity, such as “simple”
video watching. We proposed a concept where
video is watched with “specially prepared” type of
subtitles. This approach fits to all key features of
proposal solution. Several ideas were tried with
subtitles dealing:
The next step is translating remaining words to
student’s native language and creating another
subtitle file. The result of this process are two
separate subtitle files containing only less frequent
(unknown) words translated into two languages,
one in same foreign language as video and another
in mother language of student. This process with
examples is described on Fig. 6. As it is shown
this is rapidly reducing the amount of text
appearing on screen in contrast to Fig. 1.
First idea was the time adjustment of subtitles.
We assumed that spoken language will outrun
subtitles and therefore student should be able to
firstly listen and after few (milli) seconds verify
their assumption against read subtitles. However
practical experiment shows that this was rather
misleading than helping for students, probably the
Stroop effect took place [5].
As a translation engine we have chosen Google
Translate [14]. We must say that using Google
Translate environment for translation was chosen
as a proof of concept solution. There could be used
another tools such as StarDict [24] with its console
version sdcv [25]. StarDict is an open source and
can be extended with various languages and
Second idea was to place foreign language
subtitles to bottom of video and translated subtitles
to upper of video (or vice-versa) (Fig. 1).
Experimenting with this type of subtitles shows
that bunch of text that user did not catch was
misleading also.
101
dictionaries or even used as glossary of terms
dictionary. The main advantage of Google
Translate is that this database is periodically
updated and is available from anywhere via
internet connection. Second advantage can be fact
that with little modification of our script we can
also obtains in batch mode the pronunciation in
form of audio spoken text directly from Google
Translate. This can be further used for example in
mp3 players for practicing pronunciation or
iconv -f $encoding <<<"$result" | awk 'BEGIN
{RS="</div>"};/<span[^>]*
id=["'\'']?result_box["'\'']?/' | html2text -utf8
This script shows that Google Translate accepts
three arguments in URL: sl, tl and text. The sl
represents source language (language from which
we want translate), tl represents target language
(language to which we want translate) and text
represents the string which will be translated. One
of possible options for sl and tl following:
•
•
•
•
sk - Slovak language
cs - Czech language
sr - Serbian language
en - English language
Further options can be obtained directly from
Google Translate web page using e.g. Firefox [22]
with FireBug [23] plug-in.
The Google Translate is not only one
component that can be replaced. Cygwin script can
be easily replaced also, the good candidates are
e.g. Ruby [15], Python [16], Perl [17] or their
windows based implementations. As a video
player KMPlayer [13] was chosen. KMPlayer is
able to display up to three subtitle streams
simultaneously (Fig. 3). We are not aware of any
another multimedia player which is capable to
display multiple subtitles streams.
Figure 5. Script feature - displaying subtitles with
pronunciation
listening by student.
On the other hand the internet connection is
double-edged sword and it is needed during lesson
preparation, which is mostly not problem
nowadays but sometimes it cannot be achieved.
Another pitfall of using Google Translate is
communication with this online service using
technique which can be nowadays considered as a
“workaround”. As we are not aware of any official
API for Google Translate we have to use own
method to access this service. To obtain
translations thus we decided to write own parser
for
retrieving
results
from
http://translate.google.com page. It should be
noted that this technique is not officially supported
by Google and it is not guaranteed to work in
future. However as it was mentioned Google
Translate was chosen as a proof of concept and
can be easily replaced by another (online or
offline) services. Following lines contains snippet
of code using to communicate with Google
Translate and parse its outputs, this is modified
version of script presented here [21]:
For our purposes we used two subtitle sources
because displaying three subtitles is rather
misleading than helping even if KMPlayer
supports vertical subtitle adjusting with “ctrl+[”
and “ctrl+]” keyboard shortcuts (Fig. 3).
KMPlayer allows opening multiple subtitles using
following steps: right click mouse button on video,
selecting
“Subtitles”,
selecting
“Subtitle
Languages”, selecting “2nd Subtitle”, and
selecting “Load Subtitle”. This process and user
interface of KMPlayer is shown on Fig 7.
Unfortunately KMPlayer is only available for
Microsoft Windows [19] and is not ported for
GNU/Linux [20]. However Wine [18] emulator
allows running Microsoft Windows native
applications in GNU/Linux environment. Thus we
can say that our implementation is compatible with
GNU/Linux using some workarounds.
result=$(curl -s -i --user-agent "Mozilla/6.0
(Windows NT 6.2; WOW64; rv:16.0.1)
Gecko/20121011 Firefox/16.0.1" -d "sl=$source" d
"tl=$target"
--data-urlencode
"text=$1"
'http://translate.google.com')
V FUTURE WORK
This paper presents novel approach and
realized implementation as the proof of concept.
However this realization is far from perfect. As it
was mentioned there are several pitfalls which
encoding=$(awk '/Content-Type: .* charset=/
{sub(/^.*charset=["'\'']?/,""); sub(/[ "'\''].*$/,"");
print}' <<<"$result")
102
were solved by using various workarounds. One
of them is using Google Translate custom parsing
engine, another is using KMPlayer on GNU/Linux
through Wine emulator. Our next research will
focus on using another multi/platform dictionary,
we have outlines possibilities in afore text. We are
also considering implementation of custom multi
platform multimedia player (or plug-in) capable
running two subtitle streams. The promising
solution appears using SMPlayer [26] which is
GUI front end for mplayer [27] with various
scripts which are available to this software.
installation and configuration. Second is that this
service can be accessed from anywhere where
interment connection is available. Another benefit
is that this can be interconnected with user
feedback, statistics etc. which can help to student’s
progress. Another improvement can be achieved
by using more sophisticated dictionaries and
considering adjacent words. Our current solution
translates input text on per words basis. Therefore
translation of phrases which are comprised of
multiple words can be misleading. We also believe
that further reducing of hints will force the
students to be even more focused on problematic.
Another interesting solution can be Matroška
SSA/ASS subtitle format [28]. We are also
considering making current concept as online
portal. This should benefit in several facts; first is
that students are unburdened of any software
Figure 7. KMPlayer – UI - opening multiple subtitles streams
This can be easily achieved with more
sophisticated dealing with various verbal forms of
the same word and its inflections, this should
ensure that only root of the word will be
preserved. To achieve this we can use some
stemming methods [29][30]. Several tools exists
for this purpose, one of the most famous is
hunspell [31][32] another are implemented as a
perl modules [33][34]. We are also considering
displaying pictures as hints to given words, as we
are not aware yet of any player that is capable that,
we are considering developing own solution.
Another benefit could be displaying translations to
multiple languages. KMPlayer is capable that but
as it was mentioned the result is misleading and
unclear (Fig. 3), however with little modification of
our script we can achieve more readable results, as
it shown on Fig 4. The little modification of script
and using appropriate data source for dictionary
also allows the pronunciation displaying (Fig. 5).
The method of choosing potentially already
known and unknown words can be extended by
using particular language statistics (most used
words or most misspelled words in given language
etc.) or building profile for user.
Figure 6. Process of hints creation
103
[7]
VI CONCLUSION
In this paper we presented solution that
completely differs from traditional scholar
methods. We presented learning of foreign
languages as a side-effect of another learning or
entertaining activity. Our experiments show that
learning and mostly listening and understanding
foreign language can be achieved with this non
invasive, attractive form. Feature is also that
students are able to prepare lessons on their own,
just using internet and basic computer skills, this
rapidly unload the teacher. Student is indirectly
forced to learn foreign language with learning
another material simultaneously. However we are
recommending our technique as a supplementary
to the traditional learning methods. We have also
outlined some advances and pitfalls, however our
solution was conceived as proof concept and this
learning model shows as a promising alternative to
currently used techniques. Only the further
experiencing with this technique will show that if
is worth to deploy in larger spectrum. We
presented also some innovative ideas that we will
deploy in near future. Those solutions can help e.g.
to deaf people to learn foreign language. By
expanding widespread broadband multimedia and
internet our solution can deployed basically
anytime and anywhere.
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
[23]
This work was supported by the Slovak
Research and Development Agency under the
contract No. APVV-0008-10. Project is being
solved at the Department of Computers and
Informatics, Faculty of Electrical Engineering and
Informatics, Technical University of Košice.
[24]
[25]
[26]
[27]
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[28]
L. Kuniyoshi: “Language Acquisition and Brain Development”.
Science 310 (5749): 815–819. doi:10.1126/science.1113530.
PMID 16272114.
J. Borell “SUBTITLING OR DUBBING? An investigation of
the effects from reading subtitles on understanding audiovisual
material” Lund: Lund University Sweden, 2000.
C. M. Koolstra, A. L. Peeters and Herman Spinhof: “The Pros
and Cons of Dubbing and Subtitling”, European Journal of
Communication, 2002.
G. C. D’Ydewalle, K. P. Verfaillie and J. van Rensbergen:
“Watching Subtitled Television: Automatic Reading Behavior”,
Communication Research 18: 650–66, 1991.
J. R. Stroop: “Studies of interference in serial verbal reactions”,
Journal of Experimental Psychology 18 (6): 643–662.
doi:10.1037/h0054651. Retrieved 2008-10-08, 1935.
Media Consulting Group In Partnership With PeacefulFish
“Study On Dubbing And Subtitling Needs And Practices In The
European Audiovisual Industry”, Executive Summary, 2007.
[29]
[30]
[31]
[32]
[33]
[34]
104
F. Riggio: “Dubbing vs. subtitling” Multilingual computing &
technology, 2010.
H. Safar et. al “Study on the use of subtitling: The potential of
subtitling to encourage language learning and improve the
mastery of foreign languages”, EACEA 2009
EF Education First Ltd. - English Proficiency Index, 2011
L. Vokorokos, A. Pekár and N. Ádám: “Preparing Databases for
Network Traffic Monitoring”, 2012. - 1 elektronický optický
disk (CD-ROM). In: SAMI 2012 : 10th IEEE Jubilee
International Symposium on Applied Machine Intelligence and
Informatics : proceedings : Herľany, Slovakia, January 26-28,
2012. - Budapest : IEEE, 2012 P. 13-18. - ISBN 978-1-45770195-5
Cygwin, Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://www.cygwin.com/
GNU Bash, Offcial Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/
KMPlayer, Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://www.kmpmedia.net/
Google, Translate Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://translate.google.com/
Ruby, Official Home Page, 2013, available at: http://www.rubylang.org/en/
Python, Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://www.python.org/
Perl
Official
Home
Page,
2013,
available
at:
http://www.perl.org/
Wine, Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://www.winehq.org/
Microsoft Windows Official Page, 2013, available at:
http://windows.microsoft.com/
GNU/Linux, Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://www.gnu.org/gnu/linux-and-gnu.html
CrunchBang Linux Forums: Accessing Google Translate from a
Terminal,
2013,
available
at:
http://crunchbang.org/forums/viewtopic.php?id=17034
Mozilla Firefox, Offical Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/
FireBug, Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://getfirebug.com/
StarDict, Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://code.google.com/p/stardict-3/
sdcv - console version of StarDict program, Official Home
Page, 2013, available at: http://sdcv.sourceforge.net/
SMPlayer, Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://smplayer.sourceforge.net/
mplayer, Official Home Page, 2013, available at:
http://www.mplayerhq.hu
Matroška SSA/ASS Subtitles, Official Home Page, 2013,
available
at:
http://matroska.org/technical/specs/subtitles/ssa.html
David Hull: “A. Stemming algorithms: A case study for detailed
evaluation”. Journal of the American Society for Information
Science, 1996, 47.1: 70-84.
Julie B. Lovins, “Development of a stemming algorithm”. MIT
Information Processing Group, Electronic Systems Laboratory,
1968.
Hunspell Offical Home Page, 2013, avaliable at:
http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/
Xah Lee:” Hunspell Tutorial”, 2013, avaliable at:
http://xahlee.info/comp/hunspell_spell_checking.html
Benjamin Franz, Lingua Stem, 2013, avaliable at:
http://search.cpan.org/~snowhare/Lingua-Stem0.84/lib/Lingua/Stem.pod
Marvin Humphrey, Lingua Stem Snowball, 2013, avaliable at:
http://search.cpan.org/~creamyg/Lingua-Stem-Snowball0.952/lib/Lingua/Stem/Snowball.pm
FACEBOOK AS A FUNCTION OF
TEACHING
M. Ceke, V. Grbic, S. Milenkovic, M. Pardanjac, S. Jokic
University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, Zrenjanin, Republic of Serbia
Abstract - Social networks are an increasingly popular
way to communicate over the Internet, and increasingly
replaced by writing emails. In addition to global social
networks, there are also smaller networks of local or
national character, as those are basically musical contents
are intended for maintaining or business contacts to those
used exclusively publish short messages, where users write
about what they think now, what they do or feel.
Currently the most popular social network is Facebook
with 200 million users. Most beneficiaries are those with
less than 30 years, although the mass use of specially
recorded among persons aged 35 to 49 years. Recently,
social networks are also applied in the teaching process.
This paper will give some basic information about social
networks, as well as some examples of application in the
teaching process.
nodes, and so does social network. Social
networks can be established on or off depending
on need. It is displayed as a diagram, where the
lines are shown as links and nodes as a great big
point.
I INTRODUCTION
While technological differences abound, social
network sites are “web - based services that allow
individuals to (1) construct a public or semi-public
profile within a bounded system, (2) articulate a
list of other users with whom they share a
connection, and (3) view and traverse their list of
connections and those made by others within the
system” [1].
As previous communication technologies (e.g.
email, chat rooms, bulletin boards, etc.) have been
integrated into the way we teach and administer
our courses, social network sites may also have a
place in our classroom.
To date, the reactions of using social network
sites for educational purposes are mixed.
II CONCEPT OF SOCIAL NETWORK
Social network is a social structure made of
individuals or organizations that are called "nodes"
which are associated with one or more specific
types of interdependency. These networks are
connected to people looking for new friends, want
to get in touch with people who are far away from
them, who wish to express their views, participate
in discussions with other people on a particular
topic
Figure 1. Example diagrams of social networks
The research in the academic environment has
shown that social networks operate on many
levels, from families up to the level of the nation,
and play a key role in determining how to solve
some problems, how organizations work, and the
degree to which an individual will succeed in
achieving individual goals.
A few years later, in 2002 and 2004 created the
currently most popular networks MySpace and
Facebook. Regular users of global networks are
surprisingly quickly accepted mode of operation of
these sites and social networks in general.
Virtual teams within social networks are
associated with individual networks, which
together achieve their goals, and that only a few
times can be found in person.
The ten most used social networks in Serbia:
• FACEBOOK
• MYSPACE
• FLICKR
• HI5
• TAGGED
• KARIKE
• NEOGEN
• POZNANICI
The nodes are the actors within the network,
and relationships are the connections between
105
•
•
FURKA
DODIRNI ME
III FUNCTIONING, ADVANTAGES AND
DISADVANTAGES OF SOCIAL NETWORKS
Every registered user gets his station or profile.
Settings and options for improving their profile is
growing. For example including services from
other sites, chat with those friends who are online.
The massive use of My Space and Facebook is
the ease of use. When someone is register as a new
member, I can decide who will be on his list of
friends. Then has the option of inviting other
members through their profiles, acceptance or
rejection of one's call to be his friend, making a
variety of groups and group members in a throw.
Great interest and motivation inspire comments.
Any registered user may comment on the image,
status, or if it is a group of every group member
can post video, status, pictures on the wall of the
group and comment on the status of installed video
and image from another group member.
The appearance of social networks had a great
influence on society and drastically changed the
way of communication between people. While
older people refuse to accept such a way to
communicate because they believe that this way of
communication brainless, young people would
rather say that social networks are extremely
useful and easier to establish contacts and
improve.
Social networks allow users to make new
friendships, maintain communication with their
friends from other places, other countries or even
from another continent, connecting people with the
same interests, allow business people to promote
their own or another organization. Offer
developers a set of APIs (Application
Programming Interface) and tools that allows
third-party developers to integrate with "open
graph"-either through the application of social web
site or through external sites and devices.
Despite the great benefits of social networks,
there are serious problems they bring. Addiction
is very prevalent problem among users of social
sites. Such dependence was not included in the
official list of mental disorders and illnesses, but
some analysts believe that soon could be found in
a medical publication. User privacy is
compromised. All information users share on the
social web site automatically belong to the
company and are stored on their servers even when
you close your account. Extremely big problem is
the abuse of children for pornographic purposes.
Social networks are an important segment, not
only in the world of information, but also in
everyday life for us.
IV FACEBOOK
Facebook is a website that serves as a social
service network. Since September 2006, anyone
who has over 13 years and have a valid e-mail
address can become a facebook user. People use
Facebook to communicate with their loved ones,
with my friends, share pictures and videos and
many life situations. It was founded by Mark
Zuckerberg while he was a student at Harvard
University, with his college roommates Saverino,
Hughes and Moskovitz. Initially it was used only
by students at Harvard, but later spread to Boston
University, and now the whole world. Facebook
now has 400 million users worldwide, and was
banned for a time in some countries - Syria, Iran,
China, Vietnam. Major drawback of Facebook is
that people spend much time on it, and so many
employees who work in firms were denied access
to the social network.
In March 2006, the founder of Facebook Mark
Zuckerberg offered $ 750 million for the sale of
their site, which he refused, and later the price
climbed to $ 2 billion from an unknown bidder.
Microsoft bought 1.6 shares of Facebook for $ 240
million. This offer to buy Facebook speak only
how much his popularity. Many companies
advertise on it, and therefore pay large sums.
Another advantage is that it is free for its users.
Today we can go on Facebook and via mobile,
which is also a great advantage of social networks
- the so-called smart phones the first in a series
was the Motorola Baya.
106
Figure 2. Facebook beginning page
V FACEBOOK AS A FUNCTION OF TEACHING
Arrival information and communication
technology in the classroom is an inevitable thing
that happens. Most of the teachers is ready for this
innovation, but like all technology news,
application of modern technology in the classroom
from day to day changes.
“In addition to the incredible usage rate among
students, there are a number of unique features that
make it amenable to educational pursuits. For
example, Facebook is equipped with bulletin
boards, instant messaging, email, and the ability to
post videos and pictures. Most notably, anyone can
post information and collaborate within the
system.”[1]
Social networks, such as Facebook, can provide
numerous other pedagogical advantages to both
teachers and students.
Facebook increases both teacher –student and
student - student interaction in the form of web based communication.
Facebook helps instructors connect with their
students about assignments, upcoming events,
useful links, and samples of work outside of the
classroom.
Students can use Facebook to contact
classmates about questions regarding class
assignments or examinations as well as collaborate
on assignments and group projects in an online
environment.
Facebook is a network that connects students
with other students, indirectly creating a learning
community Facebook provides instructors
opportunities and structures by which students can
help and support one another by building their
courses atop the community already established by
the students themselves.
There are two ways to use Facebook in the
classroom. One is to have everyone add the
teacher as a friend, then download the “Files”
module and the “Questions” module. All
assignments and other items get posted to the
“Files” module and the teacher can use the
“Questions” module to send out questions to
their students.
“The other method is to do the above, but
also create a group for the class. Within the
group you can post homework notices and
other class notices, as well as have an
interface for students to discuss class
issues.”[2]
Pilot project on the use of Facebook for
educational purposes in Serbia was first applied in
the Fifth Belgrade High School, the teaching of
literature, so they made profiles Serbian romantic
poets, whose works are taught in second grade in
the Serbian language and literature in high schools
and vocational schools. According to Jasna Matić,
Minister of Telecommunications, profiles of poets
other than basic information, include and
107
descriptions of
achievements.
their
lives,
works
and
"The project has met with great interest from
representatives of youth in UNESCO because
there is no additional cost, and motivate students
to free time and as you spend on the Internet use in
the teaching process," said Matić. [3]
Technical Faculty "Mihajlo Pupin" has opened
a profile on facebook, where students have the
opportunity to be informed about the
examinations, teaching, library work, seminars are
held at the Faculty, the work of lecture notes,
teaching staff. Profile of the Faculty, students can
communicate with each
information, ask questions.
other
and
share
Faculty profile is also set video for future
students (Figure 3).
There are also information on the exams in
French and Italian languages, and also set a photo
album with Promotions 2012th (Figure 4)
Also, the profile can be found and information
about the entrance exam and e-learning introduced
by faculty to students who are unable to come to
prepare for the entrance exam, to be able to follow
lessons and working procedures of the task (Figure
5).
Figure 3. Video for future students
108
Figure 4. Information on the exams and a photo album with Promotions 2012th
Figure 5. Information about the entrance exam and e-learning
VI CONCLUSIONS
The benefits of using Facebook and social
networks are great. Increase the opportunities for
communication to teachers and students, because
in this way increases the number of learning styles,
providing an alternative to the traditional lecture
format, creating opportunities for online
classrooms
and
increase
interaction and student-student.
student-teacher
Teachers should be able to expand your
portfolio, promote active learning through learning
communities, and to test the effectiveness of online learning through social networks like
Facebook. In addition, the preparation of teachers
can create opportunities for teachers who are
109
prepared to work through Facebook to get
opinions about the experience with Facebook
networks and to create more effective lessons to
Facebook for their future classrooms.
[3]
[4]
http://dev.mtid.gov.rs/aktivnosti/aktuelno.835.html
http://sh.wikipedia.org/wiki/Facebook
[5]
http://www.facebook.com/tfMihajloPupin
[6]
http://sr.wikipedia.org/sr/%D0%94%D1%80%D1%83%D1%88
%D1%82%D0%B2%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B0_%D0%BC%
D1%80%D0%B5%D0%B6%D0%B0
http://www.ossvetisavacacak.edu.rs
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
http://www46.homepage.villanova.edu/john.immerwahr/TP101/
Facebook.pdf
http://www.webs05.com/2007/09/27/facebook-classroommanagement-and-teaching.html
[7]
110
EDUCATION IN THE FUNCTION OF
ACQUIRING APPLICABLE KNOWLEDGE
AS A RESPONSE TO THE GLOBAL CRISIS
G. Sucic*, Z. Pozega**, B. Crnkovic**
*University of Split, Faculty of Philosophy, Split
**University of Osijek, Faculty of Economics, Osijek
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
„Do we learn for the school or for the life?“
Abstract - This paper particularly points out the complex
problems of the contemporary world that demand of
education to abandon a form of stereotype way of
transferring and using the acquired knowledge with the
aim of training for the responsible and competent
behaviour and problem solving. This requires radical
changes in the coordination of education, what is reflected
primarily in abandonment of the former traditional model
of teaching and introduction of integrated developmental
curriculum as well as abandonment of rigid programmes
which reproduce inapplicable knowledge. By introducing
open flexible model based on the interest and motivation
of individuals and the community, and more
contemporary methods of teaching, development of
cooperative relations and team work followed by the
greater investment in science and education, the result will
be a production of the qualitative applicable knowledge
that will ensure changes in the domain of educational
practice thus creating perspective and alternative to the
existing knowledge that led up to the certain crisis.
Knowledge is exactly what it makes a value
different from any other resource over the history
defined as the most important means of the
production of irreplaceable values of the
contemporary society. Weaknesses that appear in
the process of acquiring knowledge are ceartainly
a quick obsolescence and inability of knowledge
inheritance; everyone starts from the same level of
ignorance and has to acquire the knowledge for
himself and use it selflessly and share it with the
others.
In the 21st century the illiterate will not be those who don't know
how to read or write but those who cannot learn, discard the learned
and learn again.
Globalisation is often perceived as a great
achievement in the contemporary world. But it can
generate global crisis that warns us and asks for
new requirements, new knowledges and skills
compatible with the challenges of the
contemporary world.
In the period of time when labour markets are
more and more competitive, investment in the new
applicable knowledges will become a priority in
order to attract and maintain necessary talents, and
train them effectively for high-technology.
Alvin Tofler
I INTRODUCTION
Teaching process implies the activity of an
individual resulting in acquisition of certain
knowledge, skills and manners, attitudes and
system of values. In the developed societies main
developmental resource is knowledge which is
called the human capital in the context of value
itself, and its level is greatly influenced by the
quality of education from which the competences
derive. Education should contribute to the general
increase through continual development of an
individual. That is why in all developed countries
knowledge is considered a national priority and
many strategies of development of education that
contribute to the economic, social and cultural
development of the society as well to the personal
development of its members are implemented.
Actually, the goal of intellectual capital is to
emphasize those knowledges that are in the
function of development. The value of intellectual
capital is equal to the future conversion of that
impalpable or virtual value in relation to an
individual as carrier of this intellectual capital. In
this way the value of subject that learns is more
widely and precisely shown, and is manifested
trough the need for more investment in the new
knowledges. Intellectual capital implies the ability
of turning the knowledge into a value.
Participation of everyone or the majority of
those in the process of learning with the aim of
creating values that will be estimated by the future
knowledge market is inevitable in the creation of
111
intellectual capital, where the investments in
knowledge are not perceived as the expense but
rather as an investment in the developmental
component. (Human Resources Accounting).
specialisation within a framework of continuing
education and life long learning.
Hence we confirm the already known
conclusion that life long learning is of a crucial
importance, and we substantiate it with the statistic
data and studies from the most developed
countries of the world, which show that
organisations spend up to ten thousand dollars per
year on education of their employees, up to 5% of
the institution's income per year, and 5% of their
working time (approximately 30 minutes) the
employees have for their education per day.
Average combined literacy score
600
550
500
450
400
Finland Japan
Canada
Rep. of Korea
Australia
UK Sweden
Ireland
France Norway Austria
USA
Czech Rep .
Belgium Denmark
Hungary
Germany
Poland
Spain
Italy
Greece Portuga l
Mexico
Chile
Argentina
The most common reasons for changes in the
education system are first of all, an unstoppable
progress of technology, a need for the new skills
that are required nowadays and that are necessary
for competitiveness and formal education that is
rigid and inflexible and as such condemned to
decadence and failure in relation to the alternative
that starts from the need for the new competences.
Indonesia
Brazil
350
Peru Cumulative
education expenditure per pupil (PPP US$)
300
0
20 000
40 000
60 000
80 000
100 000
Figure 1. Achieved results and accomplishments of the
quality of education in the countries that invested heavily in
science and education
The need for additional education can be
analysed from the aspects of: analysis on the level
of
the
learning
organisation,
necessary
competences for specific professions and analysis
on the level of an individual (what one lacks in
order to be more successful).
In today's economy (Knowledge Economy) or
economy based on knowledge (Knowledge Based
Economy) it is pointless to talk about the
importance of learning and knowledge as in the
institutions of formal learning so as in the informal
learning (Long Life Learning) which is more and
more present today.
General goals of permanent education should
primarily be increasing their competitiveness and
work success, their promotion to the complex
professions in the hierarchy. Special goals of
additional educational cycle are undoubtedly,
among others, improvement of the team work,
efficient time management, improvement of the
work safety, increasing the level of motivation and
creative way of thinking etc.
Whereas today's society and technologies are
developing rapidly, it is impossible to keep up to
date with the new trends, systems and innovations
without life long learning, and an individual as
such is not in the position to rise to the challenges
that are set up as an imperative reguirement of the
modern individual. Thus, the responsibility of the
academic community is greater if it fails to find a
modality of permanent training of the employees
as well as the preparation of the students for the
process of accumulated problems that are inflicted
upon by the system of wrongly set priorities.
II TEAM WORK AND DEVELOPMENT OF
COOPERATIVE RELATIONS AS A PRECONDITION OF
THE QUALITATIVE PROCESS OF KNOWLEDGE
MANAGEMENT
When it comes to education, we are witnesses
to many unsuccessful reforms that recur from time
to time, and it is promoted pronuncedly and
usually by the change of government when
discontinuity of necessary changes happen, thus
creating incalculable consequences for an
individual and the community. The emphasis in
life long learning should be placed on acquiring
applicable
knowledges,
specialisation,
improvement and training. The average time
period of obsolescence of certain knowledges has
never been so short so it is clear why such an
emphasis is placed on the permanent training and
As a value category, knowledge comprises of
all existing patents, processes and technology,
competences, skills and experiences of everyone
involved in the process as well as the information
exclusively related to a person. Time management,
which implies the process of gathering, organising
and transferring knowledge with the aim of the
effective and qualitative living is an equally
important part.
The goals of time management are surely
provision of reguired knowledges, development
and transfer of the available knowledge, the use of
112
existing knowledge and its further development.
Obstacles to the effective process of time
management can be ineffective and vertical
organisational structure from the seat of learning
to the organisations that are the users of acquired
knowledges, insufficient IT education, nonexistence of the adequate informational-technical
support etc. Preconditions of establishing a team
work system as a result of the qualitative
individual accomplishments with which a team is
improved and trained in the process of creating
data bank and knowledge that will be at everyone's
service for browsing and learning. By using such
approach and method, formal and informal
learning are being integrated.
according to Lauc, it will be divided into a moral,
an intellectual and a social capital, what gives a
new human and cultural dimension of the process
of acquiring and using knowledge together with
the developmental communication component thus
making new teams and knowledge networks. In
keeping accordance with the development
equating, Lauc from the human capital derives
equating of the development of society (country)
Y=ax1+bx2+cx3+dx4+ex5+fx6
where Y is=term of complete development, af= weight with argument, x1=motivation, x2=
competences,
x3=mutual
communication,
x4=equipment, x5=money and x6=environment of
the observed system. Relation of coefficients
(arguments) is: a > b > c > d > e > f. (Ž.Požega,
2012, 243.)
Theoreticaly set knowledge is evolved by the
information networking and their shaping and
connection with the related context, experience
and/or
expectations.
Competitiveness
and
complementarity evolve on the pyramid of
acquiring competences and skills in achieving
uniqueness and comparability of quantity and
quality of knowledge.
Pupils and students should be given an option of choice and
responsibility for their own education whenever it is possible.
Elizabeth Schulz
Let us remind us of the division of knowledge
made by Earl, Scott, Nonaka i Takeuchi that is
based on the following activities:
• identification, spreading, using and
protecting the existing knowledge,
• discovering informal or implicit knowledge,
• transforming implicit knowledge into
explicit knowledge,
• rising knowledge from an individual level
to the level of team and organisation,
• integrating knowledge management with
other activities.
III TEAMS AND THEIR MULTIDIMENSIONALITY
Business Process Reengineering- philosophy
that brings business processes to the fore has
transformed the way of forming teams and their
structure. Today’s teams are multifunctional, i.e.
multidimensional and their authority and influence
are not restricted only in the domain of one
function. Competences from various domains
create conditions for achieving developmental
concept with the purpose of accomplishing better
results.
Teams that are regarded as the process of
development of cooperative relations are in the
function of determining clear settings of constant
improvement of basic processes (value stream).
Knowledge system consists of:
• bank of knowledge (knowledge based or
knowledge warehouse),
• information-telecommunication team and
time management team,
• means and persons that possess knowledge
(logistical support team and knowledge
carriers),
• knowledge
transfer
systems
(videoconferences,
teleconferences,
presentations,
Intranet,
Extranet,
publications, workshops, seminars and
alike.)
Fast, reliable and qualitative information and
communication technology ensure radical
improvements of the performance of those teams
that are competent enough to get acquainted with
them and use them. Advantages that this
technology brings along are:
• Abandoning the functional organisational
obstacles-information exchange;
• Abandoning the spatial organisational
obstacles- members of the dislocated
subjects can also be a part of the team;
If the afore-mentioned division of knowledge is
set in the context of human values and capital,
113
•
•
“lifelong journey” towards the desirable and never
completely accomplished goal (Senge, 2001, 10).
Cooperation,
communication
and
coordination of activities are being set on
the significantly higher level;
The team possesses all the necessary
information for independent decision
making in due time.
Practice is the best theory.
Einstein
Harmut von Hentig, a renowned pedagogue has
turned this into a slogan: “Clarify mattersempower people!” (Hentig, 1987); and continued
that by clarifing professional issues we grow up as
people, and if we are being supported and
empowered it will be easier for us to deal with
many other issues. Meyer (2002) adds that the
development and the investment in the educational
system are not by themselves a goal and a purpose.
Its sole justification lies in the fact that learning
and teaching should be made more human and
efficient for all participants in the educational
process.
The new category of software- groupware has
been of great importance recently. This kind of a
software is self-oriented to team work. Usually
they integrate multimedia database, automatisation
of workflow, e-mail, electronic meetings,
conferencing and scheduling. The automatisation
of the workflow has been given a special attention
because it improves the level of harmony of
activities within a specific process.
IV HOW TO REFORM EDUCATIONAL PRACTICE
Similarly, Stoll (1999) clarifies how real
improvements and qualitative changes as in
education process so as in other institutions can be
realised only if they come from the inside, what
implies active cooperation of the team experts
from different domains, i.e. from the network of
common acquired values, trust, norms, social and
emotional relations, all of which form the culture
of an educational institution.
Mention should be made of the efforts of
Fullan (1993, 1999), one of the first authors who
explored the process of implementation of the
reforms in the educational practice (in the 70ies
and the 80ies) and implemented these discoveries
on the institute of teacher training in Canada.
Furthermore, (Leithwood, 2002, 101). Fullan
(1999, 44) clarifies expediency of planning
development of the school system in accordance
with the development of the society as a whole.
Many contemporary authors (Prosser, 1999,
Bascia, Hargreaves, 2000, Kinsler, Gamble, 2001,
Dantow and others, 2002) consider the
unpredictability,
complexity
and
multidemensionality to be the basic characteristics
of the educational system instead of linearity and
predictability. They call our attention to the fact
that the teacher is focused only on the predictable
and expected phenomena in the educational
practice and in this way could become more and
more insensitive to the phenomena of unexpected,
unpredicted, unplanned and sometimes illogical
situations which are very common in the
educational practice (Fullan, 1993, 1999, Hopkins,
2001, Filippini, 2001). Meyer (2002, 163) clarifies
that “ students should be prepared for the future
whose contours we can only flair”, (...) as opposed
to today’s absurd that young people are educated
for the professions that no longer exist.”
In the domain of organisational theory, which
is more and more illustrated by the examples in
education, Senge (2002) emphasises the fact that
every organisation is essentially a product of
thinking and interaction of its members. “So the
strongest lever for any kind of the organisational
learning project is not in the hands of policies,
budget or organisational diagrammes but in our
own hands” (Senge, 36).
In other words, every individual should be
trained for learning during his/her life in order to
be able to adapt continuosly to changeable,
complex and interdependent world. Senge (2003)
claims that learning means increasing the ability
by experience: “Learning is a longlasting process
that develops in “the real life”, and not in the
classrooms and on the training classes (so called:
“experience-based teaching”). This kind of
learning could be difficult to control but it makes
more permanent knowledges: an increased ability
for the effective influence in the surroundings that
are important and vital.” In line with the definition
of an organisation that learns and explores, it is
important to point out that is a permanent process.
In fact, since the changes in the surrounding never
cease to exist, so the process of organisational
learning is continually in progress. It is a kind of a
New social relations as on the global so as on
the national, local and family level put the teachers
in the new position that they can deal with only by
means of possessing new knowledges (new
assignments but also new roles) and new
competences (documents of the European
Commission, 2002, 2004, 2005). The teacher is
114
regarded, first of all, as an initiator of changes,
promoter of learning that takes care of his/her
personal and professional development and who is
a part of the system and the organisation that is
developing and learning.
•
However, there should be a reason why a
teacher should consent to such professional
training. The frequent and imposed compulsion
and obligations are the main reasons of discontent
with the pre-existing condition in the educational
practice. Our experience has shown the need for
the regular inclusion and training of teachers for
research as a way to the qualitative professional
training, experience-based and creative learning
that develops reflexive and self-reflexive practice
thus increasing capacities for the change in the
educational practice and new paradigms of the
culture of the educational institution. (Miljak,
Vujičić, 2002).
Learning how to learn
Support and greater investments in
development of the school and the
academic communities
st
(Commission staff working paper: Schools for the 21 Century)
Learning how to learn is an ability of
performing and preserving in learning, organising
one's own learning, including effective time-,
space- and information-management as an
individual so as a part of the group. This
competence implies the awareness of the process
of learning as well as the needs for effective
learning, identification of available possibilities
and capability of overcoming obstacles for making
the learning process more effective. Such
competence induces an individual to upgrade the
previous learning and life experiences in order to
use knowledge and skills in different contexts.
Motivation and self-confidence are the key preconditions for the overall process of education.
„Knowledge is what unites us, and finally becomes
more important than what separates us.“
V INSTEAD OF CONCLUSION
REFERENCES
What is important for the improvement of the
quality in education?
• Quality of the teaching professioncompetence
• Quality of the management on the national
level-funding
• Quality of the management in the
educational institutions (open and flexible
model)
• Social projects for improving education
• Continuity of the education policies
• Comparability,
competitiveness,
complementarity,
monitoring
and
evaluation.
Education for the competences in the 21st
century
• Key competences for everyone
• Preparation for lifelong learning
• Contribution to the economic and the
cultural development
• Response to the social challenges
• Education for everyone
• Preparation of the young people for active
citizenship
• Teachers-the key carriers of changes
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
115
Armstrong, M., “Kompletna menadžerska znanja - upravljanje
ljudima i sobom” knjiga prva, MEP Consult, Zagreb, 2001.
Aronson, E., Wilson, T. D., Akert, R. M., “Socijalna
psihologija” četvrto izdanje, Mate, Zagreb, 2005.
Bahtijarević-Šiber, F., “Management ljudskih potencijala”
Golden marketing, Zagreb, 1999.
Baker, W., “Socijalnim kapitalom do uspjeha: kako crpsti
resurse iz svojih osobnih i poslovnih mreža” Mate, Zagreb,
2004.
Bebek, B., “Integrativno vodstvo – Leadership“ Sinergija,
Zagreb, 2005.
Beck, U., “Moć protiv moći u doba globalizacije: nova svjetsko
politička ekonomija” Školska knjiga, Zagreb, 2004.
Brajša, P., “Sedam tajni uspješnog managementa” Alinea,
Zagreb, 1997.
Collins, E. G. C., Devanna, M. A., “Izazovi menadžmenta u
XXI stoljeću” Mate, Zagreb, 2002.
Denny, R., “Motivirani za uspjeh – MEP Consult, Zagreb, 2000.
Durkheim, E., “Obrazovanje i sociologija” Školska knjiga,
Zagreb, 1996.
Friganović, M., “Demogeografija: stanovništvo svijeta” četvrto
dopunjeno izdanje, Školska knjiga, Zagreb, 1990.
Fullan, M. (1990), Staff Development, Inovation and
Institutional Development. In: Joyce, B. (ed), Changeing School
Culture Through Staff Development, Alexandria: ASCD, 2-26.
Gardner, H., Kornhaber, M. L., Wake, W. K., “Inteligencija –
različita gledišta” Naklada Slap, Jastrebarsko, 1999.
Goleman, D., “Emocionalna inteligencija” Mozaik knjiga,
Zagreb, 1997.
Grupa autora, “Izgradnja učinkovitog tima pomoću jedne
minute rukovođenja” Poslovna knjiga, Zagreb, 1995.
Grupa autora, “Organizacija koja uči” Hrvatsko društvo za
sustave, Zagreb, 1998.
Klippert, H., “Kako uspješno učiti u timu – zbirka praktičnih
primjera” Educa, Zagreb, 2001.
Kotter, J. P., “Vođenje promjena“ Lider, Zagreb, 2009.
[42] for School Improvement? In: Prosser, J. (Ed.), School Culture,
[43] London: P.C.P.
[44] Vukasović, A., “Etika, moral, osobnost – moralni odgoj
[23] Lasić-Lazić, J., “Znanje o znanju” Zavod za informacijske
studije Odsjeka za informacijske znanosti, Zagreb, 1996.
[24] Lauc, A., “Metodologija društvenih znanosti” Sveučilište J. J.
Strossmayera u Osijeku, Pravni fakultet Osijek, 2000.
[25] Natek, K., Natek, M., “Države svijeta: 2000” Mozaik knjiga,
Zagreb, 2000.
[26] Nikolovska, N., Sundać, D., “Globalization and economic
[27] downfall of countries in transition” Magor, Skoplje, 2002.
[28] Ozimec, S., “Otkriće kreativnosti” Znanstvena biblioteka
“Tonimir”, Varaždin, 1996.
[29] Pulić, A., Sundać, D., “Intelektualni kapital–21. stoljeća”
[30] International Business Consulting Center Rijeka 2001.
[31] Quelch, J., A., “The global market: developing a strategy to
manage across borders”
[32] Srića, V., “Upravljanje kreativnošću” Školska knjiga, Zagreb,
1992.
[33] Senge, P. (2001), Peta disciplina u praksi, Principi i praksa
[34] učeće organizacije, Zagreb: Mozaik knjiga.
[35] Senge, P., McCabe, N.C., Lucas, T., (2002), Schools That
[36] Learn, New York: Doubleday.
[37] Senge, P., Ross, R., Smith, B., Roberts, C., Kleiner, A. (2002),
[38] Peta disciplina u praksi, Strategije i alati za gradnju učeće
[39] organizacije, Zagreb: Mozaik knjiga.
[40] Sternberg, R. J., “Uspješna inteligencija – kako praktična i
kreativna inteligencija određuju uspjeh u životu” Barka, Zagreb,
1999.
[41] Stoll, L. (1999), School Culture: Black Hole or Fertile Garden
u teoriji i praksi odgajanja” Školska knjiga, Filozofskoteološki institut, Zagreb, 1993.
[45]
[46]
[47]
[48]
[49]
[50]
[51]
[52]
[53]
[54]
[55]
[56]
[57]
[58]
[59]
[60]
[61]
[62]
[63]
[64]
116
econpapers.repec.org
public.srce.hr
search.epnet.com
unstats.un.org/unsd
www.dzs.hr
www.hnz.hr
www.human.pefri.hr
www.imf.org
www.iqm.co.yu
www.knexa.com
www.liderpress.hr
www.proquest.com
www.revija-socijalna-politika.com
www.scb.se
www.sciencedirect.com
www.skandia.com
www.steelcase.com
www.znanje.org
www.zpi.hr
www.worldbank.org
MODELING SNA RESULTS WITH
BAYESIAN NETWORKS
N. Bijedic*, I. Hamulic * and D. Radosav**
*Dzemal Bijedic University of Mostar/Faculty of Information Technologies, Mostar, Bosnia and
Herzegovina
**University of Novi Sad/Technical Faculty “Mihajlo Pupin”, Zrenjanin, Serbia
[email protected]
Abstract - In this paper we present two Bayesian network
(BN) models in which the prediction of students' success at
the final exam is based on students' activity in online
learning community and on success at the midterm exam.
This particular research is a part of long term project
related to quality improvement of distance learning at the
Faculty of information technologies of University "Dzemal
Bijedic" of Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina. Indicators
for students' activity are based on characteristics' of ego
networks, such as the size of ego network, density, etc. In
order to choose Bayesian network predictors, we first
conducted statistical analysis of the available data. Then
we modeled two naive Bayesian networks in open source
software MSNBX, and finally we compared the models.
learning model suited for the limiting environment
of Bosnia and Herzegovina [4].
FITCS exists for more than five years now. It
was originally designed for distance learning
students, but in time, it became the most popular
way of communication for all FIT students. FITCS
consists of several units, and one of them is
reserved for communication on curriculum
subjects. That part was designed for knowledge and
information sharing. FITCS is now numbering
around 800 active students. Their communication
is grouped by the semester of study, where students
can exchange experience on subjects, and personal
interests, such as computer networks, security, etc.
For the purpose of this research we used the data
from FITCS concerning the communication on
topics related to Programming 1 from the academic
year 2010/11.
I INTRODUCTION
In the past years, we were involved in analysis
of a large-scale online learning community at FIT
Mostar. We investigated the topology of the
communication, and it turned out to be a scale-free,
small world network [1]. Investigating the network
properties, we proved that parts of FITCS (Faculty
of Information Technologies Community Server)
provide knowledge sharing [2], [3]. In addition to
this, we recently presented a semi-adaptive e-
TABLE I. CORRELATION MATRIX OF EGO NETWORK VARIABLES
Size
Size
Ties
Pairs
Densit
AvgDis
Diamet
nWeakC
pWeakC
TwoStepR
ReachE
Broker
nBroke
1
Ties
0,99
1
Pairs
0,94
0,96
1
Densit
-0,45
-0,47
-0,47
1
AvgDis
0,72
0,63
0,55
-0,04
1
Diamet
0,71
0,63
0,55
-0,35
0,89
1
nWeakC
0,27
0,19
0,12
0,63
0,75
0,46
1
pWeakC
-0,53
-0,52
-0,40
0,67
-0,14
-0,36
0,32
1
0,52
0,44
0,31
0,30
0,82
0,64
0,84
-0,15
1
ReachE
-0,52
-0,53
-0,41
0,66
-0,06
-0,28
0,38
0,94
-0,10
1
Broker
0,90
0,91
0,99
-0,46
0,51
0,50
0,09
-0,35
0,25
-0,36
1
nBroke
0,83
0,78
0,72
-0,63
0,80
0,90
0,21
-0,52
0,46
-0,45
0,67
1
EgoBet
0,87
0,88
0,97
-0,45
0,50
0,49
0,09
-0,33
0,24
-0,34
0,99
0,65
nEgoBe
0,68
0,61
0,60
-0,59
0,75
0,87
0,19
-0,41
0,39
-0,32
0,58
0,92
TwoStepR
117
Figure 1. BN Model1 (left) and Model 2 (right). Source: MSBNX.
We will here briefly revise the basic
characteristics of ego networks that we used in
creation of Bayesian network model. Size is the
number of alters that an ego is directly connected
to, possibly weighted by the strength of a tie [5].
each variable. The other reason for using as little
categories per variable as possible is the number of
data in each of them. We chose naive Bayesian
approach since some recent researches indicate it is
sufficiently good as well as easy to model [9].
Density is the ratio of observed ties in a network
to the maximum number of possible ties [6].
We decided to analyze properties of students
ego networks obtained using Ucinet 6.1. List of all
available variables of ego network in the
correlation matrix is presented in Table 1. In order
to choose meaningful predictors, we calculated the
correlation coefficients, and chose variables as
representatives of highly correlated clusters.
Furthermore, after analyzing the advantages and
disadvantages of the selected model, we decided to
exploit another possible model and compare the
two results.
Reach efficiency (in further text referred to as
ReachE) norms the two-step reach by dividing it by
size. The information it provides is the scope of
secondary contacts per primary contact, or the
benefit from others’ involvement in the network. If
reach efficiency is high, then subject is reaching a
wider network for each unit of effort invested in
maintaining a primary contact [7]. In a knowledge
sharing community this could be an opportunity to
obtain information easily if one was observing
direct communication (as analogy to e-mail
network). On the other hand, in a model where a
link exists if a student posted in a topic, and all
acters in the topic are connected, this means that a
student was not involved in many topics.
II BAYESIAN NETWORK MODELS
A. Choice of predictors
In order to select predictors for Bayesian
network (BN) model, we preformed basic
statistical analysis, but more importantly, we kept
in mind relevant properties of ego networks. For
example, if we are interested if a student is broker
in own ego network, we decide to select that
property taking into account the results of analysis.
Furthermore, if we are not interested in number of
connected components, we will choose to not select
any of the related properties as BN predictors.
A broker, linking two network clusters, takes a
share of the resources passing through that
position. Indeed, a canny broker may impede
transitivity by working to prevent the formation of
other direct links between these clusters. Brokers,
by their very structural position, cannot be full
members of any network cluster. Often their
marginal nature means they are not fully trusted
because no single cluster can exercise total social
control over them [8].
Statistical analysis consisted of two phases:
preparatory analysis, and probability calculation. It
was performed in MS Excel.
A Bayesian Network consists of a set of
variables and a set of dependency arcs which are
connecting some of the variables. As it is well
known that BN models should not have too great
number of categories, we grouped data as much as
possible taking into account the specific aspects of
The purpose of preparatory analysis was to
choose the best predictors for students' success at
the final exam. For all numerical data we
calculated the correlation matrix, presented in
Table 1.
118
B. Model 1
the similar stands for Density. Success at the partial
exam is an independent predictor, for it is also a
control variable for determining if ones behavior in
ego network is proportional to learning effort.
As it turns out from our data, Size, Ties and
Pairs all significantly correlated. Therefore, we
decided that the size of student’s ego network is
representative of that group of characteristic.
Furthermore, since density is mildly negatively
correlated with size of ego network, we decided to
choose density as a dependent predictor. At the
moment we war more interested in the broker
property then the number of connected components
or average distance and diameter, so regardless of
the high correlation coefficient we decided to select
Broker as another dependent predictor.
Since Bayesian networks demand rather small
number of node states for predictors, we grouped
all numerical data into three categories: Ego Size
has states 0, small and medium-large, Density has
states 0, small-medium and large, Broker has states
no, small, medium-large while success at midterm
and final exam (Parc1, FinalEx, respectively) have
states ‘unsuccessful’, ‘satisfactory’ and ‘very good
to excellent’.
In Model 2, we kept the same BN node states
where possible, such as success at exams.
Furthermore, Ego size has only two states, small
and medium-large, average distance has states 0, 1
and more than 1 (denoted as 1+), Diameter has
states 1, 2, and 3, and ReachE has states <20, 2040, and 40+.
TABLE II. THE ADVANTAGE OF BEING A BROKER IN MODEL 1
Node
FinalExam
PartExam
EgoSize
EgoDensity
Broker
State 1
VeryGood
0,094
VeryGood
0
Isolated
0
0
0
No
0
State 2
Satisfactory
0,236
Satisfactory
0
Small
0
Small- Medium
0,360
Small
0
State 3
Unsuccessful
0,670
Unsuccessful
1
Medium-Large
1
Large
0,640
Medium-Large
1
The final steps in development of both models
were calculation of probabilities and conditional
probabilities, and input of those data into MSBNX.
The probability calculations were performed in MS
Excel.
III RESULTS
C. Model 2
A. Model 1
In the second model, we selected different
predictors in order to broaden the scope of
inference. We also wanted to include some basic
graph theory terms such as average distance and
diameter, regardless of their significant correlation,
bearing in mind that we do not have to observe
them simultaneously in the BN model. The latest
fact is the reason why we treat those variables as
independent. Again, the size is an immanent
characteristic of ego network, and we kept it as
independent predictor. Furthermore, we decided to
select ReachE, a variable with predominantly
negative and mostly insignificant correlations, as
another independent predictor.
In Model 1, it turns out that there were no
students who passed Partial exam and were not
involved in knowledge sharing community.
Furthermore, students who got satisfactory grades
at partial exam all had medium-large network and
broker property, but small-medium density. Their
chance of passing the final exam was minimally
61%. For the best students at partial exam it turns
out that their ego networks have small-medium
density. Additionally, regardless of the size of ones
ego network, medium-large broker property
increases their success at final exam by 10%.
The next fact to be noted for students
unsuccessful at partial exam is that regardless of
the size of their ego network, they have little
chance of passing the final exam if they had small
value for broker and small-medium density. Of the
two later, being a broker can improve student’s
chances of passing exam regardless of density
(Table 2), while for non-brokers, large density is
decreasing chances of passing the exam (Table 3).
The best chance for students that failed partial
exam to succeed at the final is to have large values
Concerning the analyzed data, we noticed there
was only one isolated student, and we decided to
exclude that record, for it demanded definition of
more states in BN nodes.
D. Modeling Bayesian network
After selecting predictors we modeled the
Bayesian networks with dependences shown in Fig.
1. Since one cannot be broker in a small-sized
network we say that Broker depends on Size and
119
for all three ego network variables, in which case
their chances mount to 41%.
our decision to include success from the partial
exam into the predictive model is completely
justified. Furthermore, the fact that there were no
students who passed partial exam and were not
involved in knowledge sharing community, implies
that students should be encouraged to engage
themselves in online discussions on learning
content from the very beginning of semester.
B. Model 2
For unsuccessful students at the partial exam in
Model 2, it turns out that optimal value for ReachE
is 20-40, increasing chances for final exam success
by 20-30% (for values of <20 and 40+
respectively). In a small ego network, decrease of
average distance by 1 increases chances for success
by 5%, but chances for success regarding diameter
increase for values 1 or 3, and decrease for 2. The
best possible combination of BN node states for
student’s success is presented in Table 5.
When it comes to broker property [10], [11],
[12] the medium-large value in our model implies
that a student was involved in topics with various
groups of students. This can be interpreted as a
good practice of learning from the experiences of
lot of other students, regardless of the quality or
relevance of their posts, also including a good
chance to learn from other students’ mistakes.
TABLE III. THE DISSADVANTAGE OF HAVING LARGE DENSITY IN
MODEL 1
Node
State 1
State 2
State 3
FinalExam
VeryGood
Satisfactory
Unsuccessful
0,024
0,203
0,773
PartExam
VeryGood
Satisfactory
Unsuccessful
0
0
1
EgoSize
Isolated
Small
Medium-Large
0
0,436
0,564
EgoDensity
0
Small- Medium
Large
1
0
0
Broker
No
Small
Medium-Large
0,529
0,246
0,225
When considering the observed density [13] for
students successful at the partial exam, the optimal
value is small-medium (<0,60). This fact can be
interpreted as a warning that it is not advisable to
meddle into all discussions, since in most cases that
should be recognized as spam. On the other hand,
as network size should be large, one can conclude
that an ideal student should be involved in many,
but not all topics, with various groups where they
can both learn from others and help them learn.
For students that are not dedicated to learning,
what can be said for those who failed the partial
exam, involvement in a knowledge sharing
community can be useful if they manage to join the
right groups. Since their best chance is to increase
values for all three characteristics of ego network,
it follows that they should be advised to connect to
student-tutors interested in helping them. In that
way they can benefit from tutor’s contacts too, as
an attempt to change their social preferences,
abandon “bad” company, and start socializing with
the knowledge sharing elite. They should also get
involved in a larger number of topics, where they
should to contribute not only with their mistakes,
but also with some fresh ideas, as a result of
changed learning attitude.
For students that were successful at the partial
exam, it turns out that ReachE, when leaving all
other nodes unobserved, has the strongest influence
on student’s success at the final exam. Regardless
of the grade at the partial exam, for ReachE in the
range of 20-40, a student should have doubled
chances for passing the final exam than for 40+,
and even greater than double for <20.
Consequently, it is justified to fix ReachE to
optimal value, and we did so in all further cases.
Furthermore, for ego networks of all sizes, the
diameter of value 1 should increase student’s
chance for final success by 40%, when compared
to 2. On the other hand, optimal values of average
distance are greater than or equal to 1 in a small
network, increasing chances for success twice
when compared to 0. For medium–large sized
networks average distance of 1 is slightly better
than >1.
The least important of predictors in Model 1
seems to be ego network density, so it should not
be used as a predictor of student’s success at the
final exam.
IV DISCUSSION
B. Model 2
A. Model 1
The common characteristics for both successful
and unsuccessful students at the partial exam, is the
fact that the optimal value of reach efficiency
(ReachE) is the middle one (20-40), if their goal is
to pass the exam. This fact implies that ReachE
From Model 1 it is obvious that some students
are using FITCS as a regular chat-forum, while
others are actually exchanging knowledge, which is
in line with our previous findings [3]. Therefore,
120
should be considered as one of the predictors for
student’s success at the final exam. This again can
be interpreted as the recommendation to students
that they should choose their company, i.e. to adopt
best possible social preferences with regard to
knowledge sharing.
fixed in all of the cases, we will not discuss
causality of the other variables furthermore.
C. Comparison of models
As it turns out from the previous analysis,
Model 2 seems to be more sensitive in prediction
of students’ success at the final exam. In other
words, that model is showing a better possibility to
indicate a way for students’ performance
improvement. Since the most important predictive
variable in the model is reach efficiency, it follows
that it should be on top of the list of predictive
variables. As it turns out that ReachE is highly
positively correlated to the probability of weakly
connected components (pWeakC in Table 1), this
implies that only the later could be considered as
an alternative.
TABLE IV. MODEL 2: THE BEST POSSIBLE COMBINATION OF BN NODE
STATES FOR STUDENT’S SUCCESS AT THE FINAL EXAM, ENCOUNTING THE
STUDENTS UNSUCCESSFUL AT THE PARTIAL EXAM
Node
FinalExam
PartExam
EgoSize
Diameter
AvgDistance
ReachE
State 1
VeryGood
0,032
VeryGood
0
Small
1
1
1
0
0
<20
0
State 2
Satisfactory
0,596
Satisfactory
0
Medium-Large
0
2
0
1
1
20-40
1
State 3
Unsuccessful
0,372
Unsuccessful
1
3
0
1+
0
40+
0
On the other hand, if one needs to deploy
predictors in the context of dynamic SNA, the size
of ego network should also be included as a
predictor variable.
The broker property from Model 1 can also be
considered as a predictor, but it should be
combined with further analysis of post content, in
order to verify student’s contribution to knowledge
sharing.
For students unsuccessful at the partial exam
with small sized ego networks, the optimal value of
average distance is minimal, implying that they
should fully use their contacts. On the other hand,
since the most favorable value for diameter is 1,
students can be advised to try to get involved in all
topics of their contacts. Since average distance is in
contradiction with reach efficiency, and is not as
relevant, it would not be advisable to select it as a
predictor of student’s success in the early stages of
network development.
The student’s achievement at the partial exam is
another good predictor in both models. On the
other hand, it is not available in the early stages of
the knowledge sharing community development, so
it is not relevant in the early stages of the dynamic
network analysis.
TABLE V. MODEL 2: THE BEST POSSIBLE COMBINATION OF BN NODE
STATES FOR STUDENT’S SUCCESS AT THE FINAL EXAM FOR STUDENTS
V CONCLUSIONS
The goal of this Bayesian network modeling
was to explore possibilities for the development of
just-in-time guidelines for students’ success at the
final exam. The necessity for prediction is driven
by the obligation to provide adequate and timely
help to students who need it [14]-[16]. It is in line
with our ultimate goal: enhancement of students'
performance at the final exam. The predictive
model should be a part of an interactive learning
environment [17], [18].
SUCCESSFUL AT THE PARTIAL EXAM
Node
FinalExam
PartExam
EgoSize
Diameter
AvgDistance
ReachE
State 1
VeryGood
0,117
VeryGood
0
Small
0
1
1
0
0
<20
0
State 2
Satisfactory
0,702
Satisfactory
1
Medium-Large
1
2
0
1
1
20-40
1
State 3
Unsuccessful
0,181
Unsuccessful
0
3
0
1+
0
40+
0
The results of the analysis of various possible
predictors and their impact to students’ success
imply that one should rely on such characteristics
of ego networks as size, reach efficiency and
broker, combined with some indicators of student’s
learning progress.
On the other hand, if a student had a positive
grade at the partial exam, ego size doesn’t matter,
for the optimal value of ReachE. All of such
students had the value 1 for both diameter and
average distance. Since the value of ReachE was
121
[11] Stephen P. Borgatti, et al. 2009. Network Analysis in the Social
Sciences.
Science
323,
892
(2009);
DOI:
10.1126/science.1165821
[12] R. S. Burt. 2005. Brokerage and Closure. Oxford Univ.
Press,New York, 2005.
[13] Social Network Analysis for Organizations Author(s): Noel M.
Tichy, Michael L. Tushman, Charles Fombrun Source: The
Academy of Management Review, Vol. 4, No. 4 (Oct., 1979),
pp. 507-519 Published by: Academy of Management Stable
URL: http://www.jstor.org/stable/257851 Accessed: 10/03/2009
01:23
[14] Barnard, Y. (2006). Didactical and Pedagogical Aspects of eLearning Tools. In: J.P. Pardillo, Proceedings of the Conference
on European guidelines for the application of new technologies
for driver training and education, Madrid.
[15] Serwatka, J. (2002). Improving student performance in distance
learning courses. The Journal of Technological Horizonsin
Education, Vol. 29, No.9, stranice 46-52.
[16] Russo, Tracy C and Koesten, Joy; Communication Education,
v54 n3 p254-261 Jul 2005; Using Social Network Analysis to
Understand Sense of Community in an Online Learning
Environment
[17] Shen, Demei; Nuankhieo, Piyanan; Huang, Xinxin; Amelung,
Christopher; Laffey, James; Journal of Educational Computing
Research, v39 n1 p17-36 2008; How to Measure Team
Communication in Web-based Collaborative Learning: The
Application of SNA
[18] Pedro A. Willging, (2005) Using Social Network Analysis
Techniques to Examine Online Interactions, USChina Education
Review, Vol.2, No. 9
REFERENCES
[1]
Bijedic, N., Burak, S. 2006. Cluster Analysis of a Scale-Free
Network. In TMT 2006 Conference Proceedings.
[2] Hamulic, I., Bijedic, N., 2009. Social Network Analysis in
Virtual Social network analysis in virtual learning community at
Faculty of information technologies (FIT), Mostar. In Volume 1,
Issue 1, Pages 2269-2273 (2009)
World Conference on
Educational Sciences, Nicosia, North Cyprus, 4-7 February
2009 - New Trends and Issues in Educational Sciences.
[3] Bijedic, N., Hamulic, I., 2009. Analysis of a Learning
Community as a Social Network. In Cypriot Journal of
Educational Sciences Vol 4, No 7 (2009): Cypriot Journal of
Educational Sciences.
[4] Radosav, D., Hamulic, I., Bijedic, N., Junuz E., 2010. Model for
adaptive e-learning in BIH environment. In TMT 2010
Conference proceedings.
[5] Burt, R. S., Minor M.J. 1983. Applied Network Analysis.
Beverly Hills CA: Sage Publications
[6] Barry W., 1983. Sociological Theory, Vol. 1., pp. 155-200.
[7] Hanneman, Robert A. and Mark Riddle. 2005. Introduction to
social network methods. Riverside, CA: University of
California,
Riverside
(published
at
http://faculty.ucr.edu/~hanneman/).
[8] Gofman E., 1963. Stigma. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall
[9] Cheng, J., Greiner, R., 1999. Comparing Bayesian Network
Classifiers, UAI 1999, pp. 101-108.
[10] Cross, R. & Cummings, J. N. 2004. Tie and network correlates
of individual performance In knowledge-intensive work.
Academy of Management Journal, 47: 928-937.
122
PREVENTING A BAD INFLUENCE ON
CHILDREN FROM THE INTERNET BY
PARENTS
Đ. Novaković, M. Duvnjak, E. Brtka
Abstract - The Internet today is a part of children's
natural environment. Most children have access to the
Internet at school and/or at home. Parents and teachers
consider
Internet
to
be
a
primarily
educational/developmental tool. Children also go online
for learning activities that are not connected directly with
school. The absence of information filters, such as editors
and peer reviewing, on the Internet presents a challenge to
students, who are using the web to find information for
their assignments. Children cannot properly estimate the
validity of the information they find on the web. They rely
upon search engines and accept information in visually
appealing easily accessible pages. Given the enormous
amount of web sites for children of all ages it is not easy to
find a good or a useful one. There are some excellent
starting points for parents and teachers to find
appropriate sites. This composition describes threats that
may occur due to lack of information related to Internet
use. We have presented a few useful tips on how parents
can have an influence on their children and their safety
while spending time on the Internet.
workplaces. It enables us to perform routine tasks
quickly and efficiently. And activities, such as:
making flight plans, purchasing new books and
clothing, checking movie schedules, searching for
employment, catching the latest news, and
performing research, are but only a few of the
many tasks that now require little more physical
effort than the click of a mouse [1].
The technological aspects of the Internet are
developing exponentially, along with a reduction
in the cost of both hardware and software to the
consumer. It is unlikely that there will be a
reversal of this trend, and what we face is a
pervasive and continuing use of the Internet,
however it might evolve, to meet many of our
needs. This trend is also likely to be the case for
nonwestern countries, although financial and
commercial considerations may limit the speed of
growth of domestic use [2].
However, the Internet does not only function to
give us goods, but provides a social context for us
to meet with others and to exchange information.
For many people, such engagement with the
Internet community can be beneficial. However
for those with a sexual interest in children,
accessing parts of that community may result in
problematic cognitions and behaviors. However, it
would be foolish to suggest that there may not also
be some beneficial aspects to Internet use for this
particular group. Our major concern in the context
of people with a sexual interest in children is the
content of the material accessed and the function
of the social relationships in propagating behaviors
that are ultimately exploitative of children. But the
Internet brings with it other concerns. It is not only
sex offenders for whom the Internet may be
problematic. Increasingly, we see reference in the
literature to “Internet Addiction”, reflecting a use
of the Internet that is problematic. Earlier research
by Kandell [3] had defined Internet addiction as:
an increasing investment of resources on Internet
related activities; unpleasant feelings (e.g. anxiety,
I INTRODUCTION
Although the internet is full of very useful
information there are many of those who present a
danger to children. Parents should
have
knowledge about the bad but also about good
facilities that are located on the Internet and in
accordance with that set norms of behavior that
apply to the whole family. The most important
thing is to establish a reasonable and healthy
communication between parent-child interaction in
order to protect children on the Internet and in the
real world. The Internet provides opportunities for
acquisition of new knowledge and for socializing
and entertainment. Because of its availability to
everybody, the Internet carries big risks, because
there can be found content and facilities which are
not provided for children. It is quite important that
your computer is under constant protection from
an antivirus program because that is the best way
to save personal data.
In less than a decade, the Internet has moved
from an obscure communications medium to be an
ubiquitous fixture in our homes, schools and
123
depression, emptiness) when offline; an increasing
tolerance to the effects of being online and denial
of the problematic behaviors. Such a perspective
characterizes Internet addiction as behavioral and
similar in character to other impulse control
disorders. Those who meet the criteria are thought
to experience social, psychological, and
occupational impairment. However, research by
Caplan [4] suggested that the addiction framework
suffers from three limitations: (1) it lacks
conceptual or theoretical specificity; (2) there is a
paucity of empirical research within the addiction
paradigm and (3) it fails to account for what
people are actually doing online.
In the context of child pornography, Quayle
and Taylor [5] examined the explicit role that the
content of the material may play in problematic
Internet use. Like Caplan [4] the authors believed
that terms, such as excessive, problematic, or
maladaptive Internet use, may be more useful that
those expressed within the addiction framework.
What is also acknowledged in this model is that
the escalation of Internet use may be a function not
only of the material, but also of the unique role
that the Internet may play in meeting other
emotional needs. Davis [6] talked about
problematic Internet use as being a distinct pattern
of Internet related cognitions and behaviors that
result in negative life outcomes, and that such use
may be specific or generalized. Using the Internet
to meet sexual needs is clearly specific, but there
are many aspects of generalized problematic
Internet use that are of relevance to the offender
population. Generalized problematic Internet use
is conceptualized as a multidimensional overuse of
the Internet itself, which is not limited to any
specific content. Caplan [4] suggested that “they
are drawn to the experience of being online, in and
of itself, and demonstrate a preference for virtual,
rather than face-to-face, communication”.
Examples of generalized problematic Internet
use cognitions would include obsessive thoughts
about the Internet, diminished impulse control in
online activities, guilt about online use, and
experiencing more positive feelings about oneself
when online as compared with when offline.
Caplan [4] designed and piloted a new instrument
to operationalize the theoretical construct of
generalized problematic Internet use. Of interest to
us in relation to Caplan’s study are the seven subdimensions that emerged from a factor analysis of
their results. These included: mood alteration;
perceived social benefits available online; negative
outcomes associated with Internet use; compulsive
Internet use; excessive amounts of time spent
online; withdrawal symptoms when away from the
Internet and perceived social control available
online. These factors closely corresponded to the
findings of Quayle and Taylor [5] in relation to the
psychological functions of child pornography, and
may suggest that, for this particular population, it
is difficult to differentiate between the effects
associated with interaction with the Internet and
the function of the material itself.
The Internet is a social environment and there
are acquaintances, but also a large number of
unknown people. Most importantly, the children
would be informed about risks and dangers that
come with using of the Internet and their parents
have to be available to talk about that topic.
II INTERNET ABUSE
The internet has revolutionized many aspects of
human behavior, including the way individuals
communicate and interact with one another. While
it could be argued that the online environment is
just another public space, reflecting the behavior
of its users with both positive and negative aspects
of human behavior manifested online, some
evidence suggests that individuals may show
different behavior and personas online compared
to direct communication situations (i.e., “offline”).
Such “disinhibition” may be particularly relevant
when considered in the context of online grooming
of children and young people. Internet crimes
against young people regularly dominate the press
and cause anxiety among parents, law
enforcement, educators, and other child protection
experts [7]. Therefore, it is important to develop
our understanding of online grooming and the key
characteristics involved in this type of crime, both
in terms of perpetrators and victims.
The victimization of young people through
sexual abuse was a fundamental focus of study for
several decades prior to the existence of the
internet [8], and grooming is now universally
understood as a technique to help turn a sex
offender's fantasy into reality, whether online or
offline. The term “grooming” was first included in
UK legislation as part of Section 15 of the Sexual
Offences Act (SOA) 2003 [9], which was applied
throughout England and Wales in May, 2004. The
inclusion of the term was seen as progressive,
since it enabled the criminalization of preparatory
acts potentially leading to the sexual abuse of
children [9]. However, the SOA 2003 fails to
clearly define sexual grooming and, for example,
fails to allow for one person grooming a child for
124
another to then sexually abuse [10]. Following a
review of the literature, Craven, Brown, and
Gilchrist [11] proposed the following definition:
“A process by which a person prepares a child,
significant adults and the environment for the
abuse of this child. Specific goals include gaining
access to the child, gaining the child's compliance
and maintaining the child's secrecy to avoid
disclosure. This process serves to strengthen the
offender's abusive pattern, as it may be used as a
means of justifying or denying their actions.”. This
definition may apply to a real world setting, or that
which occurs online. The behavior and the purpose
of grooming behavior remain consistent across
environments, despite potential variation in
specific grooming techniques.
The main problem is in parents because they
are not aware of the problems and dangers that are
found on the Internet. Because of uninformed
parents children easily become lightweight victims
and offenders if they are exchanging illegal
content. The group of abuse and violence on the
Internet contains Web content with inappropriate
information and sharing of illegal material (a
milder form: music, film, heavier: pornography,
pedophilia, and communication with the aim of
exploitation, harassment and abuse). The right to
freedom of opinion allows the existence of WebPortal with incorrect content. Web-portals with
illegal content are functioning illegally (but
public) and offer different forms of abuse
(sectarian, Nazi, pornographic and similar
facilities). Parents have no choice except to get
used to the existence of such types of content,
since the laws have no effect in the prevention of
this kind of abuse, the rights to freedom of opinion
and speech. No one visitor is forced to use illegal
content, but he decides by himself, which
automatically removes the responsibility of the
authors of these Web portals.
B. Virtual girl
A virtual girl spent a total of eighty hours a
month in Internet chat rooms. Without any
emphasis on its own personality, and without
showing the pictures, she has managed to achieve
over 412 contacts (not on its own initiative) with
398 males. What belongs to the sexual harassment
occurred 162 times, 24 times was subjected to
sexual fantasies, and six times it was openly
offered money for sexual services [12].
On Figure 1 [12] we can see the example of
searching in chat room with virtual girl. Cases like
this clearly directed towards the trafficking chain.
Individual measures must be applied because it is
the only way to save your child or his partner or
friend.
Figure 1. For eighty hours in chat rooms, 14 years old virtual
girl got 162 times sexual harassment, and invited to lewd acts
C. Human trafficking
Trafficking in human beings in modern times
widespread and is in first place among the abuses
of the Internet. The so-called trafficking skillfully
infiltrated in all sphere of society and found a way
to abuse the great opportunities of the Internet.
Under the mask of good and well-paid business
offers and opportunities to travel to various
countries of Europe and the world there are people
who are looking for victims. Mostly victims of this
crime are children at the age of 12 to 22 years and
usually come from dysfunctional and poor
families. Deprived of all rights and documents,
money and freedoms of victims of trafficking
become slaves who were forced into prostitution
and hard labor.
A. Chat
D. Illegal trade
Children are not able to know with whom to
communicate via chat. In their ignorance and
desire for companionship and making new friends
with other children easily reveal personal
information and become lightweight victims.
Through this communication the attackers are able
to learn all about his victim and start to interest,
over what the victim likes and dislikes to the
relationships within the family. The most common
victims are children who grow up in dysfunctional
families because they are not getting enough
parental attention. Children at the age of 12 to 17
years are the most common target for attackers.
A large number of criminal organizations deals
with sale and purchase of prohibited items such as
medicines, all kinds of drugs, weapons, etc. Under
the mask easy and quick profits of such groups
exist on the Internet and can easily become a
member. The problem starts after you have
finished a first job or when a member wants to
leave the organization. Then, there is blackmail,
threats, and applying of a force in order to further
continuation of the work. Many children are
attracted of beautiful stories, but at the same time
false, stories about the high earnings and they
125
become easy victims of these criminal groups. The
epilogue of this story is that these children quickly
end up in prisons or correctional institutions for a
longer or shorter time.
internet as well as the dangers and unpleasant
situations that may arise.
• Learn more about computers and the Internet.
As more as you learn about computers and the
Internet, it will be easier to help your child and
to make the line between bad and good
content.
• Spend time online together with your child.
During this time, find some interesting content
tailored for children, useful information related
to school, sport etc. Adjusted favorite pages as
a bookmark in the browser so the next time it
will be enough a few clicks.
• Children should be given time to use the
Internet. Children do not have to spend all day
at the computer, not only for safety but also
because of health. Therefore, determine a time
when children can access web content and web
addresses they can visit. In talking to children
may be adopted a common solution.
• Establishment of passwords. Passwords should
be created as a set of characters that people
find it difficult to guess. Using letters and
numbers will create a secure password. Never
create passwords that friends can easily
detectable (names, dates of birth, etc.).
• Anti-virus and filtering software. These
programs allow you to restrict access to
Internet sites with unwanted content
(pornography, violence, etc.). You need to
check the history pages often, sent and
received e-mails etc. Because it is easy to
remove [13].
What to do if you suspect that your child
follows the suspicious content on the Internet?
•
There should be a peaceful solution through
dialogue to reach a situation in order to build a
normal relationship between parents and
children that will be useful in the future.
•
Prove to child that this was not his fault,
simply a common thing on the Internet.
•
It is not bad to delete browsing history pages
in the web browser, delete cookies and install
an antivirus program.
•
Emphasize your child not to open emails from
unknown people, talk to him about some of
the similar experiences of others etc.
Children's rights must be protected. Make use
of laws relating to the Internet and contact the
person responsible for the content that is placed on
the site
E. Violence between same age
This type of abuse of the Internet include:
incitement of group hatred, harassment,
monitoring, insults, threats etc. The most common
forms of communication through which they
perform this type of violence must possess sound,
animation, photography and using this perpetrator
are hidden and he is able to repeat the same attack,
or perhaps on a new victim.
F. Facing with problems
As we have noted in the above cases the victims
are children who willingly, but unaware of the
consequences, put themselves in danger and the
possible fatal outcome. Because of the freedom of
the media can’t be set more aggressive system that
would provide greater protection for children on
the Internet. Due to the fact that the law is
powerless in some cases abuse the Internet parents
must be prepared to react calmly, deliberately and
without any hasty conclusions. In order to prevent
misuse of the Internet primarily parents need to
introduce their child.
III IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO ACHIEVE
MUTUAL TRUST
Parents need to take care of their children
regardless of whether if they are on the computer
or play football. Therefore they should know what
their children are doing, what they like to do, they
should to criticize them or give the support. So be
careful with children, without excessive strictness
and weight, as this can lead only to the extent that
the children will deliberately try to hide their
activities from parents. The Internet would not
prohibit, but it would be an excellent source of
useful and exciting information. If you use the
Internet, it will be easier to talk about it with
children. Children are curious, exploring, try
everything and thus make mistakes. A child may
be talented in technology but has no experience of
parents and it is often crucial in these situations.
• We should all use a computer. If your PC is in
a room where a whole family is, thus more
people will use it and you'll have a better view
on the situation what your child is doing on the
Internet.
• Conversation is the key. Keep a dialogue with
children about having fun on and off the
126
A. It is important to remember
involved in trafficking of children. These
organizations use the current situation of economic
crisis that is present in our country and because of
that they can find victims by offering "good" jobs,
good wages and a better life.
Social networks such as Facebook, MySpace
etc. are major threats. Still in elementary school
children are beginning to make a private profiles
and become members of these networks not
knowing how the other side has a fake profile with
which people are lurking and waiting for what
they are interested. However, the best protection is
to rely on common sense. Organizing lectures and
counseling on this topic could be of great benefit
for both, children and parents. Children may not
understand the seriousness of the situation and
they are not aware that only a few clicks can
change lives.
On the Internet are the same laws apply as in
the real world. It is not allowed to insult or harass
someone, violate someone's reputation etc. If this
occurs, further proceedings may be transferred to
the judicial process, penalties, damages and other
sanctions. At the beginning you can call the police.
So things should be taken seriously because
anonymous users also can be detected. Children
may not understand the seriousness of the situation
and they are not aware that only a few clicks can
change lives.
IV LEAVING DATA ON THE INTERNET
Each of us was in a situation on web sites
where you need to leave your information. It may
be in some Internet shopping, contests or to
participate in the forums and discussions. Different
organizations may collect information from
children, but they should do this in a lawful
manner or with the approval of parents. Data
protection act provides storage of personal data,
although many Web administrators do not respect
law. Children should be advised to be very
cautious and careful when leaving their personal
information
• There should be agreed with the children. Do
not allow children to leave the data on
unverified sites.
• Check guarantees of privacy data and for what
purpose will the same be used.
• Leave the only required data. In most cases it
is sufficient to leave only the required
information [14].
• Do not store personal information to Web
browsers and similar programs. It is not
advisable to record data and passwords on
sites that are connected to the Internet [14].
• Do not trust too many in social networks. Do
not leave too much information on social
networks because it is so easy to become prey
for anyone looking for "victims" over the
Internet.
REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
V CONCLUSION
Children must be aware of the threats on the
Internet. Parents have to act before the sight of any
danger and informed their children about these
threats. It does not matter where kids are, the
danger of the Internet is always there. In our
country there are different organizations and sects
[12]
[13]
[14]
127
Weiser, E. B. (2001). The functions of Internet use and their
social and psychological consequences. CyberPsychology and
Behavior, 4(6), 723–743.
Castells, M. (1997). The information age: Economy, society and
culture. Vol II. The power of identity. Oxford7 Blackwell
Publishe
Kandell, J. J. (1998). Internet addiction on campus: The
vulnerability of college students. CyberPsychology and
Behavior, 1, 11 – 17.
Caplan, S. E. (2002). Problematic Internet use and psychosocial
well-being: Development of a theory-based cognitive-behavioral
measurement instrument. Computers in Human Behavior, 18,
553–575.
Quayle, E., & Taylor, M. (2003). Model of problematic Internet
use in people with a sexual interest in children.
CyberPsychology and Behavior, 6(1), 93– 106.
Davis, R. A. (2001). A cognitive-behavioral model of
pathological Internet use. Computers in Human Behavior, 17,
187– 195.
Mitchell, K. J., Jones, L. M., Finkelhor, D., & Wolak, J. (2011).
Internet-facilitated commercial sexual exploitation of children:
Findings from a nationally representative sample of law
enforcement agencies in the United States. Sexual Abuse: A
Journal of Research and Treatment, 23, 43–71.
Mitchell, K. J., Finkelhor, D., & Wolak, J. (2005). The internet
and family and acquaintance sexual abuse. Child Maltreatment,
10, 49–60.
McAlinden, A. (2006). ‘Setting 'em up’: Personal, familial and
institutional grooming in the sexual abuse of children. Social
and Legal Studies, 15, 339–362.
Craven, S., Brown, S., & Gilchrist, E. (2007). Current responses
to sexual grooming: Implication for prevention. The Howard
Journal, 46, 60–71.
Craven, S., Brown, S., & Gilchrist, E. (2006). Sexual grooming
of children: Review of literature and theoretical considerations.
Journal of Sexual Aggression, 12, 287–299.
ES "Rudjer Boskovic",. 2003, educational system, "Abuse of the
Internet - Predators on children", pages 2-20.
"Security and protection on the Internet", Dr Dubravko Ćulibrk,
www.dubravkoculibrk.org.
www.microsoftsrb.rs, Access Time: April 2012.
CONTEXTUAL CONDITIONS OF
LEARNING AND TEACHING IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD
D. Savicevic*, Z. Ivankovic**, B. Markoski**, Z. Milosevic***
*Pre-School Teacher Education College, Sremska Mitrovica, Serbia
**University of Novi Sad, Technical Faculty "Mihajlo Pupin", Zrenjanin, Serbia
***University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Sport and Phisical Education, Novi Sad, Serbia
[email protected]
Abstract - This paper represents the analysis of personal
theory of preschool teacher on the importance of the
context of kindergarten in the construction and
understanding of learning and teaching of preschool
children. Subjective professional concepts of preschool
teacher as the representative of institutional context of
educational process were observed by the model of
qualitative interview. The answers of preschool teachers
were classified in the system of categories, whereas their
connection was defined with X² independence test. The
results of X² teste were obtained according to the analysis
of the relations of the systems of categories at the sample
of 35 preschool teachers. The results showed there was
significant correlation of the answers to the set of
questions typical for the observation of the context and
implicit pedagogy of preschool teachers at the significance
level p= 0,01. The interpretation of the results leads us to
the conclusion that preschool teachers do not use context
as means of restructuring of learning and teaching
sequences. Therefore, they do not use developmental
potentials of the context as the resource in the building of
knowledge structures of children at an early age.
understanding of elements and efficency of the
teaching process, as well as the understanding of
institutional
context of
kindergarten
as
developmental potential for learning and teaching.
Context as a set of circumstances in social and
physical environment represents meaningful
entirety of facts and events, which has particular
meaning. Meaningful entirety is made by constant
connection, mutual conditioning and interaction of
elements which form particular meanings. The
meaning is created and being changed in the
process of interaction of all components.
Therefore, each context is unique. This paper is
based upon institutional context, as a micro
context, which is defined by the structure and the
means of space management, time management,
relationships among children and the adults,
openess of kindergarten to children’s needs and to
local community. If institutional context of
kindergarten is defined in this way, then individual
participants in specific environment, with their
own needs and conditions to which they are
exposed, represent its components. Therefore,
institutional context of kindergarten is represented
as an educational frame where specific meanings,
which child structures as an educational sequence
in cognitive, motor and social status, are
constructed. Thus, context must be seen as a
process, whereas teaching and learning of
preschool children represent the construction of
meaning.
I INTRODUCTION
Definition, structuring, redefinition and
restructuring of working and educational
conditions represent common concepts in the
contemporary discourse of our society. The quality
of learning and teaching from an early childhood
should try to keep the pace with vast number of
information which is multiplied extremely fast.
(Parrot, 2002). Therefore, we have to find out the
preconditions of efficient and effective educational
process at the first level of educational system, in
kindergarten, as well as to try to keep educational
system up to date with progressive technical,
technological and informational development in
the 21st century. The greatest variance of this
answer could be attributed to professional
competencies of preschool teachers, although
recent theories and reserch on learning (Barth,
2004., Kovač 1998., Pešić, 1998., Krnjaja 2008.,
Slunjski, 2006.) claim that learning and teaching
are conditioned by the context. Therefore, the aim
of this paper was to investigate preschool teachers’
II METHOD
The sample included 35 preschool teachers
who work in kindergarten „Pčelica“ in Sremska
Mitrovica. Individual, qualitative interview was
used in the investigation of preschool teachers’
understanding of relationship between learning
and teaching. Four questions were used as a frame
for the interview: 1. What is the relationship
between learning and teaching in your opinion? 2.
128
What is „good method“ of teaching in your
opinion? 3. What does represent difficulty to you
in the choice of particular teaching method? 4.
What does learning and teaching context mean to
you? Two researchers interviewed preschool
teachers, the author of the paper and doctor of
pedagogy. The interview was noted and recorded.
The answers of preschool teachers obtained during
the qualitative interview were classified in the
system of categories, which was structured after
the realization of the interview. Descriptive
statistical methods of frequency distribution,
central tendency measurements and causal nonparametric procedure X² test were used for the
analysis of the results.
learning and teaching in your opinion? show that
the greatest number of preschool teachers’ answers
(39,14%) is related to understanding of the
learning and teaching as separate processes, which
can be accepted from the point of view which
regards learning as internal process, and teaching
as creation of external conditions. If frequencies of
answers (Table 1) are compared, it can be noticed
that interpretation which considers learning as an
active, and teaching as a passvie process has
highest frequency (9). The second difference
which can be noticed in this category refers to the
definition of difeerent areas of learning and
teaching, whereas learning is associated with play
and building of knowledge, and teaching is
associated with giving information, problem
solving, habits and skills development.
III RESULTS AND DISCSSION
The results of qualitative interview obtained at
the question 1. What is the relationship between
TABLE I. WHAT IS THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LEARNING AND TEACHING IN PRECHOOL TEACHERS’ OPINION?
categories
preschool teachers’ answers
А)they interpret learning
and teaching as identical
processes
B) they interpret learning
and teaching as
interactive processes
which complement each
other
there is no difference, they are the same
f
C)they interpret learning
and teaching as
processes which are
linked in some way
D)they interpret them as
separate processes
∑
f
%
5
5
12,11
-they are dependant on each other, they complement each
other
-everyone learns through his or her own activity,
-preschool teacher ensures conditions and encourages learning
6
2
8
19,51
-teaching guides learning
-learning is process and inborn need, whereas teaching
preceeds learning and it is shorter
-learning is basis and teaching is superstructure
6
4
2
12
29,22
-learnig is active, and teaching is passive process
-teaching leads to problem solution, whereas learning is
connected with play
-learning is active process, whereas teaching represents giving
information
9
16
39,14
3
4
learning and teaching as identical process can be
neglection of psychological rules of learning
whereas whole attention is paid to teaching solely.
Eight preschool teachers of 35 preschool
teachers who were interviewed (19,51%) interpret
the relationship of learning and teaching as
interactive relationship in which these processes
complement each other. The answers which
describe this interactive relationship as
“complementary“, “mutualy depending“, “the one
which creates conditions, encourages“, are the
most frequent. These descriptions can become
basis for understanding of complementary nature
of learning and teaching. Five preschool teachers
equal learning with teaching and interpret them as
idetnical processes. Teaching is understood and
programmed as applied learning psychology,
whereas practical implications which overcome
frames of learning knowledge were not taken into
consideration. The second implication of regarding
Another important characteristic of relationship
between learning and teaching can be functionality
of teaching method for maintaining of certain
quality of learning. In their interpretation of „good
method“, preschool teachers had several
statements. Their frequency is presented in Table
2. The greatest percent of answers (46,15%) refers
to the relationship between „good method“ and
enabling of quality of learning. The analysis of
individual answers shows that preschool teachers
use several dimensions in their interpretation of
„good method“, such as “independence,
encouraging of inner motivation, interest,
129
creativity, active realtionship of children in
learning process, getting experience“. These
dimensions
represent
preschool
teachers’
assumptions on quality learning, which shows that
significant number of preschool teachers is aware
of it, but it could also explain their definition of
good method which is based upon the quality of
learning. From the point of view of practitioners
they describe “good method“ according to their
understanding of quality learning. However, there
is a dilemma why preschool teachers do not take
the aspect of creation of conditions needed for
quality learning into account while considering
“good method“.
TABLE II. WHAT IS “GOOD METHOD“ IN PRESCHOOL TEACHERS’ OPINION?
categories
1)
it
ensures
learning
achievement
-it ensures good results
-it makes knowledge acqusition easier
2) it ensures the
quality of learning
process
-it makes children interested for the activity
-it enables children to take active part
-it enables children to show their creativity
-it satisfies children’s needs
-it enables children to develop individual traits in the activity
-it enables children to experiment
-it enables children to get new experience
-it ensures good communication with children
-it offers choices
-it encourages childrens’ inner motivation
- play
-it enables understanding of a content
-it is suitable for particular area
-it unites all elements of the method
-it represents combination of different methods
3) method which is
good in itself
f
∑
3
7
Lower percent of answers (28,36%) refers to
interpretation of the method as “good“ in itself.
In their interpretations preschool teachers mention
play as the most common means of learning in
preschool period. Other answers express
connection between “good method“ and learning
content or they associate it with combination of
several different methods.
6
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
f
%
10
25,64
18
46,15
11
28,36
lack of “furniture“, as well as the lack of materials,
so that they can be analyzed together. Preschool
teachers tend to say there is “a lack of materials
and equipment“ when they express their attitude
on working environment. These answers could
lead us to the conclusion that preschool teachers
define equipment and materials as significant “in
themselves“, and not in the relation to their
purpose in stimulating different ways of
interaction and different types of children’s
learning activities. According to these answers the
following question could be asked: In what extent
does the lack of equipment and materials represent
technical problem in teaching or the problem of
preschool teachers’ reflection about the learning
process?
More than 25% of the answers referred to
comprehension of “good method“ as the means of
ensuring learning achievement. Even if we do not
take the type of achievement into consideration,
the importance which preschool teachers assign to
achievement can have its basis in comprehension
of learning as a process of production where “the
product“ has the greatest value, whereas “the
means of production“ are not important at all.
Preschool teachers’ answers considering the
lack of materials could also show that they believe
that only certain materials can help them achieve
particular learning goal. Therefore, they associate
the lack of materials nad equipment with the lack
of learning possibilities, which prevents them from
looking for different learning solutions.
Environment has the highest frequency (41) in
definition of difficulties in the choice of teaching
method (Table 3). The lack of materials has the
highest frequency (40) in individual comparison of
parametres in categories. In additional questions
preschool teachers confirmed that commonly used
expression “unequipped environment“ includes the
130
TABLE III. WHAT DOES MAKE DIFFICULTIES TO PRESCHOOL TEAACHER IN THE CHOICE OF LEARNING AND TEACHING
METHOD
categories
1)space,equipment,
materials
-the lack of working materials
-working environment is not well equiped
- inadequate working environment
-large number of children in the group
2)the
number
of
children
3)children’s interests
and needs
4) cooperation
5) there
difficulties
are
no
f
19
14
8
24
41
%
33,06
24
19,35
-different developmental level of children within a group
-children of different age within the same group
-different interests of children
-making a child interested for activity
-the lack of motivation
-children whose behaviour is inappropriate
-children’s mood and health
-constant recognition of children’s needs
-a child with special needs
-the level of children’s previous knowledge
-there is no feedback
7
6
6
4
3
3
3
2
3
2
1
40
32,20
-the lack of cooperation between preschool teachers and parents
-environment
-child’s unwillingness to cooperate
-theory does not keep pace with practice
-mutual planning
6
5
2
1
1
15
12,10
there are no difficulties
4
4
3,22
Large number of children within a group
occurs in 19,35% as an obstacle in the choice of
teaching method. Preschool teachers’ answers do
not give us sufficient information on particular
dificulties associated with the number of children,
such as social environment organization, time and
space menagement. The answers “child shoud be
interested in the activity“, “the lack of children’s
motivation“, “children whose behaviour is
inappropriate“ could lead us to the conclusion that
preschool teachers observe children’s learning
only from the standing point of teaching. Teaching
position is illustrated with words “child should be
more interested, the lack of motivation,
inappropriate
behaviour“
which
illustrate
preschool teachers failure to make children more
interested and motivated for particular activities.
Therefore we can conclude that possible solutions
should include reconsideration of preschool
teachers’ notions on interests and motivation of
children in learning process. 21,14% of difficulties
were associated with number of children in the
∑
f
group in preschool teachers’ definition of
difficulties in the choice of teaching method.
Additional statements were “we cannot hear what
each child has to say“,“we cannot pay more
attention to children who did not comprehend
well“,“we cannot deal with observation, and we
are asked to do that for each child“, “there are no
enough chairs for all children“, “we cannot present
everything that children did, there is no enough
space“. These answers show that preschool
teachers interpret the number of children in
relation to environment such as play room and that
they think that it is not suitable.
As far as the fourth question (What does
learning and teaching context mean to you?) was
considered, preschool teachers gave answers
which were similar to the answers to the third
question. Therefore, it was not difficult to classify
parametres of the fourth question since they were
almost identical with the parametres related to the
previous question.
TABLE IV. WHAT DOES THE CONTEXTOF LEARNING AND TEACHING MEAN TO YOU
CATEGORIES
PRESHOOL TEACHERS’ ANSWERS
1) space, equipment,
materials
- Kinderagarten and its surrounding
- working materials
- well-equiped working environment
-cooperation between preschool teacher and parents
-environment , local environment
-different developmental level of children within a group
-children of diffferent age within the same group
-the number of children in a group
4) cooperation
3)
children’s
interests and needs
2) the number of
children
f
131
33
%
40,74
27
33,33
13
16,05
8
9,87
∑
18
10
5
17
10
10
3
8
f
Statisticaly significant correlation of the
answers, i.e. systems of categories of the third and
the fourth questions was defined by X²
independence test. The results of X² independence
test presented in Table 5 show statistical
significance at the level 0,01, which leads us to the
conclusion that preschool teachers’ answers are
almost identical when problems of teaching and
learning methods and definition of conditions in
which these processes take part, i..e. definition of
institutional context, are discussed. Therefore, we
can conclude that capacities of context for
redefinition of learning and teaching conditions in
kindergarten are not paid enough attention in
initial education.
TABLE V. RESULTS OF X² INDEPENEDENCE TEST
Number of degrees of freedom
X² value
Contingency coefficient
IV
12
25,47
0,251
п=0,01
REFERENCES
CONSCULSION
[1]
[2]
The relation between “implicit theory on
education“ (Pešić, 1987) and preschool teacher’s
practice work is specific and difficult to
investigate for other researchers. Preschool
teachers analyze their implicit notions using
reflexion and reconsideration. Thus, they make it
available for self control and change, because “the
wholeness of the unconscious cannot be raised to
the level of the conscious if it is not changed“
(Konig, Zedler, 2001). Institutional context, micro
context with its elements such as: environment,
time menagement, materials, social environment
(cooperative learning, mutual teaching) concepts
of those who teach, represents reverse process,
insufficiently used resource in knowledge building
in early childhood. Pilot investigation in this paper
undoubtedly confirms the fact that preschool
teachers do not have sufficient knowledge about
developmental potentials of micro context as an
area for (re)structuringof learning and teaching
sequencies, as well as about the role of the context
in creation of knowledge structures of children in
early childhood.
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
132
Barth, M., Razumjeti sto djeca razumiju, Zagreb: Educa, 2004
Dosen-Dobut,A., Malo dijete-veliki istrazivac, Zagreb: Educa,
2005
Dryden,G.,Vos,J., Revolucija u ucenju, Zagreb: Educa, 2000
Kognitivni razvoj deteta, Zbornik radova, Beograd: Savez
drustva psihologa Srbije, 1983
Kovac - Cerovic,T, Kako znati bolje, Beograd: Institut za
psihologiju, 1998
Mattes, W. Nastavne metode, Zagreb, Ljevak, 2007
Pesic M., Vrednovanje predskolskih vaspitnih programa,
Beograd: Zavod za udzbenike i nastavna sredstva, 1987
Pesic, M, Pedagogija u akciji, Beograd: IPA, 1998
Sljunjski, E., Stvaranje predškolskog kurikuluma, Zagreb: Mali
profesor, 2006
Terhart, E, Metode ucenja i poucavanja, Zagreb: Educa, 2001
Krnjaja Z, Miskeljin, L., Od ucenja ka poducavanju, Lacarak,
AM Graphic, 2006
Krnjaja Z, Mijailovic, G, Savicevic, D, Unapredjivanje
nastavnog procesa obrazovanja vaspitaca, Beograd: Nastava i
vaspitanje, vol 4-5, 2004
Krnjaja Z Krnjaja, Ž., Ucenje i poducavanje kao zajednicko
razumevanje, Beograd: Nastava i vaspitanje, vol 4-5, 2008
Parrot J, Nove uloge, novi ciljevi: promisljanje obrazovne
prakse, Thinking Classroom, vol. 3 No 3 2002. str.32
Konig, E., Zedler, P., Teorije znanosti o odgoju, Zagreb: Educa,
2001
THE STRATEGY FOR IMPROVING
CULTURAL VALUES OF THE YOUNG BY
MEANS OF EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE
D. Glusac, D. Karuovic, R. Sljapic, M. Vidovic, M. Marijana, M. Kosovac
University of Novi Sad, Technical faculty ”Mihajlo Pupin” Zrenjanin, Republic of Serbia
[email protected]
Abstract – This paper presents a modern approach to the
strategy for improving cultural values of the young by
means of educational software. The software which is the
result of the analysis of National strategy for young people
is described here. This software is designed by the
students of Technical faculty »Mihajlo Pupin« in
Zrenjanin, it is created for this type of work with young
people and covers the field of gender equality.
importance of education of human resources is
emphasized as a means to increase and hasten the
speed of economic development.
International examinations [2] have shown
insufficient quality of educational achievements of
students in Republic of Serbia as well as their
tendency to reproduction and not to research and
problem solving. As a result, it is necessary to
make formal changes in teaching programs and in
methodic approach to teaching. Frontal work and
traditional approach cannot respond to fast and
multimedia requirements of students’ perception in
current social and civilization moment.
I INFORMATIZATION OF EDUCATION
Informatization of education is a term
frequently used in pedagogy and it also represents
the process which requests a synchronized
institutional activity of all levels of management
within educational system. Within National
strategy for the young (we'll use Strategy in the
text) in Republic of Serbia which was adopted by
the Government in 2008 [1] young people were
recognized as active participants of the society and
their education was postulated as the state's
priority. In the same document the stress was put
on the necessity of developing mechanisms in the
society for increasing the level of information
literacy of the young. Information literacy assumes
the basic knowledge in computer work and the
ability for using aplications. The strategy's
imperative represents the integration of Serbian
educational system in European educational
system.
Introducing computers in teaching process can
overcome these difficulties in communication and
influence, in great deal, students’ motivation and
maintaining their attention. Combination of good
and irreplaceable features of traditional teaching
and modern methodic design of teaching activities
(and free activities, too) represents a complex
process which requires exceptionally great
involvement of all management structures in
educational process. Apart from its educational
function school participates in upbringing of
young people and modern social tendencies
impose themes such as ecological consciousness,
interculturalism, tolerance and sustainable
development. Specific goals of the Strategy are:
building the system of informing young people at
all levels and in all fields, increasing the level of
information literacy, making relevant information
available, making and developing information
programs for the young, reducing prejudice
towards different social groups, systematic
monitoring of problems, needs and attitudes of
young people, increasing the number of young
people who participate in different kinds of formal
and informal education, improving living
conditions and developing safety culture among
young people.
In all countries, especially in developing
countries, such as Serbia, the education and
training of manpower is considered a cultural,
social, economic and political development
strategy. Economically, the education and training
of manpower is considered a long - term strategy
whose benefits have always been significant.
Education plays several roles: first it prepares and
trains skilled workers at all levels to manage
capital, technology, services and administration in
every sector of the economy. The education and
training of manpower, on the one hand, is the most
important means for development, on the other
hand, it provides the substructure of all including
development goals. Therefore, today, the role and
133
II ”COMPUTER CONSCIOUSNESS” OF YOUNG
defined differently in different countries and there
are differences in methodology of their design.
Evaluation aspects of software are also different,
going from format, technical, educational and
summarized. Each of them is equally important
and it influences the final quality of software.
PEOPLE
The beginning of XXI century was certainly
marked by exponential rise in computer using in
all segments of computer action. Children, from
their early age, are faced with digital devices and
their upbringing goes along with them. Mobile
phones, Internet communication, various types of
electronic
entertainment,
availability
of
information are all parts of young people’s lives. If
the teaching process does not include these
modern phenomena, it is strange and uninteresting
to the young so it cannot give good effects.
Consciousness shaping is directed towards
multimedia
perception,
globalization
and
permanent search for the new. Schools still do not
recognize these activities, they do not use valuable
resources of Information technologies. Using
computers in free time is completely without any
control and it makes negative effects. Young
people acquire new knowledge and experience
mainly individually and diffusely. It is necessary
to integrate all resources in educational system
aiming at setting computers in the function of
building a positive system of values among the
young. Such integrated action should respond to
real needs in the society: respect of human rights,
interculturalism, equality, high level of health,
ecological consciousness.
Teaching, as a form of human affair which
deals with education and upbringing of young
generations, is a complex communication process
that influences directly the development of a
society. The communication process in
information includes teachers, students and
contents which are being exchanged, as well as
communication channels or media or even wider –
educational technology. They are the elements of
so far mentioned didactic square. Communication
in education contains two crucial components: (1)
information-knowledgeable component and (2)
socially-emotional component. Students have
certain information needs from both fields, they
accept and interpret both information categories,
react on them and forward these information.
Communication channels are similar to sensor
acceptance of messages (visual, audio, tactile,
etc.), types of messages (linguistic/verbal and nonverbal communication) and media for their
transmission which may be natural (exs. voice,
facial expression, etc.) and technical – in this
concrete situation, computer one.
III EDUCATIONAL COMPUTER SOFTWARE AS
Computers are now only means capable to
provide complexity of communication channels
and to affect the formation of attitudes, belifs and
models of behaviour.
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION
It has been already proved that introducing
computers in educational system has positive
effects on children and that it increases the level of
their motivation. However, the main requirement
of educational technology is that computers are
used properly, in other words, proper organization
and methodology in relation to computer usage are
necessary as well as appropriate didactic material
(software). This software is called educational
computer software.
Educational computer software combine
verbal/notion and audio/visual information and in
this way they enable:
• interactive learning, current correction of
errors and determination of acquired
knowledge and skills;
• help in creativity and development of other
skills for problem solving such as
determinatioin, persistence and step by step
method;
Evidence whose validity has been proved by
numerous scientific researches related to using
computers in education show that a computer is
the only means which can contribute to
visualization and simulation of natural processes.
Apart from technical possibilities, very strong
evidence represents a high level of motivation
which a computer itself achieves concerning
young people. [3] When we say “computer” we
think of educational software which is designed
and licensed to be used in education. Criteria for
designing educational software are nowadays
• individualization
and
differentiation
of
work;
• emotional influence which directly affects
the building of attitudes and consciousness
formation.
Communication is performed by means of
sending and receiving messages. A teacher sends
information and receives them from students and a
134
student/attendant is not only a receiver but he is a
sender, too. Feedback information show how the
sent information is accepted and interpreted by a
receiver/student. Feedback information are very
important because they enable control of the
process of exchanging messages and the
interaction among the students. The basic principle
of communication in education is that a sender
should adopt the message to a receiver. Processing
of receiver’s message can be the following:
• perceptive – makes conditional which
information a student accepts by various
sensor channels and the way he does it (
attracting attention, aesthetics, contents
reader-friendliness, etc.);
• cognitive – determines in what extent are
presented information comprehensive to
students;
• emotional – affects the student’s emotions
in relation to accepted information;
• associative – it is related to free associations
that can appear in connection to certain
information
potential. Development of educational computer
software points at the conclusion that maximum
effects of applying computers are achieved in
individual work. Therefore, development of
educational computer software is mainly oriented
towards individual interaction appropriate to
knowledge, capabilities and tempo of individuals.
For all these reasons different methodic solutions
have been worked out which enable the use of
program packages adjusted to personal features
and wishes of students. These program packages
provide students with a possibility to master
educational content in their own tempo and with
maximum effects.
Designing such software and respecting this
methodic paradigm show that these program
packages are efficient in the process of selfeducation.
These strategies have been made according
to the world trends. Serious limitations in
relation to limited time and financial means in
schools as well as Informatics' struggle with
other priorities have been considered. This
model is for sure burdened with numerous
problems because it is really reformistic in
comparison to the previous models in all
fields. It requires teacher training, innovations
within curriculum, testing in classrooms,
development of web site, making guide books
and more challenges as well.
In teaching communication the notions of
authoritarian and democratic communication are
very important as well as the notion of
communication
atmosphere/climate.
Authoritarian communication is based on using
superior position, power or influence of a
teacher/instructor who decides what contents the
students should learn and the method they should
use. Democratic communication is characterized
by respecting individuality, interests and
independence of students, the possibility of mutual
influence, adjustment of teachers/instructors to the
needs and wishes of students, equality,
development of democratic culture in mutual
relations, encouraging students to express their
opinions, suggestions as well as listening and
respecting the others. Communication climate
represents a general atmosphere in which
communication is performed during educational
process and it may vary on account of experience
and the extent of freedom in relation to openness,
sincerity and free expression of ideas, mutual
relationship, the level of cooperation, accepting
the others within a group, etc.
IV THE EXAMPLE OF EDUCATIONAL
SOFTWARE WITH CULTURAL CONTENT: EQUALITY
OF GENDER
As an illustration of this theme the final-yearstudents from Technical faculty »Mihajlo Pupin«
in Zrenjanin, Teacher of Informatics Department,
designed educational software whose purpose was
not strictly linked to teaching programs but it
represents an additional educative means directed
towards shaping positive social consciousness of
the young in accordance to directions determined
in the Strategy for the young. The selected theme
is Equality of gender.
The concept Gender equality is one of
necessary conditions for achieving a balanced
participation of men and women in decision
making processes which can lead towards positive
results in the whole society. It is also one of the
most efficient ways for making political strategies,
decisions and solutions which will improve the life
Starting from the very nature of the teaching
process and the fact that one more crucial element
is involved in didactic square – a computer, which
is often classified in educational technology by
many authors and sometimes identified with tutors
or instructors, we are approaching a new didactic
135
technical sense, fulfills hardware and software
requirements (resolution of 800x600 (24bit) is the
only requirement) so it does not cause any
problems concerning the program work.
of all population within a country and permanently
represented their interests and needs.[2]
Building correct attitude towards this issue
begins in the early childhood, in the family.
However, in school age children form a priority
attitude related to this issue.
The proof for actuality of this theme is the
project of Institution for Gender Equality which
has made the project “Gender Equality” and
incorporated it in school plans and programs
aiming at studying the current plans and programs
in order to determine the way men and women are
presented in them. Another goal is to find out if
there is any disparity between boys and girls
concerning possibilities for education and the
available options [3].
The software is designed for primary school
pupils from 5th to 8th form. It may be used as an
additional means in the subject Civil Education.
The content of the software “Gender Equality”
was designed on the grounds of National Strategy
for the young. The guidelines for theoretic part of
the software were taken from National Office for
Employment, Subotica.
Figure 2.
The following steps are taken in order to make
the work for the pupils from 5th to 8th form easier:
• The whole software is designed in order to
motivate pupils –there are lots of pictures.
• Communication
student-computer
is
performed through «mouse».
• Students can go back whenever they want to
to repeat the lesson or they can go ahead to
the next lesson.
By double click of the left button on the mouse
the software is started and the introductory screen
of „Gender equality“ is opened.
Lesson selection is done by clicking the title.
After selecting the lesson the process of screen
changing begins within the lesson and going to the
next lesson is done by hand (by clicking buttons).
Moving backward – one or more steps - is
enabled as well.
Figure 1. Intro screen
Last but not least, the role of a teacher is still
irreplaceable as well as the work with didactic
material.
The structure of the software was designed to
cover the following fields: Gender equality,
Stereotypes, Prejudices and Discrimination. The
program Macromedia Director MX was chosen
for designing the software. Within this software
there is an exercise which pupils should do and
discuss the conclusions. At the end, there is a test
for checking the acquired knowledge. The test is
based on the lessons from the software.
The software is easy to use, it is multimedia,
intuitive, easily navigated by the menu which also
serves as the front page. It is adopted to a user in
136
The main problem here is extra time and
management skills of teachers. The main goals of
this works are:
• Be open to developing their knowledge and
understanding of different cultural groups
and of diversity within those cultural
groups.
• Explore the impact of their own cultural
background on the development of their
values and beliefs.
• Reflect on how their own values impact on
their approach to their work with families.
• Be aware of the limited value of
stereotyping individuals from certain
cultures or ethnicities.
Figure 3.
V CONCLUSION
Communicating cultural values to young
children is a part of every society. Educational
software is one of way for young to learn about
the cultural norms and values of a society.The new
education age requires a modern approach to the
strategy for improving cultural values of the young
by means of educational software. This software
which is described here is one of the the results of
the analysis of National strategy for young people.
The most important factor is to encourage
young to interact with each other, and computer
communication may be the best way to foster this
interaction.
REFERENCES
[1] Strategija za mlade, Vlada Republike Srbije 2008.
[2] Strategija u oblasti ravnopravnosti polova u APV, Pokrajinski
sekretarijat za rad, zapošljavanje i ravnopravnost polova
[3] Projekat Rodna ravnopravnost u školskim planovima i
programima, Zavod za ravnopravnost polova, APV, 2008
137

ITRO 2012

Transcription

Similar documents

Bobbie Noonan`s Child Care Information

our August Newsletter - Central Shoalhaven Mobile

rade kosmajac

Nowy Styl Group at Salone del Mobile 2015

CYBERJAYA

TEFL final pdf

Noahs Ark ACH Online Payment Instructions

Xplor of Sendera Ranch Preschool News | August 2014

PSI Presentation - Peaceful Schools International

presentation